GlobalTOPS Wellsite Reference

Book
Reference: InTouch 4287753
Version: 1.9
Release Date: 12-Oct-2017

EDMS UID: 1655220733

Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Owner: WLH Training
Author: S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C.
MacKay

Private GlobalTOPS Wellsite Reference

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

 GlobalTOPS / Legal Information

Legal Information

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

This work contains the confidential and proprietary trade secrets of Schlumberger
and may not be copied or stored in an information retrieval system, transferred,
used, distributed, translated or retransmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, in whole or in part, without the express written
permission of the copyright owner.

Trademarks & Service marks

Schlumberger, the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used

to identify the products and services described herein are either trademarks,
trade names or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the
property of their respective owners. These marks may not be copied, imitated
or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of
Schlumberger. In addition, covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and
other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress
of Schlumberger, and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part,
without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger.

A complete list of Schlumberger marks may be viewed at the Schlumberger

Oilfield Services Marks page: http://markslist.slb.com
Marks of Schlumberger include but may not be limited to Schlumberger.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference document
for revenue generating operations. / Document Control

Document Control
Owner: WLH Training

Author: S. Carson
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Author: S. Giles

Author: G. Harding

Author: C. MacKay

Reviewer: WLH Training

Approver: WLH Training

Contact Information
Name: WLH Training
LDAP Alias: intouch-hcs-wl-doc

Revision History
Version Date Description Prepared by

1.9 12-Oct-2017 Per ticket 7087222, changed SWL from 7000 Author: O. Arce, N. Hotta
to 5813 for 2-32ZA XS (T5018490).

1.8 16-Aug-2017 Per ticket 7053006, updated table 18-2 in Author: Barry Albert Lumankun,
Section 18. G. Chaklader

1.7 05-Jul-2016 Per ticket 6829913, updated section 6 Author: S. Dutarte

Collectors with info from content 6710478
Install SWI.

1.6 23-May-2016 Per ticket 6843700, updated section 5.1 Author: Barry Albert Lumankun,
with information from Weights/EQF PRM Sahar Othman
(6075058).

1.50 09-Apr-2014 Remove Rope Socket Assembly instructions Author: Brian Philpott
and add reference to Rope Socket SWI.
Deleted PEH-EF (H713120) from the section
: “Heads” due to obsolescence, and updated
the drawing 101043054 to the latest revision.
Revised the sections “Spider weakpoints” and
“BCC (Bridle Cable Connector)” per InTouch
ticket 6715788. Removed Table 9-1 Cone
Rope Socket Data Sheet (EH712104) from
Section 9.

1.49 20-May-2013 Revise part number for SFT-111 (Meters), Author: Brian Philpott
Revise collector cable glands (section 6.2).
Revise BCC section. Removed old section
14.8, “Service Quality Alert for “A: cables, and
section 14.9, “ Special requirements for 4-51
cable. Update Explosive Safety Procedures
placard, section 1.5. Update Schlumberger
OFS QHSE Standards listing, section 1.3.
Replace section 9.2 with TLCS pull-off rope
socket instructions.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference document
for revenue generating operations. / Document Control

Version Date Description Prepared by

1.48 02-Sep-2011 Replace obsolete body clamp 100223236 with Author: Stacy Henley
100546129 and associated bushings in table
19–1, section 19.5.2. (Case ID#: 4939924).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Replaced obsoleted lifting cap T5014177

with 100183618, Section 7.1. Revise ECRD
section. Revise table 9-1, Cone Rope Socket
Data Sheet (EH712104).

1.47 03-Feb-2010 Updated the Explosive and Radiation Safety Author: Udelhoven
Placard. Updated InTouch link for Radiation
Placard. Added table for cable armor OD in
chapter 3. Updated the nut torque settings for
the 1–32/2–32 P/ZT from 150 lbs to 450 lbs
for 8–3 and from 900 lbs to 500 lbs for 9–3 in
table 11–4 as per InTouch 4942802

1.46 07-Apr-2009 Correct nut torque from 140 to 450 for Author: Bryan McMillan
1-25P/ZT cable, armor type 9–3, (Feedback
#: 4775359).

1.45 06-Apr-2009 Changed the Center Conductor resistance Author: Udelhoven

values in table 3.1 that were 10.9 to 10.4
ohm/kft. Added fig 7–11 Heavy duty rig-up
equpment.

1.4 11-Jul-2008 Added the requirement to use hand guards on Author: Sherif Abou El Kheir
lower sheaves. (Tech Alert 4509497)

1.3 29-May-2008 Revise CMTD calibration section and add part Author: Diego Amante, Sherif
numbers for Nylon sheaves with hand guards. Kheir
Ban the use of mini make-up plates in the NAM
area and restrict its use in all other areas - see
basic equipment. (Tech Alert #: 4509497)

1.21 24-Mar-2008 Revise the quality note using silicone oil under Author: IPC InTouch
the BCC connectors, Section 14.1. (Ticket #:
4376473)

1.20 12-Mar-2008 Revise Spider Weakpoint Table 11-2 for Author: Zakaria Swidan
1-22ZT cable 9:3 armor from 240 to 2400
(Intouch Ticket #: 4465137).

1.10 20-Sep-2007 Corrected cross reference found in section 9.1 Author: Udelhoven
step 14a so that it now refers to table 14–1.
Corrected CMTD Continuity and Insulation
Check table as per InTouch 4359591. Added
specifications table for CMTD.

1.05 22-Aug-2007 Removed section 19.2 which had a duplicate Author: Udelhoven
wireline fishing safety placard found in the
following section, Wireline Fishing Basic Ops
Brochure. Corrected cable tension in Section
19.3 (previously section 19.4) step 4 to current
standard of 500 — 1000 lbs over cable weight
instead of old standard of 1000 — 2000 lbs. in
response of ticket 4358910.

1.0 01-Jun-2007 Initial issue of Rev. 1.0. Author: Scott Carson

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
document for revenue generating operations. / Foreword

Foreword ETCS-AA

This document is for Training purposes only. Do not use it as a reference

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

document for revenue generating operations.

This version of the document completely replaces any other version, published
or unpublished. Check that the version you are using matches the controlled
version published in InTouch. Document version information is indicated on the
document cover page. To confirm you are using the correct version, check that
the reference, version, release date, EDMS UID, and production date and time
all match those on the controlled version of the document. Refer to the document
control page for the document revision history.

Forms, checklists, placards, brochures and other Schlumberger controlled

documents are current at the time of printing. Please refer to InTouch or SOPHIA,
as applicable, for the latest revision.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 vi This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference vi
document for revenue generating operations. / Table of Contents

Table of Contents
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Foreword _________________________________________________________ v

1 QHSE __________________________________________________________ 1-1

1.1 A Shared Commitment _______________________________________ 1-1
1.2 QHSE Mission Statement ____________________________________ 1-2
1.3 Schlumberger OFS QHSE Standards _________________________ 1-3
1.4 Safe Winch Operations _______________________________________ 1-3
1.5 Explosive Safety Procedures _________________________________ 1-5
1.6 Radioactive Regulations ______________________________________ 1-7

2 Meters _________________________________________________________ 2-1

2.1 Simpson Multimeter __________________________________________ 2-2
2.2 Mega-ohm meter (megger) ___________________________________ 2-3
2.3 SFT 111 - Rig to casing monitor (101031052) __________________ 2-5
2.4 SFT-300 - Safety Multimeter (H622622) _______________________ 2-7
2.5 Schlumberger Digital Safety Multimeter (T6005202) ____________ 2-8

3 Cables _________________________________________________________ 3-1

3.1 Determining Cable Length on Drum ___________________________ 3-1
3.2 Cable Data _________________________________________________ 3-4
3.3 Winch Hand Signals _________________________________________ 3-8
3.4 Cable Speed Guidelines ______________________________________ 3-9
3.5 Recommended Wireline Cable Speed Guidelines _____________ 3-10
3.6 Bump-Up Procedure ________________________________________ 3-12
3.7 Standard Winchman's Notes (Z-Chart) _______________________ 3-13
3.8 Cable Ductility Tester ________________________________________ 3-15

4 O-Rings ________________________________________________________ 4-1

4.1 Viton 95 Duro ________________________________________________ 4-1
4.2 Viton 90 Duro ________________________________________________ 4-5
4.3 Viton 75 Duro ________________________________________________ 4-6
4.4 Viton 70 Duro ________________________________________________ 4-9
4.5 Back-Up rings ______________________________________________ 4-11
4.6 O-rings cross reference _____________________________________ 4-15

5 Accessories ____________________________________________________ 5-1

5.1 Steel and Hi-Density Weights _________________________________ 5-1
5.2 Magnetic Positioning Device (MPD) ___________________________ 5-2
5.3 Spring Positioning Device, Above Gun - (SPD-AB) _____________ 5-4
5.4 Spring Positioning Device, Below Gun - (SPD-B) _______________ 5-6
5.5 CCL FIT Checks _____________________________________________ 5-7

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 vii This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference vii
document for revenue generating operations. / Table of Contents

5.6 CCL-L ______________________________________________________ 5-10

5.7 CCL-N, 1-3/8-in, 20KPSI, 350 degF __________________________ 5-12
5.8 PCCL-LA Assembly - P495650 ______________________________ 5-13
5.9 CAL-B, 3-3/8-in, 20 KPSI, 480 degF __________________________ 5-15
5.10 Adapters ___________________________________________________ 5-19
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

6 Collectors ______________________________________________________ 6-1

6.1 COL-ZA _____________________________________________________ 6-2
6.2 Cable Glands ________________________________________________ 6-3
6.3 Installing the Collector ________________________________________ 6-4

7 Basic Equipment _______________________________________________ 7-1

7.1 Shackles, bolts, adapters _____________________________________ 7-5
7.2 Sheave wheel options ________________________________________ 7-9
7.3 Line Wipers ________________________________________________ 7-14
7.4 Mini make-up plates _________________________________________ 7-18
7.5 Hand guards ________________________________________________ 7-18

8 Logging Units __________________________________________________ 8-1

8.1 Tips for successful Maintenance ______________________________ 8-1
8.2 General Truck and Unit FIT ___________________________________ 8-2
8.3 OSU-ME ____________________________________________________ 8-2
8.4 OSLC-EC ___________________________________________________ 8-2
8.5 SWPT-GBB _________________________________________________ 8-6
8.6 ULTRAC ___________________________________________________ 8-10

9 Cone Rope Sockets ____________________________________________ 9-1

9.1 Making a cone rope socket ___________________________________ 9-1
9.2 Assembly of TLCS “pull-off” rope socket _______________________ 9-1

10 Weak point selection __________________________________________ 10-1

10.1 Tool Buoyancy ______________________________________________ 10-2
10.2 Maximum Safe Pull _________________________________________ 10-3
10.3 Tension required to break weakpoint _________________________ 10-3
10.4 Temperature Effects ________________________________________ 10-4

11 Spider weakpoints ____________________________________________ 11-1

11.1 Fishing head and rope socket assembly ______________________ 11-1

12 CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension Device) _______________________ 12-1

12.1 Equipment Preparation ______________________________________ 12-1
12.2 Description _________________________________________________ 12-2
12.3 Maintenance ________________________________________________ 12-4
12.4 Nominal Strain Axle Resistance Measurement ________________ 12-7
12.5 CMTD Calibration ___________________________________________ 12-7

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 viii This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference viii
document for revenue generating operations. / Table of Contents

13 Heads _________________________________________________________ 13-1

13.1 Specifications for heads _____________________________________ 13-1
13.2 Special tools for LEH assembly/disassembly __________________ 13-9
13.3 Steel boot assembly _______________________________________ 13-10
13.4 Weakpoint Adapter and Bulkhead Adapter (QC) _____________ 13-12
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

13.5 31-pin extender (H245349) _________________________________ 13-13

13.6 Cable/CIS Test Assembly ___________________________________ 13-13
13.7 LEH-HT (H356846) ________________________________________ 13-16
13.8 LEH-MT (H360190) ________________________________________ 13-23
13.9 LEH-QC (H701916) ________________________________________ 13-30
13.10 LEH-QT (H701460) ________________________________________ 13-36
13.11 MH-22 (H030796) __________________________________________ 13-42
13.12 MH-32 (H353637) __________________________________________ 13-45
13.13 PEH-E (H108785) __________________________________________ 13-46
13.14 PEH-EFA (101043054) _____________________________________ 13-49
13.15 PEH-KA (H339540) ________________________________________ 13-51
13.16 PEH-KC (100070620) ______________________________________ 13-54
13.17 PEH-L (J287479) __________________________________________ 13-57
13.18 PEK-BB (H432221) 450 degF, 20,000 perforation equipment
kit _________________________________________________________ 13-60

14 BCC (Bridle Cable Connector) _________________________________ 14-1

15 ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled Release Device) ______________ 15-1

15.1 The Upper Head ____________________________________________ 15-2
15.2 The Lower Head ____________________________________________ 15-4
15.3 ECRI Circuit _______________________________________________ 15-9
15.4 ECRD-E/F Electrical Checks _______________________________ 15-12
15.5 Logging Head Electrical Checks ____________________________ 15-13

16 Addressable Switch Firing System ____________________________ 16-1

16.1 Addressable Tractor Protection Switch (ATPS) ________________ 16-1
16.2 Addressable Shot-by-Shot Gun System ______________________ 16-4

17 IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel Spooler) ___________________ 17-1

18 Centralizers ___________________________________________________ 18-1

19 Pressure ______________________________________________________ 19-1

19.1 Basic Pressure Rig-up ______________________________________ 19-1
19.2 Enviro™ Combination Stuffing Box and Line Wiper ____________ 19-2
19.3 Sample of Dual Barriers _____________________________________ 19-3
19.4 Pressure Equipment Flow Chart _____________________________ 19-5
19.5 Cable vs. Pressure Chart ____________________________________ 19-7
19.6 Bowen Connections _________________________________________ 19-8
19.7 Otis Connections __________________________________________ 19-10

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 ix This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference ix
document for revenue generating operations. / Table of Contents

19.8 Elmar Connections _________________________________________ 19-12

20 Fishing ________________________________________________________ 20-1

20.1 Causes of Sticking __________________________________________ 20-1
20.2 What to do upon sticking ____________________________________ 20-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

20.3 Equipment description _______________________________________ 20-3

20.4 Fishing For Radioactive Sources _____________________________ 20-9
20.5 Cut and Thread Fishing Operations _________________________ 20-11
20.6 Inserts and hanger bushings for cable clamps _______________ 20-25

21 Downhole Tools _______________________________________________ 21-1

21.1 Tool names _________________________________________________ 21-1
21.2 Tool Ratings ________________________________________________ 21-5
21.3 Tool Oils ___________________________________________________ 21-11
21.4 Tool Settings _______________________________________________ 21-13
21.5 Grease and Oil Filling Tools _________________________________ 21-14

22 Setting Tools __________________________________________________ 22-1

22.1 Filling instructions ___________________________________________ 22-7
22.2 BST-C _____________________________________________________ 22-7
22.3 BST-D ____________________________________________________ 22-11
22.4 CPST-AA __________________________________________________ 22-14
22.5 Model “H” Wireline feeler and junk catchers __________________ 22-21
22.6 Model “R” Wireline feeder and junk catcher __________________ 22-30
22.7 Model “C” Wireline jar ______________________________________ 22-33

23 Metric Conversions ___________________________________________ 23-1

Appendix

______________________________________________________________ Gl.-1

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-i
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

1 QHSE
1.1 A Shared Commitment _________________________________________ 1-1
1.2 QHSE Mission Statement _______________________________________ 1-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1.3 Schlumberger OFS QHSE Standards ___________________________ 1-3

1.4 Safe Winch Operations _________________________________________ 1-3
1.5 Explosive Safety Procedures ___________________________________ 1-5
1.5.1 New CST Procedure _________________________________________ 1-7
1.6 Radioactive Regulations _______________________________________ 1-7

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-1
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

1 QHSE
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1.1 A Shared Commitment

We will reach our goals only by working together, through a shared commitment.
Schlumberger cannot do it without you, and recognizes that you need excellent
support to deliver our Quality and HSE promises.

Schlumberger is committed to: You are committed to:

putting in place and constantly enhancing complying with the Schlumberger policies,
clear systems, standards and processes standards, and procedures and taking full
to support Quality and HSE across the responsibility for your decisions and actions
business
providing training and coaching people being proactive: making it your business to
need to meet those standards and follow find out about — and properly understand —
those processes all the Quality and HSE standards, processes,
and systems that touch your working life
giving all our people absoute authority asking for help, clarification, or training if you
to stop any activity that may possibly do not understnd what is expected
threaten service or product quality, health,
safety , or the environment
giving managers the resources they need never knowingly doing or saying anything
to support their teams in complying with that might threaten the well-being of yourself,
Quality and HSE standards your colleagues, or anyone else; compromise
the quality of our products or services; or
damagin the environment
dealing with any Quality and HSE issues acting quickly and decisively to stop or
completely fairly and transparently; prevent any possible Quality or HSE events.
rewarding positive behavior and tracking
problematic behavior in an appropriate
way
encouraging a culture of openness and being open and honest at all times and
continuous improvement. reporting anything you see or find - no matter
how small or who is involved - that could
threaten our Quality and HSE principles.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-2
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

1.2 QHSE Mission Statement

Our QHSE mission is to ensure that quality, health, safety, security and
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

environmental considerations remain top priorities for management and for all
employees. Prevention of accidental risk and loss from process failure is a
recognized, integral part of our continuous improvement culture.

QHSE is a line management responsibility that requires visible commitment,

leadership and involvement. Our proactive QHSE culture shall be understood,
shared and practiced by all employees as an integral part of everyday business.
Fundamental to this culture is our belief that all losses of people, property and
process result from management failure and are preventable.

We envision a quality and service culture that enables us to exceed customer

expectations, actively involve all employees in the continuous improvement
process, and enhance profitable growth. To enact this vision, we will:
• define and respond to customer expectations
• adapt to changing and expanding business conditions and market
opportunities
• differentiate our service capability from the competition
• be a recognized leader in QHSE

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-3
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

1.3 Schlumberger OFS QHSE Standards

1. Journey Management and Driving
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

2. Event Reporting & Management

3. Personal Protective Equipment
4. Business Continuity, Emergency and Business Management
5. Training and Competency
6. Health
7. Auditing
8. Environment
9. Loss Prevention Teams
10. Management of Change and Exemption
11. Employee and Asset Security
12. Contracting
13. Mechanical Lifting
14. Pressure
15. H2S
16. Fire Prevention and Mitigation
17. Injury Prevention
18. Radiation
19. Explosives
20. Hazard Analysis and Risk Control
21. Customer Data
22. Well Integrity

Details can be found at: http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=14651.

1.4 Safe Winch Operations

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-4
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 1-1: Safe winch operations placard

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-5
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

Note
This was the current version of this placard at the time of publishing. Please
see InTouch 3885138 for the latest version along with a number of translated
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

versions.

1.5 Explosive Safety Procedures

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-6
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 1-2: Explosive safety placard

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 1-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 1-7
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

Note
This was the current version of this placard at the time of publishing. Please
see InTouch 2023926 for the latest version along with a number of translated
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

versions.

1.5.1 New CST Procedure

All CST guns must be oriented with the bullet side facing into the catwalk when
attaching the wireline cable head to the gun string.

The arming procedure remains unchanged. The head must be attached to the
CST gunstring before the guns are armed. The arming process for a CST is to
pull the loose arming wires on each gun. This must be the last action prior to
running into the hole.

A recent industry accident with sidewall coring guns has prompted a review
of our CST handling procedures. In this incident CST bullets started firing at
random a few seconds after the head was attached to the gunstring. Fortunately
the bullets were pointed into the catwalk and nobody was in the line of fire
preventing potentially fatal injury.

See InTouch Content 4256744 for details.

1.6 Radioactive Regulations

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44 1-8

Wireline Field Radiation Safety Placard

At the shop At the Well During the Logging Run i) Measure the background radiation in an area at least 30 meters (100 feet) away from
11) Inspect the source shields while the logging sources are in the well. Ensure that the cavity the logging tool;

Private
1) Inspect the source-handling tool and verify it is functioning properly.
plug will freely drop into the shield cavity and that the shield cannot be locked without lif ting ii) Do a wipe test on the inside of the source compartment of the logging tool;
2) Remove sources from storage and verify the presence of each loggingsource in its shield
the plug. iii) Survey the wipe test sample with the survey meter in the same place the background
using a calibrated radiation survey meter. Document this survey by completing Survey 1 Out
12) While the source is in the tool, store the empty shield unlocked with the cavity plug in the was measured in 16(c)(i) above;
OfPitSurveyon Wireline Hazardous Material Shipping Paper (HAZMAT). If more than one

Note
source is present, separate the sources by a minimum of three (3) meters (10 feet) when using shield and with the lock locked to the side of the shield. iv) If the difference in the readings of the wipe sample and the background is greater
the survey meter. At the well End of the logging run than 1.0 microSv per hour (0.1 mrem per hour), stop the operation and begin
emergency procedures for handling a leaking source.
3) Document sources removed in the location Radioactive In/OutPit ControlBook (the book 13) Transfer the sources to their shields:
should have one separate record per individual source). 17) Perform the Post-Job Surveywith the survey meter to verify the pre sence of the source in the
a) Position the source shields where the source transfers will be completed: shield, and document this survey on the Wir eline HAZMAT form Survey 4 PostJob. If more
4) Ensure that the source is locked in its shield and that the shields are properly labeled. i) The neutron source may be transferred directly from the logging tool to the shield than one source is present, the sources shall be placed at least three (3) meters (10 feet) apart
5) Chain and lock the sources to the transport vehicle or into the overpac k. Lock the vehicle either on the catwalk or the rig floor.The shield shall be positioned next to the to verify the presence of the source in the shield. Only the Field Engineer or Field Technician
compartment (unless the sources are in the bed of the v ehicle) or the overpack containing the logging tool during the transfer. shall perform this survey.
sources. The chain shall be configured such that the padlock is not a strength member of the ii) The density source shall be transferred from the logging tool to the shield on the rig 18) Once the After-Logging ToolSurvey and Post -Job Surveyare completed and the sources are
system. floor. The shield shall be positioned next to the logging tool during the transfer. confirmed to be in their shields, members of the public (rig workers, company man, casing
6) Complete the Wireline HAZMAT Form and other appropriate transportation documents and

translated versions.
iii) Source transfers may only be performed by a Field Engineer or Field Technician and crew, ...) may be allowed into the areas where the sources were transferred.
placard the vehicle as needed. A copy of the Wireline HAZMAT form shall remain at the shall be completed in one uninterrupted operation until the transfer is completed.
location; the original must travel and remain with the truck or overpack at all times. Preparation to leave the wellsite
b) Transfer the source from the logging tool to the shield:
Arrival at the wellsite i) Clear the area of all personnel other than Wireline crew members needed for the on each shield with a survey meter to verify the
19) Perform the W ellsite Departure Survey
transfer. Inspect and mitigate potential hazard on the rig floor e.g. cover holes. presence of the source in the shield and document this survey on the Wire line HAZMAT form
7) Inspect the si te and the rig to determine where you will transfer the ne utron source to and
ii) Unlock the shield lock and prepare the shield to accept the source. The shield shall Survey 5 W ellsite Departur.eThe most senior operator on the Wireline crew shall perform
from the logging tool. (Note:the neutron source m ay be transferred from its shiel the
d to
be positioned with its source cavity opening facing up. this survey. This survey is independent of the Post-Job Surveyperformed by the Field Engineer
logging tooleitheron the catw alk oron the rig floor.The shield shallbe posi next
tioned
to the
or Field Specialist.
logging toolduring the trsan fer.) iii) Open the logging tool.
iv) Insert the handling tool into the logging tool and attach the handling tool to the 20) Chain and lock the logging sources in their shields into the truck or overpack immed iately after
8) During the safety meeting with rig personnel, brief them on the source transfer process,
source by tightening the grasping fingers around the dovetail at the top of the completing the W ellsite Departure Survey . The chain shall be configured such that the padlock
where these transfers will take place and the requirement for them to clear the area when
source. is not a strength member of the system.
instructed to do so.
v) Attach the safety clip to the source (if necessary , pull the source out of the logging 21) A new Wireline HAZMAT form shall be completed if either the sources listed on the original
At the well Beginning of the logging run HAZMAT are being sent to another wellsite or the sources listed on the original HAZMAT are
tool just far enough to attach the clip).
9) Perform a "Before Logging Tool Survey" on the density and neutron logging tools and being split and shipped to m ore than one location. The original Wireline HAZMAT form shall

Figure 1-3: Radiation safety placard

vi) Ensure the area is clear of all personnel other than Wireline crew members needed
document this survey on the Wireline HAZMAT form Survey 2 Before Lo gging Tool(s). for the transfer, then remove the source from the logging tool and insert into the
be updated with the new Hazmat form number(s) R-XXXX noted in Survey6 Into Pit. The
a) This survey may be performed at any location at the wellsi te other than the rig floor that new Wireline HAZMAT form(s) shall be updated with the orig inal Hazmat form number R-
shield up to the safety clip.
is at least 5 meters (16 feet) from the logging sources. Only the Field Engineer or Field XXXX noted in Survey1 OutOfPit. A copy of the new Wireline HAZMAT form(s) shall be
vii) Remove the safety clip from the source and insert the source the rest of the way into
Specialist shall perform this survey. attached with the original HAZMAT and the new HAZMAT form shall travel and remain with
the shield. Pull the source approximately an inch off the bottom of the shield cavity
b) Perform the survey by placing the surveymeter probe against the position where the the new truck or overpack at all times.
but do not pull the top of the source out of the shield.
source will be loaded into the logging tool and document this survey. Back at the Shop following the Job
viii) While holding the handling tool with one hand, remove the handling tool from the
10) Transfer the sources to the logging tools:
source by loosening the grasping fingers. You should feel the source drop off of the 22) Remove sources from the truck o r overpack and verify the presence of each logging source by
a) Remove the logging sources in their shields from the truck, pallet or overpack and
handling tool. performing an Into-Pit Surveyusing a calibrated radiation survey meter and document this
position them where the source transfers will be completed:
ix) Depress the button at the top of the handling tool to force the plunger rod through survey on the Wir eline HAZMAT form Survey 6 Into Pit . If more than one source is present,
i) The neutron source may be transferred directly from its shield to the logging tool the sources shall be sep arated by a minimum of three (3) meters (10 feet) when the survey
the grasping fingers.
either on the catwalk or the rig floor.The shield shall be positioned next to the
x) With the button at the top of the handling tool depressed, visually check that the meter is used. Only the Field Engineer of Field Technician shall perform this survey.
logging tool during the transfer.
source is not attached to the handling tool as you slowly remove the handling tool 23) Lock the sources into the appropriate storage facility.
ii) The density source shall be transferred from its shield to the logg ing tool on the rig
from the shield. 24) Document the return of sources movement in the location Radioactive In/OutPitControlBo .
floor. The shield shall be positioned next to the logging tool during the transfer.
xi) Visually check to ensure the source is in the shield. 25) The original copy of the Wireline HAZMAT forms shall be maintained with the job pac kage in
document for revenue generating operations. / QHSE

iii) Source transfers may only be performed by a Field Engineer or Field Technician and
xii) Drop the cavity plug into the shield and inspect the position of the cavity plug to
shall be completed in one uninterrupted operation until the transfer is completed.
confirm it is in the source enclosed position. Mandatory Reporting
b) Transfer the source to the logging tool:
xiii) Lock the source in the shield.
i) Clear the area of all personnel other than Wireline crew members needed for the 26) The following must be reported immediately to your GeoMarket manage ment, InTouch and, if
transfer. Inspect and mitigate potential hazard on the rig floor e.g. cover holes. xiv) Close the source door on the tool. applicable, your GeoMarket emergency hotline:
ii) Prepare the logging tool to accept the source. Inspect the source receptacle and hold At the well Radiation surveys after the logging run a) Whenever a source is stuck in a well if:
down screws for proper operations. 14) Do not allow members of the public (rig workers, company man, casing crew, ...) into the areas i) a fishing operation has broken the logging tool string,
iii) Unlock the shield. where the sources were transferred until the AfterLogging ToolSurvey and Post -Job Shield ii) a fishing operation (e.g . drilling, milling, washover, ... ) is planned or in progress that
iv) Insert the handling tool into the shield and attach the handling tool to the source by Surveyare completed on each logging tool and logging source. could damage or rupture a radioactive source,
tightening the grasping fingers around the dovetail at the top of t he source. 15) After completing the source transfers, immediately remove the source shields from the area(s) iii) the first attempt to recover a radioactive source has failed, or
v) Pull the source out of the shield just far enough to attach the safety clip to the where the sources were transferred (rig floor for density source and either rig floor or catwalk iv) the abandonment of a radioactive source(s) in the well is imminent.
source. for neutron source). b) Any time that:

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

vi) Ensure the area is clear of all personnel other than Wireline crew members needed 16) Perform an AfterLogging ToolSurvey on the density and neutron logging tools and document i) a radioactive source is leaking or ruptured,
for the transfer, then remove the source from the shield and insert the source into this survey on the Wireline HAZMAT form Survey 3 After Logging Tool . Only the Field ii) a radioactive source or radioactive material package is lost, missing or st olen,
the logging tool up to the safety clip. Engineer or Field Specialist shall perform this survey. iii) radioactive material is spilled,
vii) Remove the safety clip from the source and insert the source the rest of the way into a) AfterLogging ToolSurvey shall be completed in the same location that Before Logging iv) a radioactive material package is damaged during a vehicle accident,
the tool. ToolSurveywas completed and at least 5 meters (16 feet) from the logging sources. v) an incident involving a Schlumberger vehicle carrying a radioactive material package
viii) Remove the handling tool from the source. b) Perform the survey by placing the survey meter probe against the position where the results in the closure of one or more major transportation arteries (e.g. , highway,
ix) Close the source door on the tool and secure the source in the logging tool. source is loaded into the logging tool , and document the survey on the Wireline HAZMAT railroad, ...), or
x) Survey the rig floor (2 m area radius from the well) with survey meter after the tool is form. vi) a person receives a dose of ionizing radiation exceeding the dose limits or action
60 m (200 Ft) below the rig floor to ensure that there are no sources on the rig floor. c) If the difference between the After Logging Tool Survey and the Before Logging Tool level.
Survey reading is greater than 5.0 microSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour), do the followin g
before moving the tool:
InTouch #: 3936512 GeMS #: 100132514 Rev. AC
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

languages. (InTouch 4530750) for the latest version along with a number of
see Radiation Placard and Radiation safety warning 2008 version in several
This was the current version of this placard at the time of publishing. Please
1-8
 2-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2 Meters
2.1 Simpson Multimeter ____________________________________________ 2-2
2.2 Mega-ohm meter (megger) _____________________________________ 2-3
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

2.3 SFT 111 - Rig to casing monitor (101031052) ____________________ 2-5

2.4 SFT-300 - Safety Multimeter (H622622) __________________________ 2-7
2.5 Schlumberger Digital Safety Multimeter (T6005202) ____________ 2-8
2.5.1 Operating instructions for the Schlumberger Digital Safety Multimeter
T6005202 ___________________________________________________ 2-9
2.5.1.1 Checking a detonator (in safety loading tube) _______________ 2-9
2.5.2 Checking Source devices (in safety loading tube) _____________ 2-10
2.5.3 Checking ESIC _____________________________________________ 2-10
2.5.4 Checking logging cable ______________________________________ 2-10
2.5.5 Checking CCL ______________________________________________ 2-10
2.5.6 Checking a selective switch or monoswitch ___________________ 2-11
2.5.7 Checking a dual diode _______________________________________ 2-11
2.5.8 Checking a gun string _______________________________________ 2-12

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2 Meters
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Commonly used meters

• Simpson 260
• SLB Safety Multimeter (SFT-300)
• Megger
• SFT-111 (Voltage Monitor)
• SLB Digital Safety Multimeter

Key terms
• AC - alternating current
• DC - direct current
• Ohm - unit of electrical resistance
• K - equal to 1000
• Meg - equal to one million
• Continuity - a continuous path
• Insulation - no leaks to mass
• Infinity - infinite insulation (relative to meter limitations)

Resistors

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.1 Simpson Multimeter

The Simpson multimeter can be used to measure:
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

• DC voltage
• AC voltage
• continuity
• insulation resistance (maximum 20 megohms).

Figure 2-1: Simpson multimeter

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.2 Mega-ohm meter (megger)

The mega-ohm meter is used to check insulation on:
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

• cables
• heads
• adapters
• collectors.

The mega-ohm meter delivers high voltage between the probe and mass
connections.

Potential Severity: Light

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Electrical

• Never use on electrical equipment

• Disconnect cable from unit before megging (CSS in CIS position)
• Never touch probe when measureing button is pressedmeasuring

The acceptable insulation value on a cable, head, collector is greater than 100
megohms @ 500 VDC.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 2-2: Amprobe megohmmeter

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.3 SFT 111 - Rig to casing monitor (101031052)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 2-3: SFT-111, Rig to casing monitor (101031052)

The SFT-111 is used with all explosives operations.

The internal resistance is 3000 ohms.

Connect one lead to the wellhead and one lead to the rig. Verify surfaces are
clean.

The voltage must be checked with a multimeter and verified to be at no more that
0.25 V prior to connecting the SFT-111.

The SFT-111 must be connected before grounding cables from the logging unit.

Operational check - 1.5V battery.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.4 SFT-300 - Safety Multimeter (H622622)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

The SFT-300 can be used to check explosives or electrical circuity.

Series of resistors lower current to safe level (8-10 ma).

Safety breaker 12 - 15 ma.

Low battery shutdown ~8 V.

Still widely used but no longer in production; replaced by the digital safety
multimeter.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.5 Schlumberger Digital Safety Multimeter

(T6005202)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

The Schlumberger digital safety multimeter (T6005202) is used to measure

resistance on explosive devices.

The new digital safety multimeter is less failure prone and has no sensitive
mechanical components.

It has a unique CCL checking function.

It has similar safety features to the safety multimeter.

Safety: The Schlumberger Digital Safety Multimeter (DSMM), P/N: T6005202)

has been approved by the Schlumberger Explosives Safety Committee for use
with all Schlumberger EEDs and associated circuits. The DSMM (T6005202)
output current is actively limited to less than 20 miliamps for any measurement
including the special CCL function. The DSMM is not intrinisically safe, nor is it
approved for use in explosive atmospheres.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

Reset: If the meter shuts down during a measurement, for whatever reason, it
can be reset by turning the selector switch momentarily to the OFF position. If it
still does NOT reset, then press the yellow SELECTION button.
Battery: a. The meter will shut down automatically after a non-use period of
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

about 30 minutes. The selector switch should be returned to the OFF position
whenever the user has completed measurements. b. The meter operates on
a single 9 volt alkaine battery, which is located under the front cover plate.
Whenever battery replacement is necessary, do so in an electrically safe location
away from EEDs. c. Never leave the selector switch in the CCL position after
a measurement. Always turn to OFF or some other position to disable the 9
volt potential at the probes.
Fuses: There are two user serviceable fuses under the front cover plate. F1
(0.63A) and F2 (10A) failures are indicated in the display. An internal 20 mA
safety fuse in the battery supply circuit is not replaceable by the user.
Polarity: The DSMM (T6005202) follows standard industry convention.
Positive voltage is on the Ohm-V (Red) probe connection.
Resistance: The maximum resistance reading that can be displayed is 50
MegOhms. An open circuit or ∞ (infinite) Ohms, is indicated on the display as
.0L Mohms (MΩ).
Capacitance Checking: Capacitance can be measured directly by turning
the selector switch to the Capacitance position. The display bar graph will
indicate a capacitance “kick” and the digits display will show the actual value of
the capacitance being tested.
Environment: The DSMM is rated for use in temperatures between 32 degF (0
degC) and 122 degF (50 degC). The acceptable storage temperature is between
-40 degF (-40 degC) and 158 degF (70 degC). The DSMM is rated for IP67 use,
meaning it is splash proof ptotected. For best results always close the case
cover when the meter is not in use.
Repair: Since the DSMM is a safety meter, if it should ever malfunction, do
not attempt to repair it. User interaction is limited to replacing the fuses, battery
and probes.

2.5.1 Operating instructions for the Schlumberger Digital

Safety Multimeter T6005202

2.5.1.1 Checking a detonator (in safety loading tube)

1. Turn the selector switch to Ω (Ohms).
2. Place the detonator in Safety Tube and measure resistance between wire
leads. Most detonators read between 50 and 60 ohms.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

2.5.2 Checking Source devices (in safety loading tube)

1. Turn the selector switch to (capacitance).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

2. Touch probes to detonator wires for RF capacitance test - in any polarity.

Capacitance: 90 to 110 nfd

2.5.3 Checking ESIC

The ESIC must be installed in its pressure housing.
1. Turn the selector switch to (capacitance).
2. Connect the red probe to input side of ESIC, hot gun wire or upper head
conductor and black probe to ground side of ESIC, gun mass or pressure
housing.
Capacitance 90 - 160 nfd for a single ESIC in the gun string. Two ESICs will
measure double the reading.

2.5.4 Checking logging cable

1. Insulation is best checked with a 500 volt megohmmeter since the DSMM
uses only low voltage for measurement.
2. Continuity can be accurately checked with the DSMM.
a. Turn the selector switch to Ohms.
b. Attach the probes to cable conductor and armor (with other end shorted).
c. Capacitance can be measured if desired instead of just a capacitance
kick, by turning the selector switch to .

2.5.5 Checking CCL

1. Turn the selector switch to V CCL.
2. Connect one probe to the upper head spring, one probe to mass and strike a
collar. (Observe voltage fluctuations).
3. Turn the selector switch to CCL position and press the yellow SEL/ON
function button to check through the zener diode. V units should be seen in
the display.
The display will show O.L. volts (outside range).
4. Touch the probes to the upper and lower contacts of the CCL.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

The correct zener diode response is a voltage reading of 6.0 to 7.9 volts,
both polarities.
If the voltage reading stays on O.L volts, the zener diode circuit is open.
If the voltage reading goes to less than 1 volt, the zener diode is shorted.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5. Return the selector switch to OFF after voltage reading is obtained.

2.5.6 Checking a selective switch or monoswitch

1. Turn the selector switch to Ω (Ohms).
2. Connect the red probe to the white switch wire.
3. Connect the black probe to the threaded connection, or brass pin.
Continuity, resistance < 1 ohm.
4. Connect the black probe to colored (red, green or yellow) switch wire.
Open circuit indicated.
5. Connect the black probe to the switch body.
Open circuit indicated.
6. Connect the red probe to the switch body and black probe to colored switch
wire.
Open circuit indicated.
7. Connect the red probe to colored switch wire
Open circuit indicated.
8. Connect the black probe to the switch body.
Open circuit indicated.

2.5.7 Checking a dual diode

1. Turn the selector switch to Ω (Ohms).
2. Connect the red probe to the white switch wire.
3. Connect the black probe to the switch body.
Open circuit indicated.
4. Connect the black probe to the blue wire.
Open circuit indicated.
5. Connect the black probe to the white switch wire.
6. Connect the red probe to the threaded connection, or brass pin.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 2-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 2-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Meters

Open circuit indicated.

7. Connect the red probe to the switch body.
Open circuit indicated.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

8. Turn the selector switch to CCL and press the yellow SEL /ON function
button.
V units should be seen in the display.
9. Connect the red probe to the white switch wire and black probe to the
threaded connection, or brass pin.
Continuity: 0.6 V ± 0.1 V, for HPHT dual diode, 0.5 V ± 0.1 V.
10. Connect the red probe to the blue wire and the black probe to the white wire.
Continuity: 0.6 Volts ± 0.1 V for HTHP dual diode, 0.5 V ± 0.1 V.

2.5.8 Checking a gun string

1. Turn the selector switch to Ω (Ohms).
2. At the top of the gun, connect the red probe to the gun contact spring, or
white hot wires.
3. Connect the black probe to the gun mass.
4. At the bottom of the gun, leave both gun wires separated.
Open circuit indicated.
5. At bottom of gun short white gun wire to gun mass.
Continuity: < 4 ohms.
6. At bottom of gun, short black (or ground) gun wire to gun mass.
Open circuit indicated.
7. At bottom of gun, short white gun wire to black (or ground) gun wire.
Continuity < 4 ohms.
8. Repeat test for each gun as it is added to the string.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3 Cables
3.1 Determining Cable Length on Drum ____________________________ 3-1
3.2 Cable Data _____________________________________________________ 3-4
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

3.3 Winch Hand Signals ____________________________________________ 3-8

3.4 Cable Speed Guidelines ________________________________________ 3-9
3.5 Recommended Wireline Cable Speed Guidelines ______________ 3-10
3.6 Bump-Up Procedure __________________________________________ 3-12
3.7 Standard Winchman's Notes (Z-Chart) _________________________ 3-13
3.8 Cable Ductility Tester __________________________________________ 3-15
3.8.1 Scope ______________________________________________________ 3-15
3.8.2 Procedure for Ductility Test __________________________________ 3-16
3.8.3 Evaluation of Test Results __________________________________ 3-18
3.8.4 Ductility Tester Assembly Drawing ___________________________ 3-19

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3 Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

3.1 Determining Cable Length on Drum

There are three principal methods for determining the cable length remaining on
a WDR.
1. Cable card records
The initial cable length is accurately provided and sent to the field with the
new cable. Once installed, the best way to know the cable length is to keep
accurate records of all cable removed from the drum on each instance such
as; building a rope socket, removing any kinks in the rig-up length, cutting
back cable each month as part of the TRIM, returned to cable shop after
fishing etc. These events must recorded in the Rig Book as well as RITE,
and the appropriate changes to length included in this reporting.
2. Resistance method
Using the center conductor of the cable (i.e., line 7 for heptacables) measure
the conductor resistance across each end of the conductor. Do not use
armor as a return. Providing you have original QA Inspection Data Sheet for
the cable, use the value of resistance (ohms/kft) noted on this sheet for the
specific conductor, and divide the measured value by the value recorded on
the QA sheet. This will give a good estimate of the cable length in kft. If this
QA data sheet is not available, use the resistance value documented in the
cable specification sheet (found in InTouch). For example, this would typically
be 10.4 ohm/ kft for a standard #20 AWG 7-46ZV family of cables. Note: this
value is the maximum value specification of the conductor resistance which
is guaranteed by IPC. Hence the length of cable which is calculated by using
this value will be a conservative (pessimistic) estimate. Unless the conductor
is damaged in some way during its operational life, this resistance value is
not expected to change by more than 1-2%.
3. Distance from flange
The alternative method for determining the cable length is by using the cable
length calculator utility in InTouch. In order for the calculator to provide the
best estimate, the following information about the drum of cable must be
known:
• the type of drum (e.g., WDR-42C, WDR-60, WDR-57, WDR-56 etc.)
• the diameter of the cable - the nominal manufactured value as displayed
in the available cable listing is used for this and does not account for
cable wear

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

• if a Lebus sleeve is installed, and if so what type (due to differences in

pitch size, or wraps/layer)
• if no Lebus Sleeve is present, then count the number of wraps/layer,
including any half-wraps
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

• distance of the last full layer to the edge of the flange

• number of wraps left on the incomplete top layer.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Cable
size?
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Lebus Sleeve?
Cable Length Determination (Flange Method)

WDR type?

depth for that drum

maximum well log
Length Calculator

cable length, and

estimates total
The IPC Cable
on top layer!!
distance to flange?

of wraps left
Add number
wireline

Last full layer

of cable.
the

Figure 3-1: Cable Length Determination (Flange Method)

Of course, the requirement for a well spooled cable is obvious to ensure

better accuracy in the calculation. The latest revision of the IPC Cable Length
Calculator may be found on the ALC Operations Manual Content page,
InTouch #3614996 (see IPC Cable Length Calculator rev11.xls).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3.2 Cable Data

Part Cable Armor Outer Weight Ends Safe Max Max Min
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number File Code Pkg.1 Diameter (lbs/kft) Fixed Working Temp Temp Temp
(in) (air) Break Load (degF) (degF) (defF)
Strength (lbf) (1 hr.) (8
(lbf) hr.)
Standard
H701700 1-23ZA GIPS 0.233 103 5890 2945 465 450 -60
H701018 1-25P GIPS 0.257 118 6530 3265 300 265 -30
H701378 1-25ZA XXS 0.257 118 6530 3265 465 450 -60
H353890 1-25ZA XXS 0.257 118 8390 4195 465 450 -60
XXS
H395789 1-32ZA XS XS 0.319 195 11620 5810 465 450 -60
H441890 2-32ZA GIPS 0.319 196 9990 4995 465 450 -60
T5018490 2-32ZA XS XS 0.319 196 11625 5813 465 450 -60
100304139 7-39P GIPS 0395 247 12000 6000 300 265 -30
H701216 7-39P XXS XXS 0.395 247 15440 7720 300 265 -30
H701178 7-39ZA XXS 0.395 258 15440 7720 400 365 -60
XXS
H441924 7-46P GIPS 0.464 332 16690 8345 300 285 -30
H441922 7-46P XS XS 0.464 333 19410 9705 300 285 -30
T5019441 7-46ZV GIPS 0.464 331 16690 8345 365 350 0
H395832 7-46ZV XS XS 0.464 331 19410 9705 365 350 0
T5019474 7-46ZV XXS 0.464 337 21450 10725 365 350 0
XXS
T5016661 7-46A XS XS 0.464 367 19410 9705 465 450 -40
100008121 7-46A XXS XXS 0.464 367 21450 10725 465 450 -40
100007252 7-52A XXS XXS 0.520 483 29140 14570 465 450 -40
H701093 7-52P GIPS 0.520 448 23410 11705 300 265 -30
T5019443 7-52ZV GIPS 0.520 452 23410 11705 365 350 0
Special
H395808 2-23KA MP MP35N 0.233 112 6110 3055 520 500 -40
H701730 2-23ZA HC HC265 0.233 112 5780 2890 450 430 -60
H441882 2-32ZA HC HC265 0.319 206 10610 4995 450 430 -60
H353881 2-32ZA XXS 0.320 192 11210 5605 465 450 -90
XXS HPC
100131851 4-51AK US US 0.505 469 29820 180002,3 465 450 -40
100039087 7-32AK XS XS 0.328 187 9970 4985 465 450 -40

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Part Cable Armor Outer Weight Ends Safe Max Max Min
Number File Code Pkg.1 Diameter (lbs/kft) Fixed Working Temp Temp Temp
(in) (air) Break Load (degF) (degF) (defF)
Strength (lbf) (1 hr.) (8
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

(lbf) hr.)
7-42AK GIPS 0.423 315 14000 7000 550 500 -60
HTHP
100196093 7-48ZA XXS 0.482 406 25440 150002,3 400 350 -60
XXS
100196095 7-48ZA US US 0.482 406 29380 180002,3 400 350 -60
100159671 7-48AK US US 0.482 411 29200 180002,3 550 500 -60
HTHP
100266712 7–48 AK SUS 0.48 424 33300 21500 465 450 —40
SUS
“P” insulator packages for use in temperatures <300 degF
“ZV” insulator packages for use in temperatures up to 350 degF (8hr Rating)
“A” insulator packages for use in temperatures up to 450 degF (8hr Rating)
1
Unless otherwise noted, standard armor package is GIPS
2
Maintenance required
3
At 62% ends fixed rating

Table 3-1: Armored Logging Cables Electrical Properties

Part Cable Center Conductor Helical Conductors

Number Name 1
AWG Current Voltage Res. Cap. AWG Current Voltage Res.2 Cap.
(Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft) (Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft)
Standard Cables
H701700 1–23ZT 18 1.62 920 7.1 40 — — — — —
H701018 1–25P 20 1.1 1030 10.4 32 — — — — —
H701378 1–25ZA 20 1.1 1025 10.4 32 — — — — —
H353890 1–23ZA 20 1.1 1025 10.4 32 — — — — —
XXS
H395789 1–32ZA 14 1200 2.8 48 — — — — —
XS
H441890 2–32ZA 18 1.62 825 6.8 44 — — — — —
T5018490 2–32ZA 18 1.62 825 6.8 44 — — — — —
XS
H701770 7–39P 20 1.1 620 10.4 57 20 1.1 620 10.4 57
H701216 7–39P 20 1.1 720 10.4 49 20 1.1 720 10.9 47
XXS
H701178 7–39ZA 20 1.1 720 10.4 45 20 1.1 720 10.9 43
XXS

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Part Cable Center Conductor Helical Conductors

Number Name 1
AWG Current Voltage Res. Cap. AWG Current Voltage Res.2 Cap.
(Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft) (Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft)
T5016661 7–46A 18 1.61 1250 7.2 28 18 1.61 800 7.4 32
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

XS
100008121 7–46A 18 1.61 1250 7.2 28 18 1.61 800 7.4 32
XXS
H441924 7–46P 20 1.1 875 10.4 40 20 1.1 875 10.9 40
H441922 7–46P 20 1.1 875 10.4 40 20 1.1 875 10.9 40
XS
T5019441 7–46ZV 20 1.1 900 10.4 44 18 1.1 880 10.9 39
H395832 7–46ZV 20 1.1 900 10.4 44 18 1.1 880 10.9 39
XS
T5019474 7–46ZV 20 1.1 900 10.4 44 20 1.1 880 10.9 39
XXS
100007252 7–52A 18 1.61 1250 7.2 28 18 1.61 800 7.4 32
XXS
H701093 7–52P 20 1.1 875 10.4 40 20 1.1 875 10.9 40
T5019443 7–52ZV 20 1.1 900 10.4 44 20 1.1 880 10.9 39
Special Cables
H395808 2–23KA 19 640 11.8 55 — — — — —
MP35N
H701730 2–23ZA 22 680 11.6 46 — — — — —
HC
H441882 2–32ZA 18 1.61 825 8.8 44 — — — — —
HC
H353881 2–32ZA 15 1060 2.8 55 — — — — —
XXX
HPC
100131851 4–51AK 21 1.0 850 10.6 31 14 4.1 800 3.0 56
US (Large
Helical)
22 0.7 475 16.5 38
(Small
Helical)
100039087 7–32AS 21 1.5 1080 10.8 36 21 1.5 1000 11.6 44
XS (1,4) (1,4)
720 39
(2,3,5,6) (2,3,5,6)
100196095 7–48ZA 20 1.1 790 10.4 42 20 1.1 790 10.9 40
US
100196093 7–48ZA 20 1.1 790 10.4 42 20 1.1 790 10.9 40
XXS

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Part Cable Center Conductor Helical Conductors

Number Name 1
AWG Current Voltage Res. Cap. AWG Current Voltage Res.2 Cap.
(Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft) (Amps) (Vrms) (ohm/kft) (pF/ft)
100159671 7–48AK 18 1.6 895 7.2 35.1 18 1.6 895 7.4 39.9
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

18 US
HTHP
100266712 7–48 18 1.61 1250 7.2 28 18 1.61 800 7.4 32
AK
SUS
1
Resistances is determinde at 68 degF or 20 degC)
2
Resistances is determinde at 68 degF or 20 degC)

Table 3-2: Cable Armor OD

Inner Armors Outer Armors

Cable
qty OD (inches) qty OD (inches)
1-23ZA 12 0.0323 18 0.0323
1-25P 12 0.0355 18 0.0355
1-25ZA 12 0.0355 18 0.0355
1-25ZA XXS 12 0.0355 18 0.0355
1-32ZA XS 12 0.044 18 0.044
1-32ZT XS 12 0.044 18 0.044
2-23KA MP35N 12 0.0323 18 0.0323
2-23ZT HC265 12 0.0323 18 0.0323
2-32ZA 12 0.044 18 0.044
2-32ZA HC 12 0.044 18 0.044
2-32ZA XS 12 0.044 18 0.044
2-32ZA XXS HPC 17 0.0355 23 0.0355
2-32ZT XS 12 0.044 18 0.044
4-51AK US 18 0.0535 23 0.055
7-32AS XS 20 0.0315 23 0.0355
7-39P LXS 24 0.033 24 0.042
7-39P XXS 24 0.033 24 0.042
7-39ZA XXS 24 0.033 24 0.042
7-46 ZV XXS 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46A XS 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46A XXS 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46P 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46P XS 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46ZV 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-46ZV XS 24 0.039 24 0.049

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Inner Armors Outer Armors

Cable
qty OD (inches) qty OD (inches)
7-48ZA US 17 0.0535 22 0.055
7-48ZA XXS 17 0.0535 22 0.055
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

7-52 ZV 17 0.058 23 0.058

7-52A XXS 17 0.058 23 0.058
7-52P 17 0.058 23 0.058

3.3 Winch Hand Signals

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

3.4 Cable Speed Guidelines

Normal Operations

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Table 3-3: Cable Speed Guidelines

Depth Running In Pulling Out

2,000 ft/hr 2,000 ft/ht
0 to 300 ft
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

TLS OFF TLS ON

<1.2 static tension 1
>0.8 static tension1
Then in cased portion, or in Not to exceed 25,000 ft/hr or
Not to exceed 25,000 ft/hr
cased hole well 50% break strength.
TLS OFF
TLS ON
<1.33 static tension 1
>0.67 static tension1 <1.2 static tension 1

In open hole Not to exceed 15,000 ft/hr Not to exceed 15,000 ft/hr or
TLS OFF 50% break strength.
TLS ON
1
See Non-Standard Operations section below.

Non-Standard Operations

Lower speeds may be required, as listed below:

• restrictions - tension should generally not decrease while RIH
• deviated holes - monitor the screen - the tool must be moving
• tool types - pad or bow spring eccentered tools - 15,000 ft/hr maximum
• cable types - run at <6,000 ft/hr when using alloy cables, i.e., MP35N, HC265
• cable seasoning - run at <10,000 ft/hr when using the new cables (first 5 jobs)
• weakpoint - do not exceed 75% of rated strength; if possible, use ACTS or
LEH-QT
• well conditions - run at <3,000 ft/hr over tight spots or at casing or tubing
shoes, packers, crossovers, valves, fluid levels, etc.
• extended jobs - run at <6,000 ft/hr when pulling out after an extended job
(>6 hrs stationary)

3.5 Recommended Wireline Cable Speed

Guidelines

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3.6 Bump-Up Procedure

The bumping technique is used for surface operations when the toolstring is not
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

visible to the crew (i.e., inside the lubricator or approaching packoff). Bumping is
a technique in which a crew member applies downward force on the cable along
the rig-up length. The crew member will feel the toolstring “bump up” against the
catcher, top of the lubricator or packoff, and alert the winch operator to stop the
winch. The same technique is used when releasing the head from the catcher to
prevent the toolstring from taking momentum, prior to RIH. Because some extra
slack has been introduced into the rig-up length, there is extra reaction time
before excess tension is applied at the head.

Bump up midway between the drum and the lower sheave. Do not allow all the
slack to be removed from the cable. Cable slack is the essential component that
gives extra reaction time and prevents overpull on the weakpoint.

Holding down the lower sheave wheel rather than the cable is not a
recommended method for bumping up. This technique should only be considered
if there is no other bump-up position available along the cable. A risk assessment
must be completed to determine if this can even be done safely.

Reminder: Due to well head pressure, the tension at the weakpoint may not
equal the tension displayed.

The following guidelines must be observed when applying the bumping

technique:
1. Prior to initiating rig-up or rig-down operations, hold a safety meeting to
discuss the operation (including bump-up) and assign crew duties.
2. One crew member should be positioned midway between the logging unit
and the lower sheave wheel, while the other crew member should be near
the wellhead.
3. Once in position, the crew member on the cable signals the winchman to
start coming up slowly (<2,000 ft/hr) and start bumping up the cable as the
tool approaches surface.
4. Extra precautions should be taken while entering the BOP/riser.
5. Continue bumping the cable until the top of the tool is felt hitting the top of the
riser — some resistance will be felt.
6. If there is a tool catcher, verify that the tool catcher is in the CATCH position.
The crew member on the cable should bump up one last time with sufficient
force to ensure that the string is “caught.” The winchman can slack some
cable to verify that the tool is in the catcher.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

7. If there is a tool trap, the winchman should slack off after the entire string
passes the trap. By resting the string on the trap, verify that the entire string
is in the riser and that the tool trap is in the CLOSED position. This method
avoids hitting the top of the riser.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

8. Once it is confirmed that the entire string is inside the riser, the BOP rams
should be closed.
9. At this point, the WHE can be disconnected and the crew can proceed with
rig-down operations.

Reverse procedure is to be applied when releasing toolstring from catcher:

1. Hold cable down mid-way between lower sheave and cable drum while
opening the catcher.
2. Upon feeling the troolstring weight, progressively and slowly release action
on the wireline until confirmed the toolstring is 100% free.
3. Give a signal to the person on the winch to start RIH.

3.7 Standard Winchman's Notes (Z-Chart)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3.8 Cable Ductility Tester

The standard ductility jig (released by HCS) is used to perform a uniform ductility
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

evaluation tests on pre-formed armor wires. This jig can be ordered through HCS
Customer Service using part number T5001251. This jig is portable and needs to
be held fixed to a table top using a vice grip or “C” clamp.

Armor wire in good condition will not break when subjected to this test. If any
of the wires from either layer breaks during the first flexure (while wrapping or
looping), the armor has lost too much ductility to be reliable. Cut off a portion of
cable (500 to 1,000 ft) and try again.

If some of the wires break while unwrapping or un-looping (second flexure), then
some ductility has been lost. If 25% or more of the wires from either layer break
on the second flexure, scrap a portion of cable (500 to 1,000 ft) and try again. If
some but less than 25% break, the cable probably has sufficient ductility for use,
but it is approaching failure and should be checked frequently.

0.030” to
Typical range of applicable wire sizes:
0.058”

200 kpsi to
Typical range of tensile strengths of wires subject to test:
400 kpsi

3.8.1 Scope
The ductility of armor wires, especially those with carbon steel composition, is
typically reduced as a function of corrosive attack when exposed to downhole
conditions, or as a result of rusting when left in moist atmospheric conditions.
This reduction is a precursor to a drop in nominal load carrying abilities of the
armor wires.

The test jig (T5001251) enables wireline field personnel to perform consistent
and uniform ductility tests of armor wire samples (GIPS, XS or XXS armors or
others) taken from wireline logging cables in the field. This is to verify the cable
status and its suitability for the job. The armor sample to be tested is wrapped
around another of its own diameter as a measure of its ductility. Auxiliary
equipment needed for the test includes armor wire cutters, vice grips, channel
locks (adjustable pliers) and Allen keys/wrenches.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

3.8.2 Procedure for Ductility Test

1. Prepare and perform ductility test in all cable armors (not just 10 outer and
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10 inner).

Note
For High Tension jobs, all inner and outer armor wires must be tested per
WL-QHSE-S11-HT.

2. Install new or old armor wire of length about 10-in into wrap tester (same
diameter as sample to be tested) as shown in Figure 3-2.
This is referred to as the “base” wire. Clamp the wire ends in place using the
two black tightening knobs on each side.

Figure 3-2: Armor Ductility Jig

3. Carefully increase tension on the base armor wire by tightening the

knurled-rim clamping knobs (located on the left hand side of the base wire)
while holding the rotating handle as indicated in Figure 3-3 in red.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

Rotate until wire feels tight and the wire preform (or helix of wire) is removed
to the maximum extent possible.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 3-3: Ductility tester in operation

4. Grip one end of sample with vise-grip. Slip the other end approximately
1.5-in into the hole on the left side of tester next to base wire tightening knob
as seen in Figure 3-4.
5. Wrap the wire around the base portion of the tightening knob.
While the handle is used to rotate the shaft, the wire under test is held by the
vice grip in the left hand leaving approximately five (5) inches between the
base wire and the vice grip.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 3-4: Set-up on the base wire in ductility tester

6. Rotate to produce an initial starter wrap around the base wire.

7. After the initial starter wrap is formed, slowly continue wrapping five additional
wraps at an approximate speed of 2-3 seconds per wrap. Maintain adequate
tension on the test wire at all times to form coils that are tight to the base wire
and touching each other as shown in Figure 3-4.
8. After completing the wrap cycle (5 wraps), slowly unwrap the test wire at
approximate speed of 2-3 seconds per unwrap while holding adequate back
tension to remove all coiling from the wrap cycle and back to the starter
wrap (5 unwraps total).

Note
The starter wrap is not counted during the wrap or unwrap cycles.

9. Note the number of wraps / unwraps at which each sample breaks or cracks.

3.8.3 Evaluation of Test Results

Every wrap or unwrap cycle is assigned equal weight (1 point of the five wrap
and five unwrap test), and the cumulative score is taken as the ductility score
for that wire.

For example,
• If the cable armor fails on the 5th unwrap cycle, since it has completed five
successful wraps and four successful unwraps, then the ductility score for
this armor is 5 wraps + 4 unwraps = 9.
• If the cable fails on the 4th wrap, the score would be 3.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables

This would be done for each armor wire then the average would be calculated for
both inner and outer armor packages independently.

Good armor wire will not break when subjected to this test.
• If ANY of the wires break, from either layer, during the wrapping, the armor
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

has lost too much ductility to be reliable. Cut off a portion of cable beyond the
rig up length or 100 ft whichever is larger and repeat the test.
• If the average score in either armor layer is less than 8, then the armors have
lost too much ductility to be reliable. Cut off a portion of cable beyond the rig
up length or 100 ft whichever is larger and repeat the test.
• If the average score of each armor layer is between: 8 – 10, the test is
completed.
• If none of the armor wires breaks during either the wrap or unwrap cycles,
the test is completed.

Note
These guidelines apply for ALL SLB WL cables and for both standard and
high tension operations. High strength cables require special maintenance
procedure in order to utilize their SWL published for “Like New” conditions.

3.8.4 Ductility Tester Assembly Drawing

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 3-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 3-20
document for revenue generating operations. / Cables
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 3-5: Ductility Tester Assembly - T5001251

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-i
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

4 O-Rings
4.1 Viton 95 Duro __________________________________________________ 4-1
4.2 Viton 90 Duro __________________________________________________ 4-5
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

4.3 Viton 75 Duro __________________________________________________ 4-6

4.4 Viton 70 Duro __________________________________________________ 4-9
4.5 Back-Up rings _________________________________________________ 4-11
4.6 O-rings cross reference _______________________________________ 4-15

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-1
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

4 O-Rings
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

4.1 Viton 95 Duro

Table 4-1: VITON, 95 DURO

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

GENERIC 2-111 0.103 0.417 B037348 2-210 0.139 0.734
B025687 2-002 0.07 0.042 B012771 2-211 0.139 0.796
M-010003 2-003 0.07 0.056 M-010211 2-211 0.139 0.796
B013337 2-004 0.07 0.07 B009656 2-212 0.139 0.859
B015386 2-005 0.07 0.101 B042702 2-212 0.139 0.859
B013124 2-006 0.07 0.114 M-010212 2-212 0.139 0.859
B012733 2-007 0.07 0.145 B013121 2-213 0.139 0.921
M-010007 2-007 0.07 0.145 B012068 2-214 0.139 0.984
M-010008 2-008 0.07 0.176 M-010214 2-214 0.139 0.984
B012764 2-008 0.07 0.176 B013120 2-215 0.139 1.046
B036198 2-008 0.07 0.176 M-010215 2-215 0.139 1.046
B012416 2-009 0.07 0.208 B011286 2-216 0.139 1.109
M-010010 2-010 0.07 0.239 B011975 2-217 0.139 1.171
B011870 2-010 0.07 0.239 B013712 2-219 0.139 1.296
M-010011 2-011 0.07 0.301 B012058 2-218 0.139 1.234
B013113 2-011 0.07 0.301 M-010218 2-218 0.139 1.234
B036227 2-011 0.07 0.301 B013123 2-220 0.139 1.359
B030911 2-012 0.07 0.364 B011976 2-221 0.139 1.421
B012474 2-012 0.07 0.364 B012163 2-222 0.139 1.484
M-010012 2-012 0.07 0.364 M-010222 2-222 0.139 1.484
B036201 2-012 0.07 0.364 B003526 2-223 0.139 1.609
B013718 2-013 0.07 0.426 B012983 2-224 0.139 1.734
B038415 2-013 0.07 0.426 B011881 2-225 0.139 1.859
B013339 2-014 0.07 0.489 B011343 2-226 0.139 1.984
M-010014 2-014 0.07 0.489 B012704 2-227 0.139 2.109
B013338 2-015 0.07 0.551 M-010227 2-227 0.139 2.109
B013336 2-016 0.07 0.614 M-010228 2-228 0.139 2.234
M-010016 2-016 0.07 0.614 B012998 2-228 0.139 2.234

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-2
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B019017 2-017 0.07 0.676 B012579 2-229 0.139 2.359
B015387 2-018 0.07 0.739 M-010229 2-229 0.139 2.359
M-010018 2-018 0.07 0.739 M-010230 2-230 0.139 2.484
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B016207 2-019 0.07 0.801 B012828 2-230 0.139 2.484

B013751 2-020 0.07 0.864 B013435 2-231 0.139 2.609
B016946 2-021 0.07 0.926 M-010231 2-231 0.139 2.609
B017161 2-022 0.07 0.989 B013330 2-232 0.139 2.734
M-010022 2-022 0.07 0.989 16846-232 2-232 0.139 2.734
B015389 2-023 0.07 1.051 B013742 2-233 0.139 2.859
B016021 2-024 0.07 1.114 B013439 2-234 0.139 2.984
B019025 2-025 0.07 1.176 B016812 2-235 0.139 3.109
B015361 2-026 0.07 1.239 B013116 2-236 0.139 3.234
B019027 2-027 0.07 1.301 M-010236 2-236 0.139 3.234
B016182 2-028 0.07 1.364 B019237 2-237 0.139 3.359
B019029 2-029 0.07 1.489 B015311 2-238 0.139 3.484
B015839 2-030 0.07 1.614 B019239 2-239 0.139 3.609
B015001 2-031 0.07 1.739 B017308 2-240 0.139 3.734
B019032 2-032 0.07 1.864 B013688 2-241 0.139 3.859
B019033 2-033 0.07 1.989 B019242 2-242 0.139 3.984
B019034 2-034 0.07 2.114 B033688 2-243 0.139 4.109
M-010034 2-034 0.07 2.114 B029436 2-243 0.139 4.109
B017159 2-035 0.07 2.239 B013117 2-244 0.139 4.234
B019036 2-036 0.07 2.364 B013115 2-245 0.139 4.359
B029435 2-039 0.07 2.739 M-010246 2-246 0.139 4.484
B019041 2-041 0.07 2.989 B031490 2-247 0.139 4.609
M-010104 2-104 0.103 0.112 B040160 2-248 0.139 4.734
B027254 2-105 0.103 0.143 B040281 2-249 0.139 4.859
B041663 2-107 0.103 0.206 B029788 2-249 0.139 4.859
B027255 2-108 0.103 0.237 B019250 2-250 0.139 4.984
B027256 2-109 0.103 0.299 B015250 2-252 0.139 5.234
M-010109 2-109 0.103 0.299 B021901 2-253 0.139 5.359
B039334 2-109 0.103 0.299 B030716 2-254 0.139 5.484
B013554 2-110 0.103 0.362 B077011 2-255 0.139 5.609
B036235 2-110 0.103 0.362 B030715 2-256 0.139 5.734
B012918 2-111 0.103 0.424 B013114 2-258 0.139 5.984
B038274 2-111 0.103 0.424 B077735 2-259 0.139 6.234
M-010111 2-111 0.103 0.424 B042756 2-259 0.139 6.234

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-3
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B013118 2-112 0.103 0.487 M-011260 2-260 0.139 6.484
M-010112 2-112 0.103 0.487 B021196 2-261 0.139 6.734
B012075 2-113 0.103 0.549 B043142 2-263 0.139 7.234
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B039184 2-113 0.103 0.549 B027245 2-314 0.21 0.725

M-010113 2-113 0.103 0.549 M-010320 2-320 0.21 1.1
B012678 2-114 0.103 0.612 M-010322 2-322 0.21 1.225
M-010114 2-114 0.103 0.612 B012449 2-325 0.21 1.475
B011404 2-115 0.103 0.674 B015409 2-326 0.21 1.6
M010115 2-115 0.103 0.674 B011285 2-327 0.21 1.725
B012323 2-116 0.103 0.737 B003525 2-328 0.21 1.85
B013335 2-117 0.103 0.799 B011871 2-329 0.21 1.975
M-010117 2-117 0.103 0.799 B011872 2-330 0.21 2.1
B039493 2-117 0.103 0.799 B011317 2-331 0.21 2.225
M-010118 2-118 0.103 0.862 B011316 2-332 0.21 2.35
B016376 2-118 0.103 0.862 M-010332 2-332 0.21 2.35
B013503 2-119 0.103 0.924 B012497 2-333 0.21 2.475
B076024 2-119 0.103 0.924 B011287 2-334 0.21 2.6
M-010119 2-119 0.103 0.924 M-010335 2-335 0.21 2.725
B037843 2-119 0.103 0.924 B013434 2-335 0.21 2.725
B017677 2-120 0.103 0.987 M-010336 2-336 0.21 2.85
M-010120 2-120 0.103 0.987 B011206 2-336 0.21 2.85
B013504 2-121 0.103 1.049 M-010337 2-337 0.21 2.975
M-010121 2-121 0.103 1.049 B012968 2-337 0.21 2.975
B019122 2-122 0.103 1.112 M-010338 2-338 0.21 3.1
M-010123 2-123 0.103 1.174 B013026 2-338 0.21 3.1
B017703 2-123 0.103 1.174 B019339 2-339 0.21 3.225
B013176 2-124 0.103 1.237 B019340 2-340 0.21 3.35
M-010124 2-124 0.103 1.237 B019341 2-341 0.21 3.475
M-010125 2-125 0.103 1.299 M-010342 2-342 0.21 3.6
B015547 2-125 0.103 1.299 B013735 2-342 0.21 3.6
B013334 2-126 0.103 1.362 B013451 2-343 0.21 3.725
B016183 2-127 0.103 1.424 B036219 2-343 0.21 3.725
M-010127 2-127 0.103 1.424 M-010343 2-343 0.21 3.725
B042701 2-127 0.103 1.424 M-010344 2-344 0.21 3.85
B015785 2-128 0.103 1.487 B013666 2-344 0.21 3.85
B037169 2-128 0.103 1.487 B017322 2-345 0.21 3.975
M-010128 2-128 0.103 1.487 M-010346 2-346 0.21 4.1

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-4
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

M-010129 2-129 0.103 1.549 B029516 2-346 0.21 4.1
B016184 2-129 0.103 1.549 B025011 2-347 0.21 4.225
B017484 2-130 0.103 1.612 M-010347 2-347 0.21 4.225
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B013195 2-131 0.103 1.674 B020336 2-348 0.21 4.35

M-010131 2-131 0.103 1.674 B038275 2-348 0.21 4.35
B019132 2-132 0.103 1.737 B027548 2-349 0.21 4.475
M-010132 2-132 0.103 1.737 M-011349 2-349 0.21 4.475
B019133 2-133 0.103 1.799 M-010350 2-350 0.21 4.6
B015134 2-134 0.103 1.862 B033648 2-350 0.21 4.6
B017502 2-135 0.103 1.925 B076446 2-351 0.21 4.725
B019136 2-136 0.103 1.987 B027549 2-353 0.21 4.975
B019137 2-137 0.103 2.05 B037833 2-354 0.21 5.1
B017483 2-138 0.103 2.112 B077534 2-354 0.21 5.1
B017191 2-139 0.103 2.175 B030717 2-355 0.21 5.225
B019140 2-140 0.103 2.237 M-010355 2-355 0.21 5.225
B019141 2-141 0.103 2.3 B037834 2-355 0.21 5.225
B017205 2-142 0.103 2.362 B037835 2-356 0.21 5.35
M-010142 2-142 0.103 2.362 B076862 2-356 0.21 5.35
B015648 2-143 0.103 2.425 M-010356 2-356 0.21 5.35
B031459 2-144 0.103 2.487 B031043 2-357 0.21 5.475
M-010144 2-144 0.103 2.487 M-010358 2-358 0.21 5.6
B018389 2-145 0.103 2.55 B077535 2-358 0.21 5.6
B016000 2-146 0.103 2.612 B042771 2-358 0.21 5.6
B019147 2-147 0.103 2.675 B029416 2-361 0.21 5.975
B019148 2-148 0.103 2.737 B027718 2-362 0.21 6.225
B019149 2-149 0.103 2.8 B037251 2-363 0.21 6.475
B019150 2-150 0.103 2.862 B076451 2-364 0.21 6.725
B019151 2-151 0.103 2.987 B037253 2-365 0.21 6.975
M-010152 2-152 0.103 3.237 B037259 2-371 0.21 8.475
B019152 2-152 0.103 3.237 B037252 2-364 0.21 6.725
B031460 2-154 0.103 3.737 B037258 2-370 0.21 8.225
B028705 2-155 0.103 3.987 B076864 2-371 0.21 8.475
B019156 2-156 0.103 4.237 B077537 2-373 0.21 8.975
B040280 2-157 0.103 4.487 B037265 2-377 0.139 9.975
B033604 2-159 0.103 4.987 B077538 2-377 0.21 9.975
B041943 2-160 0.103 5.237 B037270 2-382 0.21 12.975
B042942 2-163 0.103 5.987 B032093 2-425 0.275 4.502

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-5
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B077531 2-203 0.139 0.296 B042774 2-425 0.275 4.475
B038837 2-204 0.139 0.359 B003524 2-427 0.275 4.725
B076191 2-204 0.139 0.359 B013110 2-441 0.275 6.975
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

M-010204 2-204 0.139 0.359 B037275 2-445 0.275 7.975

B043902 2-204 0.139 0.359 B037276 2-446 0.275 8.475
B029452 2-205 0.139 0.421 B037277 2-447 0.275 8.975
M-010205 2-205 0.139 0.421 B037279 2-449 0.275 9.975
B029546 2-206 0.139 0.487 B037285 2-455 0.275 12.975
B077532 2-206 0.139 0.484 B037289 2-459 0.275 14.975
B038078 2-206 0.139 0.484 B032889 3-904 0.072 0.353
B026985 2-207 0.139 0.546
B077533 2-207 0.139 0.546
M-010208 2-208 0.139 0.609
B029675 2-209 0.139 0.675
B011968 2-210 0.139 0.734

4.2 Viton 90 Duro

Table 4-2: VITON, 90 DURO

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

GENERIC 2-111 0.103 0.417 B040123 2-225 0.139 1.859
B032189 2-003 0.06 0.056 B026227 2-227 0.14 2.109
B023797 2-006 0.07 0.114 B040112 2-228 0.139 2.234
B043715 2-009 0.07 0.208 B022779 2-228 0.14 2.234
B040091 2-008 0.07 0.188 B034852 2-229 0.139 2.359
16820-008-01000 2-008 0.07 0.176 B040114 2-231 0.139 2.609
B032480 2-011 0.07 0.301 16820-231-01000 2-231 0.139 2.609
16820-015-01000 2-015 0.07 0.551 B039369 2-232 0.139 2.734
B026016 2-016 0.07 0.614 16820-233-01000 2-233 0.139 2.859
B026029 2-029 0.07 1.489 B040115 2-234 0.139 2.984
B019037 2-037 0.07 2.489 16820-235-01000 2-235 0.139 3.109
B030065 SZ 0.025 0.117 B037024 2-237 0.139 3.359
B030066 SZ 0.04 0.239 16820-237-01000 2-237 0.139 3.359
B037447 5-194 0.04 0.228 B026251 2-251 0.139 5.109
B043178 5-264 0.07 0.752 B019254 2-254 0.139 5.484
B037512 5-632 0.04 0.11 16820-267-01000 2-267 0.139 8.234

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-6
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B037449 5-646 0.04 0.126 B026324 2-324 0.21 1.35
B037450 5-057 0.045 0.346 B026326 2-326 0.21 1.6
B034868 5-1007 0.05 0.33 B026328 2-328 0.21 1.85
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B026008 2-008 0.07 0.176 B027858 2-335 0.21 2.725

B026106 2-106 0.103 0.174 16820-336-01000 2-336 0.21 2.85
B040121 2-110 0.103 0.362 16820-331-01000 2-331 0.21 2.225
B040125 2-112 0.103 0.487 16820-333-01000 2-333 0.21 2.475
B037661 2-114 0.103 0.612 16820-334-01000 2-334 0.21 2.6
B040141 2-115 0.103 0.674 16820-340-01000 2-340 0.21 3.35
B040173 2-116 0.103 0.737 16820-344-01000 2-344 0.21 3.85
B038842 2-119 0.103 0.924 B033100 2-348 0.21 4.35
B026128 2-128 0.103 1.487 B030697 2-350 0.21 4.6
B026129 2-129 0.103 1.549 B028840 2-352 0.21 4.85
B040105 2-135 0.103 1.925 B041690 2-356 0.188 5.375
B029744 2-141 0.103 2.3 B039786 2-360 0.21 5.85
B022773 2-146 0.103 2.612 B038558 X-XXX 0.028 0.11
16820-154-01000 2-154 0.103 3.737 B038559 X-XXX 0.028 0.126
B022778 2-219 0.139 1.296 B030067 X-XXX 0.025 0.137
B034846 2-220 0.14 1.359 B038620 X-XXX 0.028 0.094
16820-222-01000 2-222 0.139 1.484 B038621 X-XXX 0.02 0.11
B026223 2-223 0.14 1.609

4.3 Viton 75 Duro

Table 4-3: VITON, 75 DURO

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

GENERIC 2-111 0.103 0.417 B046046 2-163 0.103 5.987
B032670 2-000 0.032 0.118 B029286 2-204 0.139 0.359
B033552 X-XXX 0.032 0.071 B030393 2-205 0.139 0.421
B035428 X-XXX 0.04 0.228 B035831 2-206 0.139 0.484
B033600 X-XXX 0.06 0.565 B035198 2-209 0.139 0.671
B025823 2-003 0.07 0.056 B023959 2-210 0.139 0.734
B020705 2-004 0.07 0.07 M-011210 2-210 0.139 0.734
B022935 2-006 0.07 0.114 B023973 2-211 0.139 0.796
B023956 2-007 0.07 0.145 B028112 2-212 0.139 0.859
B024720 2-008 0.07 0.176 B023974 2-214 0.139 0.984

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-7
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B031159 2-009 0.07 0.208 M-011214 2-214 0.139 0.984
B022100 2-010 0.07 0.239 M-011216 2-216 0.139 1.109
B022770 2-011 0.07 0.301 B029214 2-217 0.139 1.171
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B024114 2-012 0.07 0.364 B025843 2-218 0.139 1.234

M-011013 2-013 0.07 0.426 B028397 2-219 0.139 1.296
B023723 2-013 0.07 0.426 M-011219 2-219 0.139 1.296
B024721 2-014 0.07 0.489 B025110 2-220 0.139 1.359
B024658 2-015 0.07 0.551 M-011220 2-220 0.139 1.359
B023813 2-015 0.07 0.551 B033356 2-221 0.139 1.421
B024729 2-016 0.07 0.614 B023687 2-222 0.139 1.484
B076163 2-017 0.07 0.676 M-011222 2-222 0.139 1.484
B029540 2-018 0.07 0.739 B022871 2-223 0.139 1.609
B023669 2-019 0.07 0.801 B025005 2-224 0.139 1.734
B026572 2-020 0.07 0.864 B022756 2-225 0.139 1.859
M-011022 2-022 0.07 0.989 B024351 2-226 0.139 1.984
B026573 2-022 0.07 0.989 B029523 2-227 0.139 2.109
M-011023 2-023 0.07 1.051 B023917 2-228 0.139 2.234
B025479 2-023 0.07 1.051 B023360 2-229 0.139 2.359
B027670 2-024 0.07 1.114 B022942 2-230 0.139 2.484
B027236 2-025 0.07 1.176 B024724 2-231 0.139 2.609
B027058 2-026 0.07 1.239 B030386 2-232 0.139 2.734
M-011026 2-026 0.07 1.239 M-011233 2-233 0.139 2.859
B025480 2-027 0.07 1.301 B039568 2-234 0.139 3.002
B029541 2-028 0.07 1.364 B024746 2-235 0.139 3.109
B024014 2-029 0.07 1.489 B037468 2-236 0.139 3.234
M-011029 2-029 0.07 1.489 M-011238 2-238 0.139 3.484
B075634 2-031 0.07 1.739 M011239 2-239 0.139 3.609
B023670 2-032 0.07 1.864 B044260 2-241 0.139 3.859
M-011034 2-034 0.07 2.114 B030387 2-242 0.139 3.984
M-011035 2-035 0.07 2.239 B044262 2-245 0.139 4.359
M-011036 2-036 0.07 2.364 M-011246 2-246 0.139 4.484
M-011037 2-037 0.07 2.489 M-011249 2-249 0.139 4.859
M-011038 2-038 0.07 2.614 B033199 2-259 0.139 6.25
M-011040 2-040 0.07 2.864 B042941 2-260 0.139 6.484
B037242 2-040 0.07 2.864 M-011318 2-318 0.21 0.975
B028199 2-041 0.07 2.989 M-011319 2-319 0.21 1.037
B027621 2-042 0.07 3.239 B033373 2-323 0.21 1.287

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-8
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B028200 2-043 0.07 3.489 B045100 2-325 0.21 1.484
M-011044 2–044 0.07 3.739 B022838 2-326 0.21 1.6
M-011048 2-048 0.07 4.739 B074778 2-327 0.21 1.725
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B026663 2-109 0.103 0.299 B029549 2-328 0.21 1.85

B030394 2-110 0.103 0.362 B029768 2-329 0.21 1.975
B024722 2-111 0.103 0.424 M011330 2-330 0.21 2.1
B023419 2-112 0.103 0.487 B033357 2-331 0.21 2.225
B022870 2-113 0.103 0.549 B024352 2-332 0.21 2.35
B027925 2-114 0.103 0.612 B029261 2-334 0.21 2.6
B023082 2-115 0.103 0.674 B031527 2-335 0.21 2.725
M-011116 2-116 0.103 0.737 B024681 2-337 0.21 2.975
B034460 2-116 0.103 0.737 B040192 2-338 0.21 3.1
B029208 2-117 0.103 0.799 B038223 2-339 0.21 3.225
M-011117 2-117 0.103 0.799 B023628 2-340 0.21 3.35
B039569 2-118 0.103 0.862 M-011341 2-341 0.21 3.475
B024349 2-119 0.103 0.924 B028181 2-342 0.21 3.6
B023889 2-120 0.103 0.987 B024353 2-343 0.21 3.725
M-011122 2-122 0.103 1.112 B044251 2-345 0.21 3.975
B024350 2-123 0.103 1.174 M-011346 2-346 0.21 4.1
M-011123 2-123 0.103 1.174 B044252 2-346 0.21 4.1
M-011124 2-124 0.103 1.237 B048086 2-346 0.21 4.1
B026664 2-124 0.103 1.237 B048087 2-347 0.21 4.225
B022768 2-125 0.103 1.299 M-011348 2-348 0.21 4.35
M-011126 2-126 0.103 1.362 B024584 2-350 0.21 4.6
B022754 2-127 0.103 1.424 M-011350 2-350 0.21 4.6
M-011128 2-128 0.103 1.487 B046045 2-352 0.21 4.85
B022729 2-128 0.103 1.487 M-011354 2-354 0.21 5.1
M-011129 2-129 0.103 1.549 B044253 2-360 0.21 5.85
B029080 2-130 0.103 1.612 M-011361 2-361 0.21 5.975
M-011131 2-131 0.103 1.674 B046003 2.362 0.21 6.225
B027672 2-132 0.103 1.737 M-011363 2-363 0.21 6.475
B024723 2-133 0.103 1.799 B046611 2-364 0.21 6.725
B022889 2-134 0.103 1.862 B044254 2-367 0.21 7.475
B024015 2-135 0.103 1.925 B044259 2-371 0.21 8.475
B029190 2-137 0.103 2.05 B039595 2-372 0.21 8.725
M-011138 2-138 0.103 2.112 B044261 2-376 0.21 9.725
B022755 2-142 0.103 2.362 B044258 2-377 0.21 9.975

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-9
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B035217 2-142 0.103 2.425 B044255 2-378 0.21 10.475
M-011143 2-143 0.103 2.425 B044256 2-379 0.21 10.975
B022872 2-146 0.103 2.612 M-011426 2-426 0.275 4.6
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

M-011147 2-147 0.103 2.675 B024354 2-427 0.275 4.725

B028409 2-148 0.103 2.737 B041207 2-432 0.275 5.35
M-011150 2-150 0.103 2.862 B041208 2-433 0.275 5.475
B028233 2-151 0.103 2.987 B027622 3-906 0.078 0.468
B038246 2-152 0.103 3.237 B027623 3-908 0.087 0.644
M-011153 2-153 0.103 3.487 B027788 3-910 0.097 0.755
M-011156 2-156 0.103 4.237 B027624 3-912 0.116 0.924
M-011157 2-157 0.103 4.487 B027625 3-916 0.116 1.171
M-011158 2-158 0.103 4.737 B024538 5-108 0.05 0.176
M-011160 2-160 0.103 5.237 B027313 5-125 0.04 0.18
B044250 2-161 0.103 5.487 B025478 5-273 0.04 0.879
B026574 5-643 0.045 0.65

4.4 Viton 70 Duro

Table 4-4: VITON, 70 DURO

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

GENERIC 2-111 0.103 0.417 M-012164 2-164 * 6.237
B017976 2-002 0.05 0.042 B022702 2-165 * 6.487
B016838 2-006 0.07 0.114 B016394 2-214 0.139 0.984
B032398 2-006 0.07 0.114 B021677 2-216 0.139 1.109
B026859 2-XXX 0.032 0.165 B021847 2-217 0.139 1.171
B016839 2-008 0.07 0.176 M-012218 2-218 0.139 1.234
B021419 2-009 0.07 0.208 B021394 2-219 0.139 1.296
B020652 2-010 0.07 0.239 B029050 2-222 0.139 1.484
B027582 2-011 0.07 0.301 B011343 2-226 0.139 1.984
B022063 2-012 0.07 0.364 M-012228 2-228 0.139 2.234
B022619 2-013 0.07 0.426 B024120 2-228 0.139 2.234
B021829 2-014 0.07 0.489 B032512 2-233 0.139 2.859
B025911 2-017 0.07 0.676 B041779 2-234 0.139 2.984
B037639 2-018 0.07 0.739 M-012235 2-235 0.139 3.109
B022064 2-020 0.07 0.864 B040019 2-236 0.139 3.234
B037632 2-021 0.07 0.926 B037145 2-237 0.139 3.359

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-10
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

B037641 2-023 0.07 1.051 B030730 2-239 0.139 3.609
B037538 2-024 0.07 1.114 M-012240 2-240 0.139 3.743
B037633 2-026 0.07 1.239 B030602 2-247 0.139 4.609
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B037638 2-029 0.07 1.489 100123759D 2-248 0.094 4.734

B021830 2-027 0.07 1.301 M-012249 2-249 0.139 4.859
B074710 2-029 0.07 1.489 B028466 2-251 0.139 5.109
B023459 2-033 0.07 1.989 B024123 2-252 0.139 5.234
B074711 2-035 0.07 2.239 M-012252 2-252 0.139 5.234
B023075 2-035 0.07 2.239 B030604 2-254 0.139 5.484
B032503 2-036 0.07 2.364 M-012255 2-255 0.139 5.609
B032648 2-038 0.07 2.754 B030605 2-256 0.139 5.734
B032504 2-041 0.07 2.989 B036736 2-257 0.139 5.859
B040012 2-042 0.07 3.239 B027677 2-258 0.139 5.984
B032505 2-044 0.07 3.739 B016604 2-260 0.139 6.484
B032484 2-107 0.103 0.206 B023716 2-261 0.139 6.734
B021831 2-110 0.103 0.362 B024121 2-330 0.21 2.1
B037640 2-118 0.103 0.862 B029049 2-332 0.21 2.35
B020805 2-119 0.103 0.924 B029048 2-335 0.21 2.725
B017210 2-121 0.103 1.049 B033343 2-339 0.21 3.225
B015752 2-123 0.103 1.174 B038816 2-341 0.21 3.475
B028219 2-126 0.103 1.362 B035155 2-343 0.21 3.725
B033723 2-127 0.103 1.424 M-012348 2-348 0.21 4.35
B015372 2-128 0.103 1.487 M-012349 2-349 0.21 4.475
B033730 2-131 0.103 1.674 M-012350 2-350 0.21 4.6
B037892 2-132 0.103 1.737 M-012351 2-351 0.21 4.725
B023160 2-133 0.103 1.799 B037144 2-352 0.21 4.85
B021601 2-134 0.103 1.862 M-012353 2-353 0.21 4.975
B033832 2-136 0.103 1.987 M-012355 2-355 0.21 5.225
B039668 2-138 0.103 2.112 B027484 2-356 0.21 5.35
B032759 2-149 0.103 2.8 B035937 2-363 0.21 6.475
M-012152 2-152 0.103 3.237 B027485 2-367 0.21 7.475
B037095 2-154 0.103 3.737 B033389 2-369 0.21 7.975
B033070 2-155 0.103 3.987 B044147 2-371 0.21 8.475
M-012155 2-155 0.103 3.987 B029671 2-415 0.275 3.225
B043251 2-156 0.103 4.237 B024235 2-433 0.275 5.475
M-012157 2-157 0.103 4.487 B022703 2-439 0.275 6.475
M-012159 2-159 0.103 4.987 B025395 5-004 0.065 1.07

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-11
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size XSection ID Name Size XSection ID

M-012160 2-160 0.103 5.237 B023445 5-102 0.038 0.116
M-012163 2-163 0.103 5.987
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

4.5 Back-Up rings

Table 4-5: Back-Up Rings

Name Size Width ID Radius d14 Material Durometer

Generic 8-004 0.053 0.096 0.087 0.045 - 70
100182215D 8-119 0.086 0.956 0.129 0.015 PEEK 75
100182216D 8-129 0.086 1.581 0.129 0.015 PEEK 75
B033082 21-114 0.086 0.64 0.129 * VITON 95
B032183 21-127 0.086 1.424 0.129 * * *
B040268 8-004 * 0.096 * * VITON 90
B024730 8-006 * 0.14 * * * *
B037610 8-007 * 0.171 * * * *
B037469 8-008 * 0.202 * * * *
B029219 8-008 * 0.202 * * TEFLON ?
B031687 8-009 * 0.234 * * TEFLON ?
B033324 8-009 * 0.234 * * * *
B029636 8-010 * 0.265 * * * *
B038624 8-010 * 0.265 * * VITON 90
B023671 8-011 * 0.327 * * * *
B029041 8-012 * 0.39 * * * *
B029101 8-013 * 0.455 * * * *
B031673 8-014 * 0.518 * * * *
B029100 8-015 * 0.58 * * * *
B030364 8-016 * 0.643 * * VITON 90
B027543 8-016 * 0.643 * * * *
B035640 8-017 * 0.705 * * * *
B024098 8-019 * 0.83 * * * *
B040271 8-019 * 0.83 * * VITON 90
B037020 8-020 * 0.893 * * * *
B040272 8-020 * 0.893 * * VITON 90
B037033 8-021 * 0.955 * * * *
B035934 8-022 * 1.018 * * VITON 90

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-12
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size Width ID Radius d14 Material Durometer

B039332 8-026 * 1.268 * * * *
B037034 8-028 * 1.393 * * * *
B039482 8-030 * 1.643 * * * *
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B027766 8-108 0.086 0.265 0.129 * * *

B031434 8-109 0.086 0.327 0.129 * VITON 95
B031630 8-109 0.086 0.327 0.129 * * *
B034308 8-110 0.086 0.39 0.129 * * *
B076025 8-110 0.086 0.39 0.129 * VITON 90
B030391 8-110 0.086 0.39 0.129 * VITON 95
B036329 8-111 0.077 0.448 * 0.03 PEEK *
B032249 8-111 0.086 0.452 0.129 * * *
B077523 8-111 0.086 0.452 0.129 * VITON 70
B035195 8-112 0.086 0.515 0.129 * VITON 90
B032641 8-112 0.086 0.515 0.129 * * *
B032886 8-112 0.086 0.515 0.129 * * *
B027768 8-113 0.086 0.577 0.129 * * *
B037660 8-114 0.086 0.64 0.129 * VITON 90
B031147 8-114 0.086 0.64 0.129 * PARBAK 90
B032666 8-114 0.086 0.64 0.129 * * *
B043179 8-115 0.086 0.702 0.129 * VITON 90
B044949 8-115 0.086 0.702 0.129 * NITRILE 90
B035374 8-116 0.086 0.765 0.129 * VITON 90
B024579 8-116 0.086 0.765 0.129 * * *
B024580 8-117 0.086 0.831 0.129 * * *
B034749 8-117 0.086 0.831 0.129 * VITON 95
B034368 8-118 0.086 0.893 0.129 * * *
B029335 8-119 0.086 0.956 0.129 * * *
B027769 8-120 0.086 1.018 0.129 * * *
B035194 8-120 0.086 1.018 0.129 * VITON 90
B029451 8-121 0.086 1.081 0.129 * * *
M-011921 8-121 0.086 1.081 0.129 * VITON 95
B033866 8-122 0.086 1.143 0.129 * * *
B034750 8-122 0.086 1.143 0.129 * VITON 95
B046826 8-123 0.086 1.206 0.129 * PEEK 75
B032661 8-123 0.086 1.206 0.129 * * *
B030143 8-123 0.086 1.206 0.129 * * *

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-13
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size Width ID Radius d14 Material Durometer

B038567 8-124 0.086 1.268 0.129 * * *
B034777 8-124 0.086 1.268 0.129 * VITON 90
B033325 8-125 0.086 1.331 0.129 * * *
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B035943 8-126 0.086 1.393 0.129 * VITON 90

B027770 8-128 0.086 1.518 0.129 * * *
B025497 8-129 0.086 1.581 0.129 * * *
B029723 8-130 0.086 1.643 0.129 * * *
B034583 8-131 0.086 1.706 0.129 * * *
B037464 8-131 0.086 1.706 0.129 * VITON 90
B035936 8-134 0.086 1.893 0.129 * VITON 90
B040279 8-135 0.086 1.956 0.129 * NITRIL 90
B026603 8-136 0.086 2.018 0.129 * * *
B031576 8-138 0.086 2.143 0.129 * * *
B046650 8-139 0.086 2.206 0.129 * * 90
B027767 8-140 0.086 2.268 0.129 * * *
B042912 8-141 0.086 2.331 0.129 * NITRIL 90
B031577 8-144 0.086 2.518 0.129 * * *
B031578 8-147 0.086 2.706 0.129 * * *
B035915 8-149 0.086 2.831 0.129 * VITON 90
B031579 8-150 0.086 2.893 0.129 * * *
B031580 8-151 0.086 3.018 0.129 * * *
B078598 8-203 0.118 0.327 0.174 0.045 VITON 70
B030390 8-205 0.118 0.455 0.174 0.04 VITON 95
B034748 8-207 0.118 0.58 0.174 0.04 VITON 95
B035549 8-210 0.118 0.766 0.174 0.04 * *
B039875 8-212 0.118 0.891 0.174 0.04 * *
B041301 8-214 0.118 1.016 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B031352 8-215 0.118 1.078 0.174 0.04 * *
B039457 8-217 0.118 1.203 0.174 0.04 NITRILE 90
B036248 8-218 0.118 1.266 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B038568 8-219 0.118 1.334 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B034871 8-219 0.118 1.334 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B029012 8-220 0.118 1.397 0.174 0.04 * *
B041757 8-222 0.118 1.522 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B029489 8-223 0.118 1.647 0.174 0.04 * *
B031494 8-224 0.118 1.772 0.174 0.04 * *

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-14
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size Width ID Radius d14 Material Durometer

B029020 8-225 0.118 1.897 0.174 0.04 * *
B038957 8-225 0.118 1.897 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B038960 8-226 0.118 2.022 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B034584 8-226 0.118 2.022 0.174 0.04 * *

B044320 8-227 0.118 2.147 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B035331 8-228 0.118 2.272 0.174 0.04 * *
B038958 8-228 0.118 2.272 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B029707 8-229 0.118 2.397 0.174 0.04 * *
B039060 8-230 0.118 2.522 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B024742 8-230 0.118 2.522 0.174 0.04 * *
B031888 8-230 0.118 2.522 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B034585 8-231 0.118 2.631 0.174 0.04 * *
B038959 8-231 0.118 2.631 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B035232 8-232 0.118 2.756 0.174 0.04 VITON 95
B040278 8-233 0.118 2.881 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B039059 8-234 0.118 3.006 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B031294 8-234 0.118 3.006 0.174 0.04 * *
B035251 8-235 0.118 3.131 0.174 0.04 VITON 95
B037154 8-237 0.118 3.381 0.174 0.04 VITON 75
B040939 8-238 0.118 3.506 0.174 0.04 VITON 90
B040309 8-239 0.118 3.631 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B040626 8-241 0.118 3.881 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B037750 8-241 0.118 3.881 0.174 0.04 * *
B037155 8-244 0.118 4.256 0.174 0.04 VITON 75
B040335 8-246 0.118 4.506 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B037156 8-247 0.118 4.631 0.174 0.04 VITON 75
B037742 8-247 0.118 4.631 0.174 0.04 * *
B040336 8-248 0.118 4.768 0.174 0.04 NITRIL 90
B027242 8-314 0.183 0.763 0.262 0.06 * *
B037902 8-320 0.183 1.138 0.262 0.06 * *
B033374 8-323 0.183 1.316 0.262 0.06 * *
B045101 8-325 0.183 1.484 0.262 0.06 VITON 75
B037547 8-327 0.183 1.763 0.262 0.06 ? ?
B029550 8-328 0.183 1.888 0.262 0.06 VITON 90
B031095 8-329 0.183 2.013 0.262 0.06 * *
B027243 8-331 0.183 2.268 0.262 0.06 * *

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-15
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

Name Size Width ID Radius d14 Material Durometer

B028715 8-332 0.183 2.393 0.262 0.06 * *
B029066 8-333 0.183 2.518 0.262 0.06 * *
B038130 8-334 0.183 2.643 0.262 0.06 * *
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

B040194 8-335 0.183 2.768 0.262 0.06 NITRIL 90

B037570 8-336 0.183 2.893 0.262 0.06 * *
B024743 8-337 0.183 3.018 0.262 0.06 * *
B029706 8-338 0.183 3.143 0.262 0.06 * *
B038222 8-339 0.183 3.273 0.262 0.06 * *
B029709 8-340 0.183 3.398 0.262 0.06 * *
B029710 8-341 0.183 3.523 0.262 0.06 * *
B029450 8-342 0.183 3.648 0.262 0.06 * *
B033508 8-343 0.183 3.773 0.262 0.06 * *
B033299 8-344 0.183 3.898 0.262 0.06 * *
B033298 8-345 0.183 4.028 0.262 0.06 * *
B031292 8-346 0.183 4.153 0.262 0.06 * *
B040434 8-347 0.183 4.278 0.262 0.06 NITRILE 90
B040844 8-348 0.183 4.35 0.262 0.06 NITRILE 90
B031293 8-349 0.183 4.528 0.262 0.06 * *
B033588 8-350 0.183 4.653 0.262 0.06 * *
B039136 8-351 0.183 4.778 0.262 0.06 * *
B041223 8-354 0.183 5.153 0.262 0.06 NITRIL 90
B040337 8-356 0.183 5.403 0.262 0.06 NITRIL 90
B039791 8-360 0.183 5.903 0.262 0.06 ? ?
B038949 8-363 0.183 6.528 0.262 0.06 VITON 75
B039637 8-363 0.183 6.528 0.262 0.06 * 70

4.6 O-rings cross reference

Table 4-6: O-ring Cross Reference

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
Number
6227-01 006 78401 B013124 13216 B026006
6227-02 007 78402 B012733 13217 B026007

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-16
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number
6227-03 008 78403 B012764 13218 B026008
6227-04 009 78404 B012416 13219 B026009
6227-05 010 78405 B011870 13220 B026010
6227-06 011 78406 B013113 13221 B026011
6227-07 012 78407 B012474 13222 B026012
6227-08 110 78408 B013554 13223
6227-09 111 78409 B012918 13224 B026111
6227-10 112 78410 B013118 13225
6227-11 113 78411 B012075 13226 B026113
6227-12 114 78412 B012678 13227 B026114
6227-13 115 78413 B011404 13228
6227-14 116 78414 B012323 13229 B026116
6227-15 210 78415 B011968 13230 B026210
6227-16 211 78416 B013771 13231 B026211
6227-17 212 78417 B009656 13232
6227-18 213 78418 B013121 13233 B026213
6227-19 214 78419 B012068 13234 B026214
6227-20 215 78420 B013120 13235 B026215
6227-21 216 78421 B011286 13236 B026216
6227-22 217 78422 B011975 13237 B021847
6227-23 218 78423 B012058 13238 B026218
6227-24 219 78424 B013712 13239 B026219
6227-25 220 78425 B013123 13240 B026220
6227-26 221 78426 B011976 13241 B026221
6227-27 222 78427 B012163 13242 B026222
6227-28 325 78428 B012449 13243
6227-29 326 78429 B015409 13244
6227-30 327 78430 B011285 13245
6227-31 328 78431 B003525 13246 B026328
6227-32 329 78432 B011871 13247 B026329
6227-33 330 78433 B011872 13248
6227-34 331 78434 B011317 13249 B027893
6227-35 332 78435 B011316 13250 B026332

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-17
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number
6227-36 333 78436 B012497 13251 B026333
6227-37 334 78437 B011287 13252 B026334
6227-38 335 78438 B013434 13253 B027884
6227-39 336 78439 B011206 13254 B026336
6227-40 337 78440 B012968 13255
6227-41 338 78441 B013026 13256
6227-42 339 78442 B019339 13257 B026339
6227-43 340 78443 B019340 13258 B026340
6227-44 341 78444 B019341 13259
6227-45 342 78445 B013735 13260
6227-46 343 78446 B013451 13261
6227-47 344 78447 B013666 13262
6227-48 345 78448 B017322 13263 B026345
6227-49 346 78449 13264
6227-50 347 78450 B025011 13265 B027883
6227-51 348 78451 B020336 13266
6227-52 349 78452 13267 B026349
6227-53 426 78453 13268 B016345
6227-54 427 – B003524 13269
6227-55 428 – 13270
6227-56 429 – 13271
6227-57 430 – 13272
6227-58 431 – 13273
6227-59 432 – 13274
6227-60 433 – 13275 B026433
6227-61 434 – 13276
6227-62 435 – 13277
6227-63 436 – 13278
6227-64 437 – 13279 B026437
6227-65 438 – 13280 B026438
6227-66 439 – 13281 B022703
6227-67 440 – 13282
6227-68 441 – B013110 13283

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-18
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number
6227-69 442 – 13284
6227-70 443 – 13285
6227-71 444 – 13286
6227-72 445 – 13287 B024983
6227-73 446 – 13288
6227-74 447 – 13289
6227-75 448 – 13290
6227-76 449 – 13291
6227-77 450 – 13292
6227-78 451 78478 13293
6227-79 452 78479 13294
6227-80 453 78480 13295
6227-81 454 78481 13296
6227-82 455 78482 13297
6227-83 456 78483 13298
6227-84 457 78484 13299
6227-85 458 78485 13300
6227-86 459 78486 13301
6227-87 460 78487 13302
6227-88 425 78488 13303
6230-01 223 78501 B003526 13304
6230-02 224 78502 B012983 13305 B026224
6230-03 225 78503 B011881 13306
6230-04 226 78504 B011343 13307
6230-05 227 78505 B012704 13308
6230-06 228 78506 B012998 13309
6230-07 229 78507 B012579 13310
6230-08 230 78508 B012828 13311 B026230
6230-09 231 78509 B013435 13312
6230-10 232 78510 B013330 13313
6230-11 233 78511 B013742 13314
6230-12 234 78512 B013439 13315
6230-13 235 78513 B016812 13316

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-19
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number
6230-14 236 78514 B013116 13317
6230-15 237 78515 B019237 13318
6230-16 238 78516 B015311 13319
6230-17 239 78517 B019239 13320
6230-18 240 78518 B017308 13321
6230-19 241 78519 B013688 13322
6230-20 242 78520 B019242 13323
6230-21 243 78521 B019243 13324
6230-22 244 78522 B013117 13325
6230-23 245 78523 B013115 13326
6230-24 246 78524 B013112 13327
6230-25 247 78525 13328
6230-26 248 78526 13329 B026248
6230-27 249 78527 13330
6230-28 250 78528 B019250 13331
6230-29 251 78529 13332
6230-30 252 78530 B015250 13333
6230-31 253 78531 B027851 13334
6230-32 254 78532 13335
6230-33 255 78533 13336
6230-34 256 78534 13337
6230-35 257 78535 13338
6230-36 258 78536 B013114 13339
6230-37 259 78537 13340
6230-38 260 78538 13341
6230-39 261 78539 B021196 13342
6230-40 262 78540 13343
6230-41 263 78541 13344
6230-42 264 78542 13345 B026264
6230-43 265 78543 13346
6230-44 266 78544 13347
6230-45 267 78545 13348 B026267
6230-46 268 78546 13349

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 4-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 4-20
document for revenue generating operations. / O-Rings

SRC
SRC
National
Schlumberger National Schlumberger
ASA V-25 Viton
Size Viton 95-Duro C-67 Nitrile Nitrile 90-Duro Part
568 95-Duro
Part Number 90-Duro Part Number
Part
Number
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Number
6230-47 269 78547 13350
6230-48 270 78548 13351

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5 Accessories
5.1 Steel and Hi-Density Weights ___________________________________ 5-1
5.2 Magnetic Positioning Device (MPD) ____________________________ 5-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.3 Spring Positioning Device, Above Gun - (SPD-AB) _____________ 5-4

5.4 Spring Positioning Device, Below Gun - (SPD-B) _______________ 5-6
5.5 CCL FIT Checks ________________________________________________ 5-7
5.5.1 FIT-1, Mechanical checks ____________________________________ 5-7
5.5.2 FIT-2, Electrical checks _______________________________________ 5-8
5.5.3 FIT-3, Operational ____________________________________________ 5-9
5.6 CCL-L _________________________________________________________ 5-10
5.7 CCL-N, 1-3/8-in, 20KPSI, 350 degF _____________________________ 5-12
5.8 PCCL-LA Assembly - P495650 _________________________________ 5-13
5.9 CAL-B, 3-3/8-in, 20 KPSI, 480 degF ____________________________ 5-15
5.10 Adapters ______________________________________________________ 5-19
5.10.1 AH-36 - (H039678) 3-7/8-in mass isolation, 10-conductor ______ 5-22
5.10.2 AH-38 (H106437) 1-11/16 mono to 1-3/8 mono _______________ 5-24
5.10.3 AH-39 (H108696) 1-11/16 mono to 2-5/8 mono _______________ 5-24
5.10.4 AH-40 (H712643) 1-11/16 mono to 2-5/8 mono _______________ 5-25
5.10.5 AH-46 (H114335) 3-3/8 dia to 2-5/8 mono ____________________ 5-26
5.10.6 AH-59 (H136215) 1-11/16 to 1-3/8mono ______________________ 5-27
5.10.7 AH-63 (H142812) 31 pin to 10 pin adapter, 3-3/8-in ___________ 5-28
5.10.8 AH-64 (H142813) 10 pin to 31 pin adapter 3-3/8-in ____________ 5-29
5.10.9 AH-66 (H207904) 3-3/8-in mono to 31-pin ____________________ 5-31
5.10.10 AH-68 (H218065) 1-11/16 flex adapter _______________________ 5-32
5.10.11 AH-83 (H245176) 31 pin to mono, 3-3/8 ______________________ 5-34
5.10.12 AH-283 (T6009492) 31-pin to mono, 3-3/8 ____________________ 5-36
5.10.13 Differences between the AH-66 and AH-83 ___________________ 5-38
5.10.13.1 AH-83 vs. AH-283 _______________________________________ 5-38
5.10.13.2 AH-66 vs. AH-166 _______________________________________ 5-38
5.10.14 PEK-BB (H432221) 450 degF, 20,000 perforation equipment kit 5-39
5.10.15 PEK-BC (H395941) 1-11/16 to 3-3/8, 400 degF, 20KPSI ______ 5-40
5.10.16 PEK-E (H123293) perf equip kit, adapt MH-22 to 2-5/8 mono __ 5-42

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5 Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Acc ess ories

5.1 Steel and Hi-Density Weights

Part OD (in) File Type Pressure Temp. Length Air Water Service
Number Code Rating Rating (in) Weight Displaced
(psi (degF (lbm) (lbm)
[kpa]) [degC])
H244120 1 1-3/8 EQF-47 Hi- 20,000 450 72 48.5 3.9 H2S
Density [137,895] [232]
H126168 2 1-3/8 EQF-41 Steel 20,000 450 45.8 19 2.5 Std
[137,895] [232]
H131630 1, 1-11/16 EQF-43 Hi- 20,000 450 72 74 5.8 Std
3 EQF-43E Density [137,895] [232]

1015683411
H223662 1, 1-11/16 EQF-53 Hi- 25,000 500 72 61 5.8 H2S
3 EQF-53E Density [172,369] [260]

1015682051
H122856 2, 1-11/16 EQF-38 Steel 20,000 450 48.4 30.4 3.9 Std
3 EQF-38E [137,895] [232]

1016408902
H123136 2, 2 EQF-39 Steel 20,000 450 48.4 42.7 5.5 Std
3 EQF-39E [137,895] [232]

1016408222
H132600 1, 2-1/8 EQF-46 Hi- 25,000 450 72 104 9.2 Std
3 EQF-46E Density [172,369] [232]

1016415731
H223666 1, 2-1/8 EQF-54 Hi- 25,000 500 72 105 9.2 H2S
3 EQF-54E Density [172,369] [260]

1015675491
H106325 2 3-3/8 EQF-33 Steel 20,000 450 60 150 19.5 Std
[137,895] [232]

1 The Tungsten Hi-Density weight bars can be used in normal perforating

operations. However, they are not recommended for backoff operations or any
other operation where the weight bars will be subjected to large shock loading
or heavy jarring.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

2The steel weight bars can be used in normal perforating operations and backoff
operations.

3 Legacy weight bars no longer in production.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Refer to Weights/EQF PRM (6075058) for drawings and Bill of Materials

5.2 Magnetic Positioning Device (MPD)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Part.
Item Description
No.
MPD-MB
1 H432235 Keeper, Magnet
2 H043975 Plug
3 H039331 End Protector

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Part.
Item Description
No.
4 B012068 O-ring, Sz 2–214, Viton 95D
5 H432222 Connector, Flarred
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

6 B011979 Screw, RHM 8–32 x 1/

7 H125975 Hi temp Seal
8 H014201 Contact Cone Washer
9 100119266 Cone Insulator
10 H654132 Rod, Connector MPD
11 H020680 Contact Cone
12 H125979 Insulator, Bevelled
14 H432270 Screw, SH 1/4–20 x 1/4 TEMP STL
15 H432259 Screw, Bleed, 10–32 Phillips W/O ring
16 B012764 O-ring, Sz 2–008, Viton 95D
17 H432196 Ring, Backup Size 214
18 E048946 tubing, PFA, HS 50 ft. coil, Red
H432223 MDP-MB, Magnetic Pos. Device, 2
MPD-NB
1 H432236 Keeper, Magnet
2 H041148 Protector Plug
3 H030901 Protector Cap
4 B011968 O-ring, Sz 2-210, 0.734 ID x 0.139 W, Viton 95D, H239
5 H015570 Connector Plug
6 B011979 Screw, RHM 8–32 x 1/
9 H432231 Insulator, Cone Hi-Temp
10 H654132 Rod, Connector MPD
11 H103856 Molded Insulator Plug
12 H125979 Insulator, Bevelled
14 B012664 Screw, SOC HD 10-32
17 H432193 Ring, Backup Size 210
18 E048946 tubing, PFA, HS 50 ft. coil, Red
H432240 MDP-NB, Magnetic Pos. Device, 1-3/8

5.3 Spring Positioning Device, Above Gun -

(SPD-AB)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Item Part No. Description

1000 B003119 Washer, #10 Plain SML PATT BRS
1001 B012068 O-Ring, Sz 2–214, Viton 95D
1002 B012764 O-ring, Sz 2–008, Viton 95D
1003 B015190 Pin, Spirol 3/16 x 1-3/8 SST
1004 B016351 Screw, SOC HD 1/4–20
1005 B018556 Screw, BDG HD 8-32 x 1/4 SST
1006 H432259 Screw, Bleed, 10–32 Phillips W /O-ring
1007 H014201 Contact Cone Washer

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Item Part No. Description

1008 H432222 Connector, Flarred
1009 H020680 Contact Cone
1010 H039331 End Protector
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1011 H043975 Plug

1012 100119266 Cone Insulator
1013 H125975 Hi Temp seal
1014 H125979 Insulator, Bevelled
1015 H131998 Positioning Spring
1017 H432196 Ring, Backup Size 214
1018 H432197 Rod, Connector 500 degF
1019 H432215 Body 1-11/16-in Spring Positioning
H432216 Spring Positioning Device, Above Gun
Optional Equipment
8000 H432198 Spring, Positioning H2S Service

5.4 Spring Positioning Device, Below Gun -

(SPD-B)
Item Part No. Description Qty.
1000 B011968 O-RING,SZ 2-210 .734 ID X.139W VITON 95D H239 2
1001 B012664 SCREW,SOC HD 10-32 X 1/ 2
1002 B015190 PIN,SPIROL 3/16 X 1 3/8SST 2
1003 H030901 PROTECTOR CAP 1
1004 H131797 LOWER UNIT BODY 1
1005 H131798 ADAPTER 1-9/16 SCALLOP GUN 1
1006 H131998 POSITIONING SPRING 1
1007 H132532 SPD ADAPTER FOR 2 IN. SCALLOP 1
H131796 SPD-B 1-11/16 SPRING POSI 1

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 5-1: Spring Positioning Device, Below Gun

5.5 CCL FIT Checks

5.5.1 FIT-1, Mechanical checks

1. Clean the tool.
2. Check the O-rings and replace if worn.
3. Check that the spring contacts are tightened in place.
4. Grease the threads.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.5.2 FIT-2, Electrical checks

1. Measure coil resistance.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

a. Set the Multimeter on the correct scale.

b. Connect the Multimeter leads from UH to mass.
Acceptable readings are:
• CAL-B 12,500 ohms +/- 15%
• CCL-L 3,600 ohms +/- 15%
• CCL-N 3,500 ohms +/- 15%
• PCCL-LA 3,600 ohms +/- 15%.

2. Measure the Zener Diode resistance.

a. Set the Multimeter to the correct scale.
b. Connect the Multimeter leads from UH connection to LH connection.
Acceptable readings are:
• CAL-B - between 100K ohms - 400K ohms
• CCL-L - between 100K ohms - 400K ohms
• CCL-N - between 100K ohms - 400K ohms
• PCCL-LA - greater than 4 Megohms.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Note
If the electrical checks are to be made using a Digital Safety Multimeter,
perform the following:
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

a. Perform the coil check as identified in step 1 above.

b. Perform the diode check as described below.
i. Turn the selector switch to CCL position ( ) and press the yellow
SEL/ON function button to check through the zener diode. V units
should be seen in the display.
The display will show O.L. volts (outside range).
ii. Touch the probes to the upper and lower contacts of the CCL.
The correct zener diode response is a voltage reading of 6.0 to 7.9
volts, both polarities.
If the voltage reading stays on O.L volts, the zener diode circuit is
open.
If the voltage reading goes to less than 1 volt, the zener diode is
shorted.
iii. Return the selector switch to OFF after voltage reading is obtained.

5.5.3 FIT-3, Operational

1. Set the Multimeter on a scale of 100 ma.
2. Connect the leads from UH connection to mass.
3. Slowly pass a metal object along the CCL housing from one end to the other.
4. Observe the needle on the Multimeter.
5. If deflection is noted on this scale, it indicates a very good CCL signal.
6. If no deflection is observed, perform the following:
a. Switch the meter scale to 10 ma.
b. Slowly pass a metal object along the CCL housing from one end to the
other.
c. Observe the needle on Multimeter.
d. Any deflection on this scale indicates an acceptable CCL signal.
e. If no deflection is observed on the 10 ma scale, the magnets are weak
and should be remagnetized or replaced.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.6 CCL-L
The CCL-L, 1-11/16-in, 20 KPSI, 350 degF is obsolete, use P495650.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.7 CCL-N, 1-3/8-in, 20KPSI, 350 degF

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.8 PCCL-LA Assembly - P495650

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

26
3
25

5
24
4

23

22
6

21 7

20

8
19

9
18
10

17
11

16
12

15 13

14

Figure 5-2: PCCL-LA Assembly, P495650

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Table 5-1: P495650, Perf Casing Collar Locator 1-11/16-in

Item Part No. Description Qty

1 B079685 THREAD PROTECTOR, MALE FOR PCCL-L,
ANT
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

2 B079686 HOUSING FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH

3 B079695 LOCKNUT FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
4 B079955 SCREW, POSIDRIVE PAN HD, M3 X 8 A4/SST
5 B079950 SPACER FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
6 B079961 INSULATION COVER FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
7 B079951 INSULATION PIECE FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
8 B079954 SCREW, SLOTTED PAN HD, M3 X 6 A4/SST
9 B079689 CONTACT SPRING FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
10 B079687 LOWER SUPPORT HOUSING, MAGNET FOR
PC
11 B079698 CONNECTOR STUD ASSEMBLY FOR PCCL-L,
A
12 B079956 O-RING, SZ 2-316 0.850 ID X.210 W NITRILE
90
13 B079691 GUIDE SPRING FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
14 B079690 WASHER FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
15 P334867 CONTACT ASSY.SPRING.H.TE
16 B079952 EXTERNAL RETAINING RING, SST FOR
PCCL-L,
17 P125979 HI-TEMP INSULATOR
18 B079697 DIODE ASSEMBLY FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
19 B079692 SHUNT MAGNET FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
20 B079696 CONTACT ROD ASSEMBLY FOR PCCL-L,
ANTE
21 B079688 COIL ASSEMBLY FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
22 B079693 CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY FOR PCCL-L,
ANTEC
23 B079694 MAGNET INC. SHIELD ASS'Y FOR PCCL-L,
ANT
24 B079684 WASHER FOR PCCL-L, ANTECH
25 B079699 UPPER SUPPORT HOUSING, MAGNET FOR
PC
26 B026214 O RING,SZ 2-214 .984 ID X.139 W NITRILE 90D

5.9 CAL-B, 3-3/8-in, 20 KPSI, 480 degF

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 5-2: CAL-B, 3-3/8-in, 20 KPSI, 480 degF

Item Part No. Description

Assembly
P046158 1-3/8 Casing Anomaly Locator

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Item Part No. Description

Hardware
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

2 P046160 Cartridge Assembly

3 P334866 Contact Assembly Spring Hi
4 P047984 Connector Assembly - Upper
5 P793131 Connector Assembly - Lower
100 P046131 Housing EAC
101 P047986 Upper Head
102 P790967 Lower Head
103 P047988 Female Thread Protector
104 P048186 Thread Protector 3-in 5
105 P088690 Shunt Magnetic
106 P790965 Threaded Sleeve
110 P790966 Key
111 P791102 Nut
112 P792442 Stop Collar Shell
500 B011206 O-ring, SZ 2-336, 2.850 ID x .210W Viton 95D
501 B011285 O-ring, SZ 2-327, 1.725 ID x .210W, Viton 95D
502 B012497 O-ring, SZ 2-333, 2.475 ID x .210
503 B013118 O-ring, SZ 2-112, Viton, 95D
504 B013391 Spirol Pin, 3/16 x 2-in SST
Optional Equipment
109 P286938 Booster
505 B011872 O-ring, SZ 2.330, 2.100 ID x .210W, viton 95D
9999 P373850 31-1 Head, 3-3/8 Dia.
Shop Supplied
9999 B012071 Tape Plastic .75W x 7 mil thick
9999 B013366 Grease, Lubrplate 930AA
9999 B073502 Lubricant Anti-galling, DCAA 200G Tube
9999 B073854 Thread Locking Compound
9999 B075004 Tubing, Nitrile, .078 ID x DBAA .031 W 65 SHO
9999 B075007 Tubing, Nitrile, .125 ID x .031
9999 E016483 Tape Teflon Silicone Adhesive 1.5 WX.00
9999 E025177 Tubing 1/8 DIA Shrinkale Clear .125
9999 E074895 Solid Wire Hi temp 296 DGC 1.2 MM DIA 500G
P046160 Cartridge Assembly

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Item Part No. Description

800 B015196 Screw, SOC HD 6-32 x 1/4 SST
801 B013683 Spirol Pin 3.32 x 3/8 SST
802 B016173 Screw, SOC HD 8-32 x 1/
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

803 E015573 Tubing 12 AWG Non Shrinkable NAT

804 E012946 Wire 22 AWG 600V, Teflon WHT
805 E075048 Solder Lug, 7.2 M Hole
806 B018791 Washer, 1/4 INT Tooth Lock SST
807 B013521 Nut, Reg Hex
808 P046117 Magnet
809 P046118 Magnet Shim
813 P046119 Magnet Housing
811 P046124 Shock Absorber (Molded)
812 P046126 Ground Ring
813 P046128 Outer Diode Housing
814 P046130 Pale Piece
815 P046159 Terminal Plate
816 P046161 High Impedance Coll
817 P334866 Contact Assembly, Spring Hi
818 P376332 Insulating Washer
819 P376333 Insulating Washer
820 P377647 Diode 1N4556A 7.5RV
821 P381748 Molded Diode Housing
822 B021083 Loctite Mild Strength 10CC
823 E016483 Tape Teflon Silicone Adhesive 1.5 WX.00
824 E080168 Natural Lacing Cord, High Temp
825 B013091 MSDS Adhesive, Industrial PLIOBOND 20
Spare Parts
9999 P487134 Kit to Upgrade CAL-B
9999 P670817 Repair Kit for Connector, CAL-B

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10 Adapters
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
5-20

Top Bottom
Max Max
Connection Connection Make-Up

Private
Adapter Part No. Description Temp Press.
O.D. #Pins or O.D. #Pins or Length
degF Kpsi
in. Sockets in. Sockets

3-7/8 10 3-7/8 10
AH-36 H039678 3-7/8-in mass isolation, 10-conductor 350 20 11.5
Female Pin Male Soc

1-3/8-in monopin to 1-11/16-in monopin (converts 1-3/8 1 1-11/16 1

AH-38 H106437 350 20 3.36
MH-22 to MH-21) Female Pin Male Soc

1-11/16 1 2-5/8 1
AH-39 H108696 1-11/16-in monopin to 2-5/8-in monopin — — —
Male Soc Female Soc

1-11/16-in monopin to 2-5/8-in monopin, (same as AH-39 1-11/16 1 2-5/8 1

AH-40 H712643 — — —
except with a pressure bulkhead to prevent flooding CCL) Male Soc Female Soc

3-3/8 1 2-5/8 1
AH-46 H114335 3-3/8-in monopin to 2-5/8-in monopin — — —
Male Pin Female Soc

1-11/16 1 1-3/8 1
AH-59 H136215 1-11/16-in monopin to 1-3/8-in monopin 350 20 4.28
Female Pin Male Soc
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

3-3/8 31 3-3/8 10

Male Soc Male Soc

AH-63 H142812 3-3/8-in 31-pin to 3-3/8-in 10-pin — — —

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

3-3/8-in 10-pin to 3-3/8-in 31-pin, 28 to 29 turnaround 3-3/8 10 3-3/8 31
AH-64 H142813 — — —
allows for use above CTS telemetry Female Pins Female Pins

3-3/8 1 3-3/8 31
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

AH-66 H207904 3-3/8-in monopin to 3-3/8-in 31-pin 350 20 10.07

Male Pin Female Pins
5-20
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
5-21

1-11/16 15 1-11/16 15
AH-68 H218065 1-11/16-in 15-pin to 1-11/16-in 15-pin, flexible, 90 deg key 350 17 —
Male Soc Female Pins

Private
3-3/8-in 31-pin to 3-3/8-in monopin; adapts 3-3/8 31 3-3/8 1
AH-83 H245176 350 25 6.38
LEH-Q to 3-3/8-in PEH-B Male Soc Female Soc

3-3/8-in 31-pin to 3-3/8-in monopin; adapts 3-3/8 31 3-3/8 1

AH-283 T6009492 350 20 6.38
LEH-Q to 3-3/8-in PEH-B Male Soc Female Soc

Perforating Equipment Kit to convert 1-3/8-in monopin 1–3/8 1 3–3/8 1

PEK-BB H432221 450 20 25.66
head to 3-3/8-in monopin head — Pin — Soc

Perforating Equipment Kit to convert a 1-11/16-in MH-32 1-11/16 1 3-3/8 1

PEK-BC H395941 to 3-3/8-in DHT. It can also convert a 1-3/8-in MH-22 400 20 —
— Pin — Soc
/ PEH-E to 3-3/8-in using an AH-38

Perforating Equipment Kit to convert MH-22 1-3/8 1 2-5/8 1

1
PEK-E H123293 350 20 22.2
to 2-5/8 monopin — Pin — Soc
1
ratings when using O-ring seals
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
5-21
 5-22 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-22
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10.1 AH-36 - (H039678) 3-7/8-in mass isolation,

10-conductor
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-23 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-23
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-24 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-24
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10.2 AH-38 (H106437) 1-11/16 mono to 1-3/8 mono

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.3 AH-39 (H108696) 1-11/16 mono to 2-5/8 mono

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-25 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-25
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.4 AH-40 (H712643) 1-11/16 mono to 2-5/8 mono

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-26 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-26
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.5 AH-46 (H114335) 3-3/8 dia to 2-5/8 mono

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-27 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-27
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.6 AH-59 (H136215) 1-11/16 to 1-3/8mono

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-28 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-28
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.7 AH-63 (H142812) 31 pin to 10 pin adapter, 3-3/8-in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-29 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-29
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.8 AH-64 (H142813) 10 pin to 31 pin adapter 3-3/8-in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-30 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-30
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-31 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-31
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.9 AH-66 (H207904) 3-3/8-in mono to 31-pin

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-32 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-32
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.10 AH-68 (H218065) 1-11/16 flex adapter

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-33 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-33
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-34 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-34
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10.11 AH-83 (H245176) 31 pin to mono, 3-3/8

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-35 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-35
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Table 5-3: AH-83 Bill of Material

Level Item # Part # Rev Description Qty UM

1 1 B013396 AB PIN,SPIROL 1/8 X 5/8 SST 1 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 3 B012828 AF O-RING, SZ 2-230, VITON, 95D 3 EA

1 4 B013497 AB BALL,SINGLE .125 DIA SST 2 EA
1 5 B022182 AA SPRING,COMP.022 X .12 OD X .25 SST 2 EA
1 6 B021601 AB O-RING, SZ 2-134, NITRIL 70D 1 EA
1 7 B013595 AA PIN,SPIROL 5/32 X 5/16 SST 3 EA
1 8 B016623 AB NUT,LIGHT HEX FULL 10-32 SST FLEXLOC 1 EA
O-RING,SZ 2-327 1.725 ID X.210W VITON 95D
1 9 B011285 AD H239 2 EA
1 1000 H006766 AG INSULATOR 1 EA
ASSEMBLY OF SPRING CONTACT PIN STD
1 1001 H013051 AB PART 1 EA
1 1002 H026231 AF BEVELED INSULATOR 3 EA
1 1003 H026240 AK SNAP RING 1 EA
1 1004 H026241 AF INSULATOR 1 EA
1 1005 H026242 AF RUBBER GASKET 1 EA
1 1006 H030142 AC BRASS WASHER 4 EA
1 1007 H036854 AG THREADED RING FOR O RING TYPE TOOLS 1 EA
1 1010 H048186 AD THREAD PROTECTOR 3 IN 5NS 2A 1 EA
1 1011 H102719 AC CONNECTOR ROD 1 EA
1 1012 H115571 AG HEAD SPRING 1 EA
1 1013 H135994 AC GROUND LUG 1 EA
1 1014 H142293 AD ALIGNING PIN 1 EA
1 1015 H142345 AH THREADED RING 1 EA
1 1016 H142346 AD SPLIT RING 1 EA
1 1017 H142347 AH SPLIT RING SPACER 1 EA
1 1018 H142366 AF THREAD PROTECTOR 1 EA
1 1019 H142548 AF DOWN HOLE HOOK-UP WIRE 35 IN
1 1021 H142742 AB SOCKET CONTACT 31 EA
1 1023 H329593 AC SOCKET INSULATOR ASSY,500 DEG F,94S 31 EA
1 1024 H245096 AA ADAPTER HEAD 1 EA
1 1025 H245105 AB 31 PIN HEAD 1 EA
1 1026 H245107 AA ADAPTER 1 EA
1 1027 H245121 AE CONNECTOR ROD 1 EA
1 1028 H245122 AA CONNECTOR NUT 1 EA
1 3000 E031167 AA TUBING 6 AWG SHRINKABLE CLEAR .225 ID 0 IN

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-36 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-36
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Level Item # Part # Rev Description Qty UM

1 7000 H124244 AD CONTACT INSERTION & REMOVAL TOOL 0 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.12 AH-283 (T6009492) 31-pin to mono, 3-3/8

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-37 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-37
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-38 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-38
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10.13 Differences between the AH-66 and AH-83

The differences between the new adapters designed to support the Wireline
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Oriented Perforating Tool, 3.38 in., system and the commercialised adapters
AH-83 and AH-66 are very common in the field and differences need clarification
so field personnel do not try to run the WOPT system, P/N T6009101, with these
adapters. The existing adapters fit the tool string mechanically and meet pressure
and temperature requirements, but do not meet the electrical requirements.

File Code Part No. New File Code New Part No.
AH-83 H245176 AH-283 T6009492
AH-66 H207904 AH-166 T5019350

5.10.13.1 AH-83 vs. AH-283

AH-83 and AH-283 use the same mechanical pieces to make up the assemblies.
The difference between the two assemblies is the wiring designation, as seen
in Figure 5-3. AH-83 connects lines 1, 2, and 3 to the lower center conductor,
and lines 4, 5, 6, and 10 to ground. AH-283 connects line 7 to the lower center
conductor and lines 10 and 16 to ground.

Figure 5-3: AH-83 vs. AH-283

5.10.13.2 AH-66 vs. AH-166

AH-66 and AH-166 use the same mechanical pieces to make up the assemblies.
The difference between the two assemblies is the wiring designations and the
removal of a capacitor, shown in Figure 5-4. AH-66 connects the upper head
single conductor to lower head lines 7 and 15 and lines 10 and 16 go to ground.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-39 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-39
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Capacitor H222642 is in line between line 7 and the upper head single conductor.
AH-166 connects single upper head conductor to lower head line 7, and connects
lines 10 and 16 to ground. Capacitor H222642 is not used in AH-166 assembly.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 5-4: AH-66 vs. AH-166

5.10.14 PEK-BB (H432221) 450 degF, 20,000 perforation

equipment kit

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-40 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-40
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5.10.15 PEK-BC (H395941) 1-11/16 to 3-3/8, 400 degF,

20KPSI

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44 5-41

34.98
OVERSHOT SPEAR PROFILE IS FOR HEAD H395924 B019032 H329909 H395897 H122858 H432222 H048186
CATCHER ONLY. DO NOT USE FOR FISHING. H132562

Private
H395920 H353637 H030142 B011285
T5011926 STD SZ 22, 23, 25 MH-32 (2)
T5011927 OPT SZ 32 REF. ONLY
T5011928 OPT SZ 39, 42 H125979 T5011951
(2)
B013393
B025689 (2)
DROP IN PINS BEFORE ASSEMBLYING H395924.
KEEP TOGETHER WITH O-RING B019032.
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
5-41
 5-42 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-42
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories

5.10.16 PEK-E (H123293) perf equip kit, adapt MH-22 to

2-5/8 mono
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 5-43 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 5-43
document for revenue generating operations. / Accessories
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6 Collectors
6.1 COL-ZA ________________________________________________________ 6-2
6.2 Cable Glands ___________________________________________________ 6-3
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

6.2.1 COL-ZA/ZC Cable Glands ____________________________________ 6-3

6.3 Installing the Collector _________________________________________ 6-4
6.3.1 Preparations For Installation _________________________________ 6-4
6.3.1.1 Preparing the Collector ___________________________________ 6-4
6.3.1.2 Preparing the Wireline Cable ____________________________ 6-10
6.3.1.3 Preparing the Cable Gland Components __________________ 6-14
6.3.2 Mounting the Collector ______________________________________ 6-16
6.3.2.1 Remove Cable Armors ___________________________________ 6-16
6.3.2.2 Mount the Collector onto the Pillow Block _________________ 6-24
6.3.2.3 Connect the Cable Gland Kit and Clamping Module ________ 6-29
6.3.2.4 Trim the Conductors _____________________________________ 6-34
6.3.2.5 Connect The Wireline Cable Conductors __________________ 6-38
6.3.3 Testing the Collector ________________________________________ 6-42
6.3.4 Put back the Collector Cover ________________________________ 6-47
6.3.5 Check the Ground __________________________________________ 6-49

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6 Collectors
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 6-1: COL-ZA collector (H709710)

Table 6-1: COL-ZA (H709710) Collector Specifications

Description Rating
Maximum rated current per contact 10 A
Maximum rated voltage 1000 VDC or 1000 VAC (60 Hz)
Insulation resistance between rings 500 Mohm at 500 VDC
Insulation resistance between ring and 500 Mohm at 500 VDC
ground
Dielectric strength (between one ring and 2300 VAC for 1 second
all others)
Ambient operating temperature -20 to +40 degC [-4 to +104 degF]
Life expectancy of electrical contacts > 10,000 hours
Rotor bearing design Two sealed roller bearings
Rotational speed Nominal 20 rpm, max. 80 rpm
Diameter 230 mm [9.05 in]
Length 210 mm [8.27 in]
Inside diameter of cable entry hole 15.5 mm [0.6 in]
Weight (with cable) 16 kg
Rotational torque less than 2.5 N.m [1.8 lbf.ft]

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Description Rating
Code for explosive atmospheres Directive 94/9/EC
Certificate of Conformity for collector LCIE 98.E6061 X
Certificate of Conformity for cable glands LCIE 88.B6041 X
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Applicable European standards EN 50014EN 50018 for group IIB and T6

temperature class (85 degC [185 degF])

6.1 COL-ZA

Figure 6-2: COL-ZA (H709710) Parts Identification

Table 6-2: COL-ZA Parts Identification

Item Part No. Item Part No.

90 B041824 220 P581551
95 P570209 225 B041836

100 P570210 235 B041837

110 B041829 250 B041838
120 B041857 255 B041839

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Item Part No. Item Part No.

130 B041828 260 B041860
135 B041830 278 B041841
150 B041831 280 E058989
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

155 P581960 285 B041842

165 B041833 290 A075957
170 A076965 430 B043262
175 B041834 440 B043264
190 A076903 480 B041852
195 B041835 490 B041853

6.2 Cable Glands

6.2.1 COL-ZA/ZC Cable Glands

The wireline cable enters the interior of the collector through a cable gland that
contains a weatherproof seal. The selection of the gland is determined by the
diameter of the wireline cable. The cable gland (170) for the wireline cable is
shown in the “Wireline cable gland components” figure.

P/N Description
100135806 cable gland body
100980042 Shee Gasket Sealing ring
100135806 Cable gland packing rubber sealing (3 different diameters)
100135806 Cable gland nut
100135806 Cable Gland Ring

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Clamping Module for Cable OD Range (3-8 mm) (100135808)

Clamping Module for Cable OD Range (7-15 mm) (100135809)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Cable Gland Ring

(100135806) Cable Gland Body
(100135806)
Cable Gland Nut
(100135806)
Shee Gasket
Cable Gland Packing Rubber Sealing Sealing Ring
(3 different diameters) (100135806) (100980042)

6.3 Installing the Collector

6.3.1 Preparations For Installation

6.3.1.1 Preparing the Collector

Before opening the collector make sure that no Rain or rough weather can affect
the internal parts of the collector.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

1. Unscrew and remove the two M4 x 10 screws and the washers that secure the ground wire
connection between the housing and the cover.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

M4 x 10
Screws (x 2)

2. Once the ground wire is removed, put back the screws into the threads to avoid misplacing
them.
3. Unscrew and remove the six M6 x 20 Screws (A076874) and Brass Washers (B041843).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

4.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Do NOT use a screwdriver or similar device to separate the collector cover from the
housing. This might damage the collector housing surface result in ATEX certification loss
and so, the COL-ZT collector won’t be explosion proof anymore.

GOOD BAD

Insert 3 of the Cover Screws (A076874) into the cover to lift the cover from the collector
housing.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

5. Tighten the screws evenly, moving around the cover, to assist in separating the cover
and the housing.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

GOOD BAD

6. Inspect the collector internally, including each ring and contact for signs of abrasion or
other damage.
If any damaged component is identified in COL-ZA, refer to assembly / disassembly section
in OMM InTouchSupport.com Content #3016618, for instruction on how to replace it.
For COL-ZT, local replacement of components are not allowed due to ATEX certification.
Request a RAN for assessment.

Use clean gloves while handling internal parts of the collector, as any remaining
particle or substance in the collector might lead to malfunction.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

7. Clean the collector rings and the clip holders with lint free and ethylalcohol.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Extreme care not to scratch the surface of the collector rings.

Do NOT use high pressure air or other types of solvents (i.e. WD-40, chlorinated fluids
or ether).

GOOD BAD

8. Clean the inside of the housing and all

the assemblies adjacent to the rotating
assembly with lint free. Lint free is
designed to not leave any cloth particle
that can affect the electrical connections.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

9. Clean the inside of the collector cover with

a piece of cloth.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10. Inspect the Collector Cable Assembly (H709558 for COL-ZA & H308249 for COL-ZT)
for signs of abrasion damage. Make sure that its Cable Gland (cable to collector body)
(101124773) is not damaged and is tight. If damaged, refer to OMM InTouchSupport.com
Content #3016618 to replace this collector cable assembly.

Bad Good
Signs Of Abrasion No Signs Of Abrasion
Or Damage Or Damage

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6.3.1.2 Preparing the Wireline Cable

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1. Pull the cable from the internal part of the cable drum.

2. Inspect the wireline cable end for signs of pitting or corrosion. This can occurs when
exposed to sunlight. Cut damaged cable end.

Pitting and corrosion on the armors of the cable would end up in decreasing of internal
isolation as well as might increase the risk of having metal particles inside the collector
leading to failure. Refer to relevant cable manual to identify pitting, corrosion and damages.

3. Cut off the bottom end of the wireline cable. Use a cable cutter and a hammer.

If using Cable cutter the cable must not be under tension other wise it will kink the cable
at the pillow block side.

a. Identify the place where the cable will be cut. Make sure that the length of the cable
outside the pillow block is a minimum of 16 in.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

b. If Using cable cutter and hammer follow this procedure:

i. Pull enough cable outside the pillow block to rest the Zone of cutting on the floor.

ii. Cover tightly the area to be cut with insulation tape, to increase the gripping
area for the cable cutter.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

iii. Place the cable cutter in such a way that the cutting Area is right in the middle of
the cable cutter.

iv. Take Hammer and Hit the upper zone of the Cable cutter.

v. Repeat step 3.b.iv.

c. If using Vise grip or Hacksaw blade follow the procedure below:

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

i. Cover with insulation tape the area where the cable will be cut in order to increase
the area of contact between vise grip and cable.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

ii. Place Vise grip over the insulation tape to hold the wires in place.

iii. Use Hacksaw Blade to cut the cable while holding it from the Vise grip.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Hold the Vise Grip lifting the hand above the Hacksaw blade, to avoid hand
injuries while cutting the cable.

GOOD BAD

4. Remove any grease or debris from the cable armor near the end of the cable with a piece
of cloth or rag.

6.3.1.3 Preparing the Cable Gland Components

Step Action
1. Make sure the clamping module is available.

P/N Description
100135808 Clamping module for Cable OD range (3-8 mm)
100135809 Clamping module for cable OD range (7-15 mm)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

2. Make sure to have a Cable Gland Kit (100756246) composed of:

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

In the case of COL-ZT, the Shee Gasket Sealing Ring (100980042) and the Cable Gland
Rubber Sealing (100135806) are certified and must be changed out each time the cable
gland is disassembled for ATEX certification compliance.

P/N Description
100135806 cable gland body
100980042 Shee Gasket Sealing ring
100135806 Cable gland packing rubber sealing (3 different diameters)
100135806 Cable gland nut
100135806 Cable Gland Ring

Clamping Module for Cable OD Range (3-8 mm) (100135808)

Clamping Module for Cable OD Range (7-15 mm) (100135809)

Cable Gland Ring

(100135806) Cable Gland Body
(100135806)
Cable Gland Nut
(100135806)
Shee Gasket
Cable Gland Packing Rubber Sealing Sealing Ring
(3 different diameters) (100135806) (100980042)

3. Select the Cable Gland Packing Seal (100135806) from the cable gland kit, based on
wireline cable diameter.

Range (mm) Cable Diameter (in)

3 to 8 0.11 to 0.31
7 to 12 0.27 to 0.47
11.5 to 15 0.45 to 0.59

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

4. Choose the appropriate clamping module (either 3 to 8 mm or 7 to 15 mm) based on

cable diameter.

Description
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

P/N
100135808 Clamping module for 3 to 8 mm cable diameter
100135809 Clamping module for 7 to 15 mm cable diameter

6.3.2 Mounting the Collector

6.3.2.1 Remove Cable Armors

Step Action
1. Remove the outer layer of armor cable.
a. Put insulation tape on the area of the cable that needs to cut the wires (6 in from the
end of the cable).

b. Hold the wires in place with a vise grip.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

c. Unwire the 3 outer armors until the tape mark with a flat screwdriver.

d. Half cut the outer armors with a hacksaw blade in front of the vise grip.

Hold the Vise Grip lifting the hand above the Hacksaw blade, to avoid hand injuries
while cutting the cable.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

GOOD BAD

Do not cut totally the outer armors as deep cuts might involve conductors integrity.

e. Bend the wires slightly away from the core until breakage.

f. Do the same for the remaining outer armors.

2. Remove the inner layer of armor cable.
a. Measure a distance of 3 mm from the outer armor layer and mark it with whitener.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

b. Cover with tape until the white mark and hold the cable with vise grip.

c. Unwire three armor wires until the tape mark with a screwdriver.

Do not cut totally the inner armors as deep cuts might involve conductors integrity.

d. Half cut the 3 inner wires with a hacksaw blade.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-20
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

e. Bend the wires slightly away from the core until breakage.
f. Do the same for the remaining inner wires.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-21 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-21
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

3. Tie one piece of lacing cord at the top of the inner armor to avoid neoprene jacket to
be removed further.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

4. Unwrap the tape from the inner core or remove the outer neoprene jacket on NT cables.

5. Cut the tape or Neoprene with a plier.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-22 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-22
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

6. Unwrap the Semiconductive cable filler and remove it with a plier.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Note
If it is not removed, there is a danger over time of the material eventually falling onto
the conductive parts within the collector or terminal block and forming a low resistance
path to ground.

7. Unwrap the conductors.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-23 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-23
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

8. Carefully remove the cable filler material from the conductors with a scotch brite or a piece
of cloth with ethylalcohol. This will prevent causing damages to the insulation.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Make sure that no particles fall within the collector housing. Ethylalcohol may be used
as a clean solvent.

Vectorene (TPX) conductors have special requirements. (A taped core construction cable
with a green conductor is a P or polypropylene cable; otherwise it is a TPX cable.) This
material is subject to damage by UV light so do not leave conductors exposed to sunlight
for over three days in the shade or a few hours in direct sunlight. Vectorene is also prone
to stress crack propagation. If the material is nicked or cut slightly on the surface, the
damage will propagate or grow when the conductor is bent for an extended period.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-24 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-24
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

9. Use sandpaper to remove on 15 mm of the external armor extremity, any rust, surface
coating. This will ensure a good grounding is achieved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

GOOD BAD

Do not touch the conductors insulation.

6.3.2.2 Mount the Collector onto the Pillow Block

Replace the screws if they show any sign of damage or corrosion.

Step Action Remarks
1. Inspect the Transmission Screws (B041833) for sign of damage or corrosion. If damaged,
replace them.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-25 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-25
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

2. Make sure that the Transmission Screws (B041833) are tighten to 20 N.m [14.8 lbf.ft]. Use
a torque wrench with flat screw type box.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

3. Inspect the gasket state. If damaged, replace it (B041851).

Note
The gasket has one face with adhesive, to be placed against the collector.

4. Verify cable entry hole size in the gasket is suitable for the cable used. If the hole is too
small enlarge with anticutter so it reaches the cable size. If the hole is larger than the
cable, replace the gasket.

Note
The gasket helps protecting the inside of the collector from dust and its hole size must
match the cable size.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-26 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-26
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

5. Inspect the adaptor and nut on drum shaft for tightness. The screw on the nut must be
present to avoid the nut from coming off.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Screw on the Nut

6. Insert the bottom end of the wireline cable through the Gasket, collector.

GOOD BAD

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-27 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-27
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

7. Before installing the collector onto the winch drum pillow block, rotate the collector until the
external cable gland is positioned on the bottom or to the side.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

8. Engage the transmission screws of the collector and mount it onto the adapter ring of the
winch drum pillow block.

Holes to engage
Transmission Screws the Transmission Screws

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-28 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-28
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

9. Install the four mounting bolts hex head machine screws with lock washers (100465669
for HEX HD M8x25 STL BICHROMATED CLASS 8.8, ISO 4017 ; or B015106 for
SCREW,HEX HD 5/16-18 X 1 STL BICHROMATED CLASS 8.8.).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10. Install ground wire from the collector

housing to the base of the pillow block.

Note
Note that the location on the pillow block
base may NOT be present and you will
have to drill and tap a hole for the screw to
secure the ground wire.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-29 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-29
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6.3.2.3 Connect the Cable Gland Kit and Clamping Module

Step Action Remarks
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1. Check the position of the terminal block attached to the rotating assembly.

Note
If possible, rotate the assembly so that the terminal block is on the upper or top side.
This will simplify the termination process.

2.

New cable gland seals must be used each

time the cable gland is disassembled for
ATEX collector COL-ZT.

Install the Cable Gland Kit (100756246)

(composed of Shee Gasket Sealing Ring
(100980042), and Cable Gland Packing
Rubber Sealing (100135806) cable gland
body and nut).
Slide the Shee Gasket Sealing Ring
(100980042), Cable Gland Body
(100135806) and Cable Gland Packing
Rubber Sealing (100135806).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-30 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-30
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

3. Assemble the cable gland. Tighten the Cable Gland Body (100135806) with the Special
Cable Gland Box Adapter (100772021) and a 1/2 in drive torque wrench. Apply a torque of
25 N.m [18.4 lbf.ft].
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

4. Slide the Cable Gland Nut (100135806)

and Cable Gland Ring (100135806) and
assemble hand tight.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-31 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-31
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

5.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Make sure that the armor section to be clamped is free of corrosion, moisture and grease
as this may result in bad grounding connection and loss in telemetry.

Slide any excess length of cable back inside the gland. The external armor extends out
about 1 cm [0.39 in] from the outer nut.

6. Tighten the Cable Gland Ring (100135806) to 25 N.m [18.4 lbf.ft]. Use a 1/2 in drive torque
wrench. This compresses the weatherproof seal and prevents moisture entry.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-32 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-32
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

7. Tighten the clamping module ((100135808) for cable OD range (3 mm - 8 mm) /

(100135809) for cable OD range (7 mm -15 mm)) on the external armor to maintain the
grounding continuity.
a. Put the module so that it matches the groove on the cable gland body such as it
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

is shown in the figure.

Groove

b. Push one of the screws through the slot on one of the clamps and then on the slot
of the other clamp.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-33 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-33
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

Slot to put screw

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

c. Put the washer and bolt on the opposite side and screw it in.

d. Pass the second screw through the ground conductor, of the clamping module. Make
sure its insulation and ferrule are not damaged.
e. Pass the second screw through the second slot in the clamp, such as in the last step.
f. Pass the washer and bolt and screw it in.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-34 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-34
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Clamping Module Grounding Wire

8. With a multimeter check continuity from ground wire in the clamp module to the housing
of the collector.

6.3.2.4 Trim the Conductors

Step Action
1. Locate the terminal block position 1. The number is marked with yellow behind the
terminal block.

Don’t mistake the number on the terminal block (1 to 4) with position Number 1 (1 – 8).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-35 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-35
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

2. Select the outer conductor nearest position #1 and trim it to about 2 7/8 in in length from
the internal armor.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-36 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-36
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

3. Strip the conductor insulation. The conductor insulation strip length for this terminal block
is about 0.32 in or 8 mm.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Do not nick or cut conductor strands with the stripping tool.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-37 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-37
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action

4. Select the proper ferrule from the “Ferrules” table. Refer to ALC MM or cable datasheet to
verify your cable conductors AWG.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

The ferrules shown in this table have insulated collars and the color of the insulation varies
with size. The first number under the ferrule type is the conductor size in mm2 and the second
number is the overall length in mm.

Conductor Size Ferrule P/N Ferrule Type Color Description

(AWG)
14 A075010 H 2.5/14 Blue Ferrule, insulated, type
H 2.5/15, (14 AWG)
17 E059074 H 1.5/14 Black Ferrule, insulated, type
H 1.5/14, (16 AWG)
18 A074990 H 1/14 Yellow Ferrule, insulated, type
H 1/14, (18 AWG)
20 E059096 H 0.5/14 Orange Ferrule, insulated, type
H 0.5/14, (20 AWG)

a. Crimp the ferrule with the proper Crimp Tool (E059121).

Do not use the screw in the terminal block to "crimp" the ferrule.

b. Do the same for the remaining 6 conductors.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-38 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-38
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6.3.2.5 Connect The Wireline Cable Conductors

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Note
Routing the conductors through the terminal block bracket slot helps to keep the
wires away from the cover. Contact with the cover can cause insulation damage
as the rotor assembly rotates.

Step Action Figure

1. Identify the first conductor.
a. If head or rope socket is already made.
i. Remove the head end cap.

ii. Connect a box jumper from the head for easy identification of the lines.

iii. With a metallic wire (usually a multimeter lead) short line 1 and 10.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-39 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-39
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

iv. On the collector side using a multimeter, put one lead on the grounding armor and
the other one in any of the cable conductors.

v. Change the multimeter lead of conductor till getting continuity and so identifying
line 1.
b. If Head is not made and the wires are not identified in the ropesocket side, then
choose the closest conductor to slot number 1 and proceed clockwise around the core.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-40 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-40
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

2. Pass the first conductor through the slot in

the Terminal Block Bracket (B041834).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Slot in the Terminal Block Bracket

3. Carefully loosen the screw at the #1

position and insert the conductor identified
as line 1.

Note
The slot position is marked through color
tags on the cables which comes from the
clip holder stack.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-41 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-41
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

4.
Potential Severity: Light
Potential Loss: Assets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Hazard Category: Machinery

equipment
hand tools
Make sure that correct torque is applied.
Contacts too tight or too loose may lead to
damages, CRC errors or lost signal.

Tighten the terminal screw with a torque

screw driver. Torque = 0.9 N.m [0.67 lbf.ft]
(7.7 lbs.in).
Check for correct alignment within the
terminal block. Make sure that no
conductor is tangled or twisted with any
other conductor.

5. Identify line number 2 as per Step 1.

6. Terminate #2 as described above.

7. Identify next lines and continue as described above. Minimise conductors crossing. Finish
with the center conductor terminating at #7.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-42 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-42
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

8. Connect the wire which comes from the

clamping module (100135808 for cable
OD range (3 mm - 8 mm) / 100135809
for cable OD range (7 mm -15 mm )) in
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

the same way, in slot marked 8 in terminal

block.

6.3.3 Testing the Collector

Step Action Figure
1. Make sure that the collector safety switch
(CSS) is in the CIS position.

2. Check the continuity on each conductor from within the unit (CIS box) to the head. If 1 line
or more has continuity loss, refer to troubleshooting step 5.
a. Remove the end cap from the head.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-43 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-43
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

b. Connect a box jumper from the head for easy identification of the lines.

c. With a metallic wire (usually a multimeter lead) short line 1 and 10.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-44 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-44
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

d. Take one lead of a multimeter and connect it to line 10 (ground) and connect the other
lead to the line 1 in CIS box to check continuity of line 1.

e. Do the same for remaining lines swapping accordingly in head and CIS box.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-45 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-45
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

3.
Potential Severity: Serious
Potential Loss: Personnel
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Hazard Category: Electrical

Be careful as there is a potential electrical

shock hazard when measuring insulation
resistance of the collector while it is
connected to a wireline cable. Each cable
conductor acts as a capacitor with respect
to earth ground. Each conductor therefore
stores an electrical charge after voltage
has been applied by a megohmmeter.
Be careful not to touch a bare conductor
until the conductor has been discharged
by briefly touching it to ground after
meggering the cable. The components of
the collector alone do not store sufficient
charge to constitute a hazard.

Do an insulation resistance (IR)

measurement from each conductor to
every other conductor at 500 VDC. Make
sure that all the readings are more than
500 MOhms. If IR is low, refer to step 5
for troubleshooting.
4. Do an insulation resistance (IR) measurement from each conductor to ground at 500 VDC.
Make sure that all the readings are more than 500 MOhms. If IR is low, refer to step 5
for troubleshooting.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-46 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-46
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Figure

5. If required by a failed continuity or IR checks, perform troubleshooting described below

until problem is identified (suspect also status of box jumper as they are prone to failure).
a. Take one lead, touch the conductor with one end and ground wire with the other end
to discharge each of the lines (slot number 10 in CIS box).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

b. Disconnect the cannon-plug inside the unit and use the diagram to check IR from the
cannon plug. If problem is solved resume SWI where you were previously. Otherwise
continue to next element.

c. Open the head and disconnect the rope socket to check IR from rope socket to the
cannon-plug. If problem is solved resume SWI where you were previously. Otherwise
continue to next element.
d. Check the conductors in terminal block. Refer to Collector Installation SWI . If problem
is solved resume SWI where you were previously. Otherwise continue to next element.
e. Disconnect the conductors from terminal block as explained in SL2 SWI
InTouchSupport.com Content #6710475 and use the above diagram to check IR from
the terminal block to the cannon-plug. If problem is solved, reconnect the conductors
as per section 3.5, then resume SWI where you were previously. Otherwise continue
to next element.
f. If problem continues, end Collector Installation SWI. Replace COL-ZA (H709710) /
COL-ZT (H308244) or reinstall current collector after successful troubleshooting (refer
to Troubleshooting section of OMM InTouchSupport.com Content #3016618 and
do Installation SWI from start.
6. Take one lead, touch the conductor with
one end and ground wire with the other
end to discharge each of the lines (slot
number 10 in CIS box).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-47 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-47
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6.3.4 Put back the Collector Cover

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Note
Make sure that dust or foreign matter is removed before closing whenever the
collector is opened.

Step Action Remarks

1. Inspect the O-ring (B041860) on the cover. If damaged, replace it. Inspect the cover
for damages.

In case of scratches at interface, COL-ZT ATEX certification is voided.

Bad Good
2. Slightly grease the cover O-Ring using GN
22 (NYCO) (100136296) grease type.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-48 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-48
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

3.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Do not substitute parts. The specified

parts must be used in order to maintain the
explosion proof certification of COL-ZT.

Apply some loctite (B039863) over the

threads of the screws. Use 6 x M6 x 20
Screws (A076874) and 6 x Brass Washers
(B041843) to install the cover.

4.
Potential Severity: Light
Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery
equipment
hand tools
Do not apply loctite on the threads as
it may reduce the contact between the
screws and the cover or the collector, thus
reducing the continuity.

Use 2 x M4 x 10 screws with washers to

install the ground wire connection between
the cover and the housing.
2 x M4 x 10
Screws And Washers

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-49 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-49
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

6.3.5 Check the Ground

Step Action Remarks
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1. Check for continuity from collector cover

to collector body.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 6-50 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 6-50
document for revenue generating operations. / Collectors

Step Action Remarks

2. Check for continuity from collector body to

logging unit.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

3. Check for continuity from logging unit to

ground source.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

7 Basic Equipment
7.1 Shackles, bolts, adapters _______________________________________ 7-5
7.2 Sheave wheel options __________________________________________ 7-9
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

7.3 Line Wipers ___________________________________________________ 7-14

7.3.1 Air line wipers ______________________________________________ 7-14
7.3.2 Rubber line wipers __________________________________________ 7-18
7.4 Mini make-up plates ___________________________________________ 7-18
7.5 Hand guards __________________________________________________ 7-18

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

7 Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 7-1: Basic Equipment Specifications Summary Table

Safe Working
Retirement Proof Test
Title and Part No. Load Note
Policy (lbs)
(lbs)
Sheave Hanger
5 24,000 48,000
H114228
Alternative Sheave Hanger No adapter
5 18,000 36,000
H354451 necessary

Sheave Hanger Adapter

5 18,000 48,000
H315625
Vertical Make-Up Plate - SFT 129
2 2,770 Obsolete
P142593
Vertical Make-Up Plate - SFT 159
2 3,500 Obsolete
H542225
Vertical Make-Up Plate - 5K
2 5,000 10,000
100625807
Vertical Make-Up Plate for MDT
2 3,000 Obsolete
H433970
Vertical Make-Up Plate for MDT
2 5,000
H434610
Cone and Mini Plate - SFT261
2 3,500 “back saver”
H654063
Sheave Anchor Chains - 1 in
5 45,200 90,400 1-in chain
100386744, 10086745, 10086746
Sheave Anchor Chains - 3/4 in
100218026, 100218058, 2 30,000 60,000 3/4-in chain
100218059
Sheave Anchor Chains - 1/2 in
100424840, 100425244, 2 15,000 30,000 1/2-in chain
100425261
Sling 1-in diameter and
5 17,000 40,000
H045080 14-in long

4 ft Synthetic Fishing Sling Must be used

3 20,000 40,000 with sling saver
100455414 shackle

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

Safe Working
Retirement Proof Test
Title and Part No. Load Note
Policy (lbs)
(lbs)
Must be used
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

with sling saver

8 ft Synthetic Fishing Sling shackle
3 20,000 40,000
100449951 Must be used
with sling saver
shackle

12 ft Synthetic Fishing Sling Must be used

3 20,000 40,000 with sling saver
100449929 shackle

16 ft Synthetic Fishing Sling Must be used

3 20,000 40,000 with sling saver
100449952 shackle

20 ft Synthetic Fishing Sling Must be used

3 20,000 40,000 with sling saver
100449953 shackle
Dual Hook Device
2 3,500 7,000 1-11/16” tools only
H441540
Dual Hook Chain
5 12,000 24,000 Heavy Duty
T5018340
Clevis For aluminum
5 24,000 48,000
H008254 sheave

Used with
Clevis and machine bolt Aluminium and
5 24,000 48,000
H008254 Nylon sheave
wheel

Anchoring shackle Used for wire rope

5 24,000 48,000 fishing sling and
B024264 chains
Sling saver clevis Used for Synthetic
5 45,190 90,000
100482156 fishing sling

Sling saver clevis Used for Synthetic

5 41,000 82,000
T5011079 fishing sling

Sling saver clevis Used for Synthetic

5 17,500 35,000
100449936 fishing sling

Anchoring ring Used with

5 12,000 24,000
P575685 SWHD-CA/CB

Anchoring ring Used with

5 12,000 24,000
P570948 SWHD-A

Clevis pin assy. Part of Nyling

5 24,000 48,000
H356832 sheave

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

Safe Working
Retirement Proof Test
Title and Part No. Load Note
Policy (lbs)
(lbs)
Gooseneck
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5
P287255, P081321, H441049
All lifting thread
Thread Protector 2 2,000 4,000
protector
T-bar
5 35,000
T5018186
Schlumberger Sheave - 36-in
5 24,000 48,000 Aluminum wheel
H014752
Schlumberger Sheaves - 24-in
5 24,000 48,000 Aluminum wheel
H008652
SWHD-CB DNV - lower
5 24,000 48,000
P574580 sheave

SWHD-CA DNV - upper

5 24,000 48,000
P570960 sheave

36-in Nylon Sheaves

5 40,000 80,000 0.52 / 0.53
100537885
36-in Nylon Sheaves
5 40,000 80,000 0.42 / 0.46 / 0.48
100537886
24-in Nylon Sheaves
Nylon sheel .39
H713115 5 20,000 40,000
cable
100537888
24-in Nylon Sheaves Nylon sheel .46
5 20,000 40,000
100537887 cable

17-in Nylon Sheaves

Nylon wheel .32
H713155 5 10,000 20,000
cable
100537889
14-in Nylon Sheaves Nylon wheel .22 /
5 10,000 20,000
H353613 .23 cable

H357041
5 12,000 24,000
3-3/8” female lifting cap
H357042
5 12,000 24,000
3-3/8” male lifting cap
H357043
5 12,000 24,000
3-3/8” female lifting sub
1001836181
5 12,000 24,000
MDT female lifting cap

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

Safe Working
Retirement Proof Test
Title and Part No. Load Note
Policy (lbs)
(lbs)
T5018303
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

5 12,000 24,000
MDT male lifting cap
T5015633
5 12,000 24,000
3-5/8” female lifting cap
T5015634
5 12,000 24,000
3-5/8” male lifting cap
T5015635
5 12,000 24,000
3-5/8” female lifting sub
T5017909
5 12,000 24,000
3” male lifting cap
T5017910
5 12,000 24,000
2-1/2” female lifting cap
T5017911
5 12,000 24,000
2-1/2” male lifting cap
T5017912
5 12,000 24,000
2-3/4” female lifting cap
T5017913
5 12,000 24,000
2-3/4” male lifting cap
T5018900
5 3,500 7,000
1-11/16”, 22-pin female lifting cap
T5018902
5 3,500 7,000
1-11/16”, 22-pin male lifting cap
T5018904
1-11/16”, mono-pin female lifting 5 3,500 7,000
cap
T5018906
5 3,500 7,000
1-11/16”, mono-pin male lifting cap
T5018908
5 12,000 24,000
2-1/2” RST 22-pin female lifting cap
T5018910
5 12,000 24,000
2-1/2” RST 22-pin male lifting cap
1
Replaced T5014177

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

Note
HCS is retiring the 10 ft (H114394), 20 ft (H114395) and 30 ft (H114396) standard
tie-down chains, the 20 ft (P287292) and (H360022) and the 30 ft (H360026)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

heavy duty tie-down chains. The tie-down chains will be replaced by sling +
sling saver clevis + sheave anchor chain as shown in Figure 7-10. The Safe
Working Load (SWL) of the new system is 30,000 lbs because of the sheave
anchor chain (weakest link) rating in the Standard kit and 40,000 lbs because of
the sling, if used in “choker mode” (weakest link), in the heavy duty kit. Other
components (sheave wheels, axles and shackles) ratings should be considered
in determining the weakest link in the system.

The SWL of the components is as follows:

• The sling SWL is: a) Vertical = 50,000 lbs. b) Choker = 40,000 lbs. c) Basket
= 100,000 lbs at angle of 90 degree, (86,136) lbs at angle of 60 degree and
70,700 lbs at angle of 45 degree. Figure 7-10 shows different connection
modes Straight, Choker and Basket at 90 degree.
• The sling saver clevis is: 41,000 lbs.
• The standard sheave anchor chain is: 30,000 lbs.
• The heavy duty sheave anchor chain is: 45,200 lbs.

7.1 Shackles, bolts, adapters

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-1: Sheave hanger adapter - H315626

Figure 7-2: Clevis and machine bolt - H008254

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-3: Wrong rig-up configuration, example #1

Figure 7-4: Wrong rig-up configuration, example #2

Figure 7-5: Clevis pin assembly - H356832

Figure 7-6: Adapter axle H356822 (left) and P575688 (right)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-7: Anchoring ring - P575685

Figure 7-8: Anchor shackle - B024264

Figure 7-9: Sling saver clevis

Part No. Description Remarks

Used with Aluminium and Nylon sheave
H008254 Clevis and bolt
wheel
P575685 Anchoring ring Used with SWHD-CA / CB
P570948 Anchoring ring Used with SWHD-A
B024264 Anchor shackle Used for wire rope fishing sling and chains
T5011079,
100482156, Sling saver clevis Used for Synthetic fishing sling
100449936
H356832 Clevis pin assembly Part of Nylon sheave

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

7.2 Sheave wheel options

Size Cable Size
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Sheave Part No. Material

(in) (in)
SHV-AC H109144 Aluminium 24 0.39
SHV-ACL (SHV-AC+SHVK-A) H315457 Aluminium 24 0.39
SHV-G H008652 Aluminium 24 0.42 / 0.46
SHV-GL (SGV-G+ SHVK-A) H315455 Aluminium 24 0.42 / 0.46
SHV-M H014752 Aluminium 36 9/16
SHV-ML (SHV-M + SHVK-B) H315458 Aluminium 36 0.52

SHV-V H024968 Aluminium 24 0.32

SHV-VL (SHV-V + SHVK-A) H315456 Aluminium 24 0.42 / 0.46

SHV-W H025900 Aluminium 36 0.46
SHV-WL ( SHHV-W +
H315459 Aluminium 36 0.46
WHVK-B)
SHVC-AA H353613 Nylon 14 0.22 / 0.23
SHVC-CA H713114 Nylon 17 .22 / .23
SHVC-DA H713154 Nylon 17 0.25
SHVC-EA H713155 Nylon 17 0.32
SHVC-EAL 100537889 Nylon 17 0.32
SHVC-GA H713115 Nylon 24 0.39
SHVC-HA H713156 Nylon 24 0.42 / 0.46
SHVC-GAL 100537888 Nylon 24 0.39
SHVC-HAL 100537887 Nylon 24 0.46
SHVC-KAL 100537886 Nylon 36 0.42 / 0.46 / 0.48
Nylon
SHVC-KA T5011051 36 0.42 / 0.46 / 0.48
Heavy Duty
SHVC-LAL 100537885 Nylon 36 0.52 / 0.53
Nylon
SHVC-LA T5011050 36 0.52 / 0.53
Heavy Duty
SWDH-A P570940 Stainless Steel 13 0.22 / 0.23
SWHD-CA P570960 Stainless Steel 36 0.46
SWHD-CB P574580 Stainless Steel 36 0.46

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-10: Lower sheave wheel rig-up options

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-11: Heavy Duty Rig-Up Equipment

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-12: Aluminium sheave wheel using the Synthetic sling for fishing / TLC

Figure 7-13: Aluminium sheave wheel using the wire rope sling for fishing / TLC

Figure 7-14: Nylon sheave wheel using the Synthetic sling for fishing / TLC

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-15: Nylon sheave wheel using the wire rope sling for fishing / TLC

Figure 7-16: Aluminium sheave wheel (Standard Rig-up) using H354451

Figure 7-17: Aluminium sheave wheel using H114228

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-18: Nylon upper sheave wheel (Standard Rig-up)

Figure 7-19: Nylon upper sheave wheel using H354451

7.3 Line Wipers

7.3.1 Air line wipers

There are two different types of air line wipers available:
• H709912
• Precimax Air Line Wiper.

Precimax is a vendor located in Canada.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-20: Line Wiper

Figure 7-21: Bushings for air line wiper - H709918

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment

7.3.2 Rubber line wipers

Part No. Oil Saver Type Wireline Size
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

OSBJ BJ Stipple 1/2 - 7/8-in

OSBJ-1/4 BJ Stipple 1/4 - 5/8-in

Spiral Rubber Line Wipers can be obtained from Regal Oilfield Products
(www.oilstates.com ) as well as many local Oil Field suppliers.

Figure 7-22: BJ Wireline Wiper

7.4 Mini make-up plates

All mini make-up plates are banned for use with larger than 2-2/8-in
tools.WL-QHSE-S10–RU (4.3.7)

In the NAM area all mini make-up plates are banned for use.WL-QHSE-S10–RU
(4.3.7)

7.5 Hand guards

Finger / hand guards are provided for the 14 and 17, 24 and 36-in lower sheaves.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 7-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 7-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Basic Equipment
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 7-23: Finger/hand guard installed on 17-in sheave

The hand guard must be used when a running line can possibly be touched by or
come in contact with personnel working in the vicinity of the rigging sheave.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

8 Logging Units
8.1 Tips for successful Maintenance _______________________________ 8-1
8.2 General Truck and Unit FIT _____________________________________ 8-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

8.3 OSU-ME ________________________________________________________ 8-2

8.4 OSLC-EC _______________________________________________________ 8-2
8.5 SWPT-GBB _____________________________________________________ 8-6
8.6 ULTRAC ______________________________________________________ 8-10

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

8 Logging Units
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Logging Units

8.1 Tips for successful Maintenance

• Follow the proper starting procedure every time the engine is started.
• Follow the RITE Maintenance Program.
• Correct all problems as soon as they are detected.
• Keep all records up-to-date.
• Inform the base mechanic of any operating irregularities.
• Fight corrosion daily. Wash the truck on every return to the shop.
• Use only the proper lubricants and fuel as designated by the engine
manufacturer.
• Keep dust and dirt out of oil and fuel systems.
• Do not use dirty containers, funnels, oil or fuel.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

• Keep water out of oil, fuel or air systems.

• Understand the truck or units limitations and do not exceed them.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

8.2 General Truck and Unit FIT

The following items are included in all truck and unit FIT checks no matter the
model.
1. Fill the fuel tank.
2. Check the engine oil level.
3. Check the radiator fluid level.
4. Check the hydraulic system oil level.
5. Check the cooling and hydraulic system for leaks.
6. Check all safety equipment.

For unit-specific FIT, TRIM, Q-Check instructions please refer to InTouch

Support: Wireline Oilfield Units Reference Page, content ID#: 3264711.

8.3 OSU-ME

Figure 8-1: OSU-ME (EH332978)

8.4 OSLC-EC

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 8-1: OSLC-E General Operating Specifications

Category Specification
Overall Length 8,740 mm (344 in)
Overall Width 2,440 mm (96 in)
Overall Height (exhaust stack) 3,950 mm (155.5 in)
Lowest Ground Clearance Point Below hydraulic pump skid: 375 mm (14.75 in)
Vehicle Weight Capacity GVW: 26,500 kg (57,300 lb)
Typical Overall Weight (Cased Hole Front Axle: 6,900 kg (15,200 lb)
Winch Module example); CHWM, Rear Axle(s): 16,000 kg (35,300 lb)
6,000 m (20,000 ft) of 7-46 (WDR-62)
+ 7,300 m (24,000 ft) of 2-32 cable Empty WDR-61 weight: 330 kg (728 lb)
(WDR-61), 500 kg (1,100 lb) of Empty WDR-62 weight: 1650 kg (3,640 lb)
downhole tools, 400 kg (880 lb) of
storage, 570 L (150 gal) fuel, and 2
people.
Typical Overall Weight (Open Front Axle: 7,350 kg (16,200 lb)
Hole Winch Module example); Rear Axle(s): 15,000 kg (33,100 lb)
OHWM, 9,000 m (29,500 ft) of 7-46
(WDR-42C), 500 kg (1,100 lb) of Empty WDR-42C weight: 1970 kg (4340 lb)
downhole tools, 400 kg (880 lb) of
storage, 570 L (150 gal) fuel, and 2
people.
Single PTO driven from main engine (winch and
Power Configuration
generator) via transmission (gearbox)
Hydraulics Closed-loop servo pumps and auxiliary supply pump
TLS mode: 4-22 kN (900-4,950 lbf) continuously
Tension Limiter adjustable line tension by operator’s control of drum
torque
Winch Controls All electrical, 24 VDC with Smart Winch Control Terminal
28 kW (22 kVA) 120/208 VAC-60 Hz three-phase (PDP
Generator
will accept straight 120 VAC-60Hz shop power)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
Four-seat, 2.45 x 2.45 m (8 x 8 ft) cabin for Modular
Instrument Cabin
Configuration MAXIS
MCM-Exploration with up to three flat panel displays,
Instrument cabin capabilities
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

two printers, WAFE-AC/DC

2 slots @ 140 mm dia. x 6,300 mm long (5 1/2 in dia.
x 20.7 ft)
10 slots @ 92 mm dia. x 6,300 mm long (3 5/8 in dia.
Downhole Tool Storage
x 20.7 ft)
5 slots @ 64 mm dia. x 6,300 mm long (2 1/2 in dia.
x 20.7 ft)
Entrance stairs Side entrance stair and rear step integrated in bumper
Rear boxes for radioactive sources and side storage
Exterior storage
boxes
Three independent roof recess-mounted, electrically
driven Air Conditioners. Coleman Sea Mach Marine
model 8,533 (110 VAC).
Air conditioning type and capacity 4 kwh (13,500 BTU) cooling; 1.4 kwh (5,500 BTU)
heating
Maximum operating ambient temperature: 53 degC
(128 degF) at 88% humidity

Table 8-2: Abridged Chassis Specifications

Category Specification
Foden 6x4 Alpha II model A36R (manufactured by
Chassis model
Paccar/Foden)
5,000 mm (195.5 in); 2,260 mm (90 in) bogie centerline
Wheel base
to end of frame.
US EPA vehicles:
Engine type, power and torque Caterpillar C9 335 ACERT diesel engine, turbocharged
(OSLC-EA) Power Rating: 335 BHP @ 2,100 rpm
Max Torque: 1,428 N-m (1,050 lb-ft ) @ 1,400 rpm
Euro2 vehicles:
Engine type, power and torque Cummins ISM-345-E, Euro3 diesel engine, turbocharged
(OSLC-EB/EC) Power Rating: 340 BHP @ 1,800 rpm
Max Torque: 1,710 N-m (1,260 ft-lb) @ 1,200 rpm
Operating temperature range From –45 degC (-49 degF) to 55 degC (131 degF)
Maximum regulated speed 108 k/h (67 mph); limited by legal limits in operating country
Maximum engine speed Cummins ISM: 1,800 rpm ; Caterpillar C9: 2,100 rpm
Minimum engine speed in PTO Cummins ISM: 1,100 rpm ; Caterpillar C9: 1,300 rpm
mode
24 VDC, negative grounded; Two 12 VDC batteries in
Electrical system
series

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
OSLC-EA, Exhaust “Smartbrake”
Engine brake
OSLC-Eb/EC, Jacobs engine brake
Alternator 24 VDC, 80 A
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Fuel Tank 620 L (163 gal) capacity fuel tank; Electrical Fan fuel cooler
Transmission (Gearbox) ZF 16s181 Overdrive Synchro-mesh, 8 speeds with splitter
Clutch Sachs 430 mm (17 in) single plate, self-adjusting
Power-Take-Off (PTO) ZF N221/10
PACCAR 156N; 7,500 kg rating, Taper-leaf springs with
Front Axle & Front Suspension
shock absorbers
Power Steering Steering box TRW TAS80; Steering Pump ZF 7684
Front: Knorr-Bremse SB7000 430 mm dia x 45 mm Disc
brakes
Rear: Meritor, 420 mm x 200 mm S-cam, non-asbestos
Brakes linings; automatic slack adjusters with stroke indicators
(FMVSS-USA)
ABS WABCO in all wheels
Emergency/parking brake in all wheels
Meritor MT155-165 Bogie, 23,000 kg rating, with 3.91:1
gear ratio for chassis with Cummins ISM engines and
4.56:1 gear ratio for chassis with Caterpillar C9 engines
Tandem Rear Axle and Rear (2006 production).
Suspension
Cross and Inter axle differential locks.
Suspension: Paccar Air Trac 20,320 kg rating and 54 in
spacing
Front: 315/80R22.5 Michelin XYZ tubeless radial tires (Qty
2) 22.5 x 9 Steel Disc wheels
Tires (Tyres) and Wheels
Rear: 11R22.5, Michelin XDY tubeless tires (Qty 8) 22.5 x
8.25 Steel Disc wheels

Table 8-3: Open Hole Module Operating Specifications

Category Specification
Compatible with WDR-30, WDR-51, WDR-42, WDR-42C,
Winch Drive WDR-57, WDR-62, and WDR-64, traditional chain &
sprocket drive with DDDS
WDR mounting Two standard pillow blocks for chain drive
Spring applied, hydraulically released (SAHR) band
Winch brakes
brakes
Estimated Maximum cable tension 64 kN (12,000 lbf) at full drum; 89 kN (20,000 lbf) @ half
(line pull) drum
60 to 38,000 ft/hr @ half-drum, continuously variable
Theoretical cable speed range
(DDDS)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
9144 m (30,000 ft) of 7-46 (on WDR-42C)
Nominal Cable Capacity 5,730 m (18,800 ft) of 7-46 and 6,800 m (25,600 ft) of
2-23 (WDR-64).
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 8-4: Cased Hole Module Operating Specifications

Category Specification
Compatible with WDR-62 and WDR-61 drums only.
Winch Drive
Hydrostatic transmission, direct drive with DDDS
One standard pillow block, Powerwheel at the direct drive
WDR mounting
side
Winch brakes Spring applied, hydraulically released (SAHR) disc brakes
Large line drum: 38 kN (8,500 lbf) @ full drum; 53 kN
Estimated Maximum cable tension (12,000 lb) @ half drum
(line pull) Small line drum: 40 kN (9,000 lbf) @ half drum; 49 kN
(11,000 lb) @ half drum
Large line drum 18 to 21,900 m/h (60 to 72,000 ft/h) @
full-drum, continuously variable
Theoretical cable speed range
Small line drum 18 to 19,500 (60 to 64,000 ft/h) @ full
drum, continuously variable
7,000 m (24,000 ft) 7-46 (WDR-62)
Nominal Cable Capacity
7,000 m (24,000 ft) 2-23 (WDR-61)

8.5 SWPT-GBB

Figure 8-2: SWPT-GBB, International 7300, 4×4 chassis, integrated mast option

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

The SWPT was specifically designed for completion and perforating operations
on wells shallower than 5486.4 m (18,000 ft) deep. See the specifications section
for nominal cable length capacities. The SWPT-G is supplied by IPC Sugar
Land. The SWPT-GB is based on an International 7300 series 4×4 chassis.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Crew cab configuration contains the MCM Completion Acquisition system and
Winch Control Panel (WCP), in such way the same person can operate the
acquisition and winch during logging operations. There are two versions of the
4×4 SWPT-GB:
• SWPT-GBA, without mast
• SWPT-GBB, with integrated mast.

To be qualified to operate an OFS vehicle, an OFS driver must satisfactorily

complete a Skill Assessment in a vehicle that matches the vehicle type required
by job duties. The assessment vehicle must have the characteristics of that
vehicle. As well, the driver is required to be qualified in the operating conditions
as appropriate to the assigned operating environment.
• Skill assessments are to be performed only by currently certified OFS Driver
Trainers.
• Skill assessments are to be completed in vehicles that are “field ready” and
loaded according to local activities and operations.
• Load securement is required, at a minimum, for all vehicles other that light
duty.

Table 8-5: SWPT-GB General Operating Specifications

Category Specification
Maximum cable tension (line pull) 2,722 kg (6,000 lb)
Maximum cable speed 21,300 m/h (70,000 fph)
Minimum cable speed 600 m/h (2,000 fph)
Maximum mast height 13.7 m (45 ft)
Fully retracted - (1) - 10.05 m (33 ft)
Intermediate - (2) - 11.60 m (38 ft)
Mast: vertical height
Intermediate - (3) - 13.10 m (43 ft)
Fully extended- (4) – 14.63 m (48 ft)
Fully retracted - (1) – 1.83 m (72 in)
Mast: horizontal distance from Intermediate - (2) – 2.03 m (80 in)
bumper to well head Intermediate - (3) – 2.24 m (88 in)
Fully extended- (4) – 2.44 m (96 in)
Flange diameter = 736 mm (29 in)
WDR-61 drum dimensions Core diameter = 330.2 mm (13 in)
Core width = 685.8 mm (27 in)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
Drum alone = 334.75 kg (738 lb)
Drum with hub, sprocket, brake disc, and bearing =
WDR-61 drum weight
434.5 kg (958 lb)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

See WDR-61 Data Sheet for more information.

Cable diameter 5.84 mm, 7.48 km (0.23 in, 24,500 ft)
Nominal logging cable capacities Cable diameter 6.35 mm, 6.07 km (0.25 in, 19,900 ft)
(WDR-61) – Maximum Cable Length Cable diameter 8.13 mm, 3.87 km (0.32 in, 12,700 ft)
Cable diameter 9.91 mm, 2.56 km (0.39 in, 8,400 ft)
SWL 400 kg (900 lb), limited by the overall mast SWL
Auxiliary winch (catline), SWPT-GBB rating
only 130 ft of 5/16 in 7-19 GAC cable
Not Certified for man-riding

Table 8-6: SWPT-GB Abridged Chassis Specifications

Category Specification
International 7300 series SFA, 6 person steel crew cab,
Chassis model
4x4
Wheel base 5,258 mm (207 in)
SWPT-GBA, 8.17 m / 26.8 ft / 322 in
Overall vehicle length
SWPT-GBB, 9.08 m / 29.8 ft / 358 in
SWPT-GBA, 3.4 m / 11.1 ft / 134 in (exhaust pipe)
Overall vehicle height
SWPT-GBB, 3.25 m / 10.66 ft / 128 in (headache rack)
SWPT-GBA and GBB, 2.5 m / 8.0 ft / 97 in
Overall vehicle width
Width with Mirrors, 2.6 m / 8.5 ft / 102 in
Maximum GVW 14,514 kg (34,000 lb)
International DT466E HEUI, Electro Hydraulic fuel
Engine type
system, 50 State
Engine power 171.5 kw / 230 hp, 2,300-2,600 rpm, 245 peak HP
Rated engine peak torque @ 1,400 85.72 kg-m/ 620 lb-ft at 1,400 rpm
rpm
Governed engine speed 2,600 rpm
Road speed limit, 100 km/h (62 mph)
Maximum PTO engine speed: 2,300 rpm
Engine parameters
Set engine speed (PTO): 1,200 rpm
Resume engine speed: 1,000 rpm
Horton Drivemaster two-speed type with residual torque
Engine fan clutch
device for disengaged fan speed
Antifreeze Texaco long life to -40 degC (-40 degF)
Engine oil DELO SAE 15W40

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
Engine air compressor Bendix Tu-Flo 550, 374 Lpm (13.2 cfm), gear driven
Electrical system 12 VDC, negative grounded
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Alternator Leece-Neville BLP2309, 12 VDC, 160 A

Starter Leece-Neville, 12 Volt MS2
Batteries (3 x 12 VDC in parallel) 3 International maintenance free 12-volt 1,950 CCA total
Type, Meritor MX-14-120, single reduction
Ratio 4.88:1
Capacity 5.5 tonnes (14,000 lb)
Front Axle Hubs: 10-stud, 285.75 mm BC, hub piloted, flanged nut,
metric
Suspension: parabolic taper leaf springs, maintenance
free
Brake drums, Air Cam S-Cam 16.5 in x 5 in with dust
shields
Brake chambers, MGM air, 129 sq. cm (20 sq. in), long
Front Axle Brakes stroke
Brake lining, Meritor R301 non -asbestos for S-Cam brake
Meritor 5.5 in automatic slack adjusters
Steering gear Shepard M110, ratio 23.0 : 1
Steering pump TRW high pressure
Meritor RS-21–145 single reduction (single axle)
Capacity 9.5 tonnes (21,000 lb)
Differential ratio, 4.63:1
Differential type, locking
Rear Axle Axle lubricant: Synthetic, Emgard 75W-90
Hubs, 200 wheel ends, 10-stud, 285.75 mm BC, hub
piloted, flanged nut, metric
Suspension springs, Vari-Rate, 23,500 lb capacity with
4,500 lb auxiliary rubber springs.
Brake drums, 16.5 in x 7 in Meritor with dust shields
Brake chambers, MGM TR-3030, air, 193.5 sq. cm (30
sq. in)
Rear Axle Brakes
Brake lining, Meritor R301 S-Cam type, Non-asbestos
Automatic Meritor slack adjusters
Parking brakes, 3030 Anchor Lock
Anti-skid brake system (ABS) Bendix 4-Channel system, Full Vehicle Wheel Control
Fuller FS 6406 N 6–speed manual
Transmission
Oil: Engard 50 W synthetic
PTOs Right 6-bolt; Left 8-bolt

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Category Specification
Eaton-Fuller SAS1401, 14 in diameter, single ceramic
Clutch (with Neutral Safety Switch) plate, stamped angle spring, 840.6 N-m (620 ft-lb) torque
capacity
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Meritor MTC-4208, 2–speed, 8,300 ft-lb capacity

Transfer case
Lubricant: Engard 50 W synthetic
Front (2): Goodyear G-286 22R22.5 Load range H, 16 ply
Rear (4): Goodyear G-124 12R22.5 M+S, Load range
Tires
H, 16 ply.
Spare: Optional, not supplied as standard equipment
Front: 22.5 x 8.25 in, 10-stud, 285.75 mm BC, Hub
piloted, Metric, Steel, White
Wheels
Rear: 22.5 x 8.25-in, 10 stud, 285.75 mm BC, Hub
piloted, Metric, Steel, White
Fuel tank Steel, 265 L (70 US gallons)

8.6 ULTRAC

Figure 8-3: ULTRAC - 100098237

Specifications and ratings for the ULTRAC-BA (100532182) are in the tables
below.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Table 8-7: ULTRAC General Operating Specifications

ULTRAC General Operating Specifications

Overall Length 346 in (8.8 m)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Overall Width 96 in (2.44 m) excluding chassis mirrors

Overall Height 150 in (3.8 m) including exhaust pipe
Lowest Ground Clearance Point 11 in (0.28 m) at winch PTO
Vehicle Weight Capacity GVW: 37,600 lbs (17,000 kg)

Typical Weight Distribution for Cased Front Axle: 12,000 lbs (5455 kg)
Hole, fully loaded Rear Axle: 20,500 lbs (9300 kg)

Typical Weight Distribution for Open Front Axle: 13,000 lbs (5897 kg)
Hole, fully loaded Rear Axle: 21,500 lbs (9752 kg)
Eaton-Fuller RT8709B 9-Speed Trans with 6-bolt
Power Configuration Chelsea PTO for the generator & 8-bolt Chelsea PTO
for the winch
Closed loop servo pumps:
• Sauer 90 series pump for winch (100132364) &
• Sauer 90 series pump for generator (100136894).
Closed loop motors:
• Sauer 51 series motor for the winch (100132383)
Hydraulics & and
• Sauer 40 series motor for the generator
(100136918).
Spooling hydraulics:
• SNP 2 gear pump for the spooling system
(100158135).
TLS Mode (900 to 4100 lbf) continuously adjustable
Tension Limiter
line tension
Winch Controls All electrical 24 VDC SWCT
Generator 25 kW, 120 VAC, 60 hz, single phase (100153938)
Acquisition Cabin 8 x 8 ft cabin with seating for 3
MCM with 2 flat screen panels for display, space for one
Acquisition Cabin capabilities
printer, WAFE AC/DC
4 slots for 5.5 in dia., 18.75 ft long
Downhole Tool Storage 2 slots for 3.625 in dia., 18.75 ft long
2 slots for 4 in dia., 20 ft long
Entrance Ladder Modified Commercial Bustin Ladder
2 side storage boxes: 60 x 29 x 20 and 36 x 29 x 20
Exterior Storage
2 rear source boxes: 26 x 29 x 22
Two direct mount electrically driven units.
Air Conditioner Coleman roof mounted 13,500 BTU cooling and 5,500
BTU heating (110 VAC) – (B035415 & B035416)
Operating Temperatures -20 degC with Diesel 1 grade fuel to +45 degC

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Table 8-8: ULTRAC Abridged Chassis Specification

ULTRAC Abridged Chassis Specification

Chassis Model Isuzu FVR33/GMCT7500
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Wheelbase 200 in (5.08 m), 84 in bogie centerline to end of frame

Isuzu Diesel/GM Duramax 7800
7.8L 16/ Isuzu 6HK1-TC 7.8L 16, 2007 US EPA
Engine Type, power and torque
compliant with block heater, 260 BHP @ 2200 rpm and
835 LB-FT, 1132 NM @1450 rpm
Operating Temperature -36 degC (-34 degF) to +45 degC (113 degF)
12 VDC, negative grounded
Electrical System
Two 12 VDC batteries in series
Engine Brake Exhaust brake, butterfly valve type
Alternator 22SI, 160 AMP
Cooling Heavy-duty increased cooling capacity radiator
Two 50 gallon tanks with fuel crossover hose for
Fuel Tank
consumption balance
Eaton Fuller RT8709B 9-Speed (Torque rating 860
Transmission (gearbox)
LB-FT)
Clutch Eaton 'Solo' two plate, 14-in self-adjusting
8- bolt Chelsea Winch PTO (100135901) and 6-bolt
Power-Take-Off (PTO) Chelsea Generator PTO (100136994) with 45 degree
Chelsea adapter (100183006)
Front Axle & Suspension 14,600 lbs & multi-leaf spring at 14,600 lbs
Rear Axle & Suspension 23,000 lbs & air-suspension at 23,000 lbs
Rear Axle Ratio 4.11:1 with differential lock
Power Steering Yes
Brakes Front and Rear ABS
Front (2): 12R22.5H-14,780LBS (6704 KG) capacity.
Michelin R4L tires, S3K on/off road, rib tread (Michelin
#XZY-3 tread)
Tires & Wheels
Rear (4): 11R22.5G-23,000 LBS (10, 430 KG) capacity,
Michelin S4L tires, S3K on/off road, rib tread (Michelin
#XZY-3 tread)
Maximum Regulated Speed 75 MPH (governor regulated)
Maximum Engine Speed 2400 rpm
Minimum Engine Speed in PTO mode 1200 rpm

Table 8-9: Winch Module Specifications

Winch Module Specifications

Winch Drive Compatible with WDR-56 only
WDR mounting Direct drive with one pillow block

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 8-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 8-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Logging Units

Winch Module Specifications

Winch Brakes Spring applied, pneumatically released disc brakes
At Core: 14,000 lbs (proven)
Maximum Cable Tension At mid-drum: 8955 lbs (theoretical)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

At full drum: 6686 lbs (theoretical)

At Core: 40,000 ft/hr
Nominal Cable Speed At mid-drum: 28,500 ft/hr
At full drum: 17,000 ft/hr
18,000 ft of 7-39 cable
Nominal Cable Capacity
53,400 ft of 2-23 cable

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

9 Cone Rope Sockets

9.1 Making a cone rope socket _____________________________________ 9-1
9.2 Assembly of TLCS “pull-off” rope socket _______________________ 9-1
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

9 Cone Rope Sockets

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Cone Rope Sockets

Refer to the Rope Socket Assembly SWI 6440683 for the Rope Socket Data
Sheet (EH712104) and assembly instructions.

Intermediate Inner Inner Intermediate

Split Jig punch punch cone cone Outer cone

9.1 Making a cone rope socket

Refer to the Rope Socket Assembly SWI at InTouch #: 6440683.

9.2 Assembly of TLCS “pull-off” rope socket

Introduction

The pull-out rope socket weakpoint permits removing the cable from the well in
an emergency situation with the Cable Side Entry Sub (CSES) in the drill string
and below the surface. When activated, this pull-out rope socket weakpoint
leaves nothing on the end of the cable, thus permitting the end of the cable to
be pulled up through the CSES. The velocity check valve in the CSES will then
seal the drillpipe from the OD.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

Note
The product center recommends running a CCTS Sub wherever possible. The
TLC rope socket is prone to failures including cable balance/torque, squeezed
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

conductors, cable shorts, and unintentional pull-off.

Determining the weak point strength

Once you determine what “break load” is needed for a particular job, use this
section to help you calculate the number of strands needed for the particular
cable.

Use the following product center cable information sheet to see cable types,
break loads, and maximum pulls for each cable. Use it when doing the
calculations to arrive at the number of strands required for a particular break load.

Table 9-1: Armor Configuration for Standard Cables

Cable Inner Strands Outer Strands

Designation Number Diameter Number Diameter
7-39 12 0.044 18 0.044
7-39 LXS 24 0.033 24 0.042
7-42 24 0.0355i 24 0.045
7–46 24 0.039 24 0.049
7-48 17 0.0535 22 0.055
7–48 SUS 19 0.052 24 0.0535
7–52 17 0.058 23 0.058
7–53 24 0.044 24 0.0565

Any discrete armor's break strength may be determined by multiplying it's

Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) by it's cross-sectional area.
1. The break strength of one armor strand is calculated using the following
formula:
break strength of 1 strand = D2 x π/4 x tensile strength of armor strand
Where D = Diameter of the strand, from Table 9-1
Tensile strength of the strand is determined from Table 9-2

Table 9-2: Standard Armor Strengths

Armor Material or Cable Nominal Tensile Strength

Designation (kpsi)
GIPS (Standard) 245

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

Armor Material or Cable Nominal Tensile Strength

Designation (kpsi)
XS 285
XXS 315
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

LXS 315
MP35N 265
HC265 250
7-48 / 7-52 XXS 305
US 350
SUS 370

For a 7-46-V Outer Cable Strand: (.049)2 x π/4 x 245,000 = 462 lb

For a 7-52-XXS Outer Cable Strand: (.058)2 x π/4 x 305,000 = 805 lb
2. To control cable torque, 6 inner strands should be left on the cable. However,
they should only be counted as the equivalent of 2 outer strand because they
are smaller and more highly stressed.
3. The breaking strength of each strand should be derated by 7% because of
the armor spiral angle. Note that all the calculations in the next step multiply
by .93 to take the 7% derating into account.

Note
The tolerance for "break strength'' is ± 10% for cables that are in fairly good
condition. Some values in the calculation below have been rounded off.

Here are some examples of calculations for typical rope socket weakpoints.
• For a 7-46-V cable with 10 strands
Ten outer strands plus the 6 inner strands (equivalent to two) =
12 strands = 462 x 12 x .93 = 5156 lb
Break Strength Tolerance: 5672 to 4640 lb
• For a 7-46-V cable with 12 strands
Twelve outer strands plus the 6 inner strands (equivalent to two) =
14 strands = 462 x 14 x .93 = 6015 lb
Break Strength Tolerance: 6616 to 5413 lb
• For a 7-52-XXS cable with 6 strands
Six outer strands plus the 6 inner strands (equivalent to two) =
8 strands = 805 x 8 x .93 = 5990 lb

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

Break Strength Tolerance: 6590 to 5390 lb

• For a 7-52-XXS cable with 7 strands
Seven outer strands plus the 6 inner strands (equivalent to two) =
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

9 strands = 805 x 9 x .93 = 6740 lb

Break Strength Tolerance: 7410 to 6070 lb
• For a 7-52 XXS cable with 8 strands
Eight outer strands plus the 6 inner strands (equivalent to two) =
10 strands = 805 x 10 x .93 = 7485 lb
Break Strength Tolerance: 8233 to 6736 lb.

Potential Severity: Light

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

If very worn cables are being used, it is recommended that they be tested in
the shop for break point. Furthermore, it should be noted that the building of
"weakpoints'' is technique sensitive, and that the cable condition will affect the
break strength.

Equipment required

The approach for building a 7-46 and a 7-52 cable is identical except for the
number of armor strands. The procedure in this chapter is primarily for building
the more commonly used 7-46 cable. Refer to for a materials list for common
rope sockets. The pins, boots and liners must be selected according to the
cable type.

Table 9-3: Rope Socket Equipment and Punches

Part 7-39 7-42 7-46 7-52 7-53

Assembly H222589 H350707 H222585 H222588 H701826
Cone Kit H712093 H350700 H272977 100019078 H712095
Inner Cone H329040 H350701 H712096 T5017924 H701822
Intermediate Cone H121890 H350702 H027950 T5017923 H701823
Outer Cone H121889 H701483 H027951 T5017922 H701824
Inner Punch H113174 H350703 H712097 100051549 H701825
Intermediate Punch H122207 H350704 H028049 100051537 H441218
Split Jig H028050 H028050 H028050 H028050 H028050

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

For a demonstration on building a TLC rope socket, see Intouch Content ID:
5525183.

In addition the following equipment will be required:

• thin tape (Scotch or mylar)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

• thick tape (electrical or friction)

• armor strand pick
• sharp strand cutters
• cable pliers as required by cable.

Assembly of the rope socket

1. Cut-off the old rope socket, and start with a clean cable end.
2. Slide the outer rope socket cone onto the logging cable.
3. Lay the outer armor back 30 in. Tape the armors out of the way if necessary.

Potential Severity: Light

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Do not bend the armor strands, as if they are yielded they will not bed back
into the cable correctly.

4. Lay the inner armors back about 26 in.

5. Wipe the core with a solvent cleaner to remove grease and dirt.
6. Put one wrap, butt spliced of 3/4-in friction tape 6-in from the end of the
cable. The tape will act as a marker for cutting the strands and will protect
the cable core. Refer to Figure 9-1 and Figure 9-2.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 9-1: Lay back outer armors and mark inner armors

Figure 9-2: Butt spliced, single wrap of tape leaves a clean profile

7. Lay inner armors back, cutting all but three of the armors. Make the cut so
that it is in the middle of the tape, see Figure 9-3. Refer to the information
that follows before cutting.
For 7-46 cable which has 24 inner armor strands:
a. Leave 1 strand intact and cut 3 adjacent strands
b. Repeat step “a” five more times.
c. This will leave 6 equally spaced inner strands.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 9-3: Cut wire to the same marked point, such that they lie on the taped core

8. Lay all of the inner strands back on the cable and wrap them tightly at the
cutting point with 1-in of friction tape (one layer only, butt spliced). You may
need cable pliers to work armor strands into position. Refer to Figure 9-4.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 9-4: Lay back armor strands with vise grip pliers

9. Tape the six longer inner-armor strands with thin tape to keep them in
position.
10. Lay the outer armour strands over the inner strands. You may have some
difficulty in making these strands go back smoothly.

Note
The next step requests that the outer-armor strands be cut. This is assuming
that a break point of 6015 ± 10% lb is required with a 7-46 cable. Refer to
the calculations given earlier for specific cases.

11. Cut every other outer-armor strand leaving twelve equally spaced outer
strands intact. Make the cut so that it is in the middle of the 3/4-in tape where
the inner strands were cut. Refer to the information above before cutting.
12. Wrap one layer of friction tape, butt spliced (about 2-in wide) over the
outer-armor strands at the cut.
13. At this point, the weak point is made, and it now requires a normal rope
socket installation. Refer to Figure 9-5.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 9-5: Trimmed TLC rope socket armors

Potential Severity: Light

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Be careful not to bend the cable at the weak point.

14. Mark the cable 1/4-in below the trim line of the armor packae.
Slide the rope socket to the cut portion of the outer armors until the cut
strands are 1/4-in into the outer cone Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-6: Slide rope socket outer cone over cut armor strands

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets

Potential Severity: Light

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

The cut strands must be in the outer cone just enough to keep them from
unraveling, but not enough to engage the intermediate cone.

15. Place the outer cone in the split jig and the vice. Refer to Figure 9-7.

Figure 9-7: Move outer cone forward and clamp in vice with split jig

16. Unlay the 12 outer strands in the normal fashion, and slide the intermediate
cone on the cable. Space the strands uniformly. Shift them around if needed.
17. Seat the intermediate cone in the normal manner.
18. Cut the 12 outer strands, remove the thin tape from the inner strands, and
unlay the 6 inner strands.
19. Slide the inner cone onto the core, and space the 6 strands uniformly. Seat
the inner cone. Attach the armor grounding connector to inner strands (one
or two). Cut the remaining inner strand.

Inspection of the rope socket

1. The assembly of the rope socket is finished except for inspecting it.
2. Look down at the end of the rope socket. You should see the spacing of
the 12 outer strands and the 6 inner strands, and all the strands should be
uniformly spaced. Refer to Figure 9-8.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 9-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 9-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Cone Rope Sockets
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 9-8: Completed TLC rope socket

3. If the strand spacing is not uniform, re-terminate the cable. This means
rebuilding the rope socket, as it will not break evenly.

If you are satisfied with the spacing of the strands, take the rope socket out of the
vise and tape the cable for a short distance with thin tape to make sure the cut
ends cannot get out of the outer cone and unravel.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 10-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 10-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Weak point selection

10 Weak point selection

10.1 Tool Buoyancy ________________________________________________ 10-2
10.2 Maximum Safe Pull ____________________________________________ 10-3
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10.3 Tension required to break weakpoint __________________________ 10-3

10.3.1 Minimum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point ____________ 10-3
10.3.2 Maximum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point ___________ 10-4
10.4 Temperature Effects __________________________________________ 10-4

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 10-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 10-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Weak point selection

10 Weak point selection

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Weakpoints

A weakpoint must be selected to allow for the weakpoint to be broken if

necessary before the Safe Working Load (SWL) of a cable is reached.

Therefore, there are two primary factors which must be considered when a weak
point is selected for a specific job: Cable SWL and Cable Weight at Total Depth

Note
Many examples include a cable buoyancy factor to compensate for weight lost
due to buoyancy (float). This buoyancy effect will be somewhat offset by friction
when the cable is moving uphole. This friction is difficult to predict and accurately
calculate. For these reasons, the cable buoyancy effect will not be used for
this exercise. The deletion of this effect is actually a slightly more conservative
method of selecting a weak point. Please keep in mind, that in deep wells or
wells with heavy fluids, the cable buoyancy effect is considerable and must be
included. Tool Buoyancy is a considerable factor and will be considered later.
Temperature is factor that must be considered at temperatures above 200 degF
as the weakpoint rating will be reduced by a certain percent depending on the
temperature.

To select a weak point basic job information is required:

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 10-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 10-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Weak point selection

Table 10-1: Example wellsite parameters

Well Depth 12,000 ft

Fluid Weight in Well 10.3 ppg
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Cable Type 7-46PXS

Cable SWL (Safe Working Load) 9705 lbs
Cable Wt 333 lbs/Kft
Tool OD 3 3/8
Tool Length 46 ft
Tool Wt in Air 550 lbs
Head Used LEH-QC
Weak Point Type Modular

As stated on previous slide there are two primary factors which must be
considered when a weak point is selected for a specific job. In this example we
had a 7–46 PXS which has a Cable SWL = 9750 lbf and a Cable Weight at Total
Depth (333 lbf/ktf * 12 kft) = 3996 lbf.

Subtract the cable weight at total depth for the cable SWL ,9705 lbf - 3966 lbf
= 5709 lbf., giving the maximum weak point rating.

Based on available Modular Weak Points the largest Weak Point that could be
used for this job is 4800-5400

10.1 Tool Buoyancy

As was mentioned earlier, tool buoyancy effect can be considerable. For this
reason Tool Weight in Fluid (TWF) must be calculated. The formula for this
calculation is shown below.

TWF = TWA — (VT*FW) Where:

• TWA = Tool weight in air
• VT = Volume of tool
• FW = Fluid weight

Note
• The volume of a 3 3/8 in OD tool will be Approximately 0.5 gallons/ft
• The volume of a 1 11/16 in OD tool will be Approximately 0.125 gallons/ft

Using the values found in Table 10-1

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 10-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 10-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Weak point selection

TWF = 550 lbs — (0.5 gallons/ft *46 ft) * 10.3 lbs/gallon

TWF = 550 lbs — 23 gallons * 10.3 lbs/gallon

TWF = 550 lbs — 237 lbs = 313 lbs

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10.2 Maximum Safe Pull

When a tool becomes stuck down hole, it is critical know safe tension values.
The following formulas must be understood.

Maximum Safe Pull (MSP) = 0.75 * LWP —TWF +TN

Where:
• 0.75 is 75% of your maximum pull which will give a 25% safety factor.
• LWP = low weak point rating
• TWF = Tool weight in fluid
• Tn = Normal tension = the combined weight of the cable (CW) and the tool in
the well (TWF) while logging up. (3993 lbs + 313 lbs) = 4309

For this example, using the values previously calculated:

0.75 * 4800 lbs — 313 lbs + 4309 lbs = 7596 lbs

10.3 Tension required to break weakpoint

In some cases it will become necessary to break the Weak Point in order to
separate the cable from the tool. In this situation, the following formulas must be
understood:

Potential Severity: Catastrophic

Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Breaking the weakpoint should only be done using the rig. This should never be
done using the logging winch. These values are for reference only.

10.3.1 Minimum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point

Minimum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point = LWF — TWF + Tn

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 10-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 10-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Weak point selection

Where:
• LWP = low weak point rating
• TWF = Tool weight in fluid
• Tn = Normal tension = the combined weight of the cable (CW) and the tool in
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

the well (TWF) while logging up. (3993 lbs + 313 lbs) = 4309

Minimum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point = 4800 lbs —313 lbs + 4309
lbs = 8796 lbs

10.3.2 Maximum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point

Maximum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point = HWP — TWF +Tn

Where:
• HWP = highow weak point rating
• TWF = Tool weight in fluid
• Tn = Normal tension = the combined weight of the cable (CW) and the tool in
the well (TWF) while logging up. (3993 lbs + 313 lbs) = 4309

Maximum Tension needed to Break the Weak Point = 5400 lbs — 313 lbs +
4309 lbs =9396 lbs

10.4 Temperature Effects

If the bottom hole temperature was 300F, then weakpoint shall be corrected
for temperature. In other words, using the same parameters. Maximum Safe
Pull will be :

LWP corrected= 4800 - 10%= 4320 lbs

0.75 * 4320 lbs - 313 lbs + 4309 lbs = 7236 lbs

Minimum tension required to break the weakpoint will be: 4320 lbs - 313 lbs
+ 4309 lbs = 8316 lbs

Maximum tension required to break the weakipoint will be: UWP corrected 5400
-10%=4860 lbs, 4860 lbs - 313 lbs + 4309 lbs = 8856 lbs

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

11 Spider weakpoints
11.1 Fishing head and rope socket assembly _______________________ 11-1
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

11 Spider weakpoints
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Refer to InTouch content ID 6245550 for the schematic diagram of MH-22

Rebuild (shooting bridle).

Note
You can make your own schematic diagram of MH-22 Rebuild (shooting bridle).

11.1 Fishing head and rope socket assembly

The MH-22 can be built on any size cable from 1-18 to 1-42. Only two parts need
to be changed when going from one size of cable to another:
• the fishing head, and
• the rope socket (spider weakpoint).

1. Slide the fishing head onto the cable. (Refer to Figure 11-1.)
2. Slide the clamp nut (H035970), thrust ring (H230460), and the proper size
rope socket onto the cable.

Figure 11-1: Sequence of parts installation on the cable

3. Wrap the cable with tape about 13-in from the end in order to establish the
point in which to place the rope socket.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

4. Screw the clamp nut part way onto the rope socket to cover and protect
the threads.
5. Hold the clamp nut in a vise (do not squeeze excessively) and pull the tape
marker on the cable tightly against the downhole end of the rope socket.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

6. Select the required weakpoint strength.

Consult your engineer, if you are unsure of the strength rating requirement.
7. The correct quantity of outer armor wires to use for the rope socket strength
required is shown in Table 11-1, Table 11-2 and Table 11-3. It also provides
the correct torque value to be used to tighten the clamp nut using torque
wrench B034859 with adjustable 13/16-in crows foot adaptor.
8. Refer to figure Figure 11-2. Unwrap an outer armor wire. Loop it over the
slotted face of the rope socket and thread it back through the closest hole in
the rope socket.
9. Pull the wire tight so that it lays flat in a slot adjacent to the hole using vice
grip pliers.

Figure 11-2: Unwrapping and looping outer armors

10. If necessary, carefully tap the wire down into the groove to make it lie flat,
ensuring that the rope socket will fit inside the bell housing.
a. Repeat this procedure for the remaining outer wires to be used.
b. Evenly space the armor wires.
c. Remove unused outer armor wires by cutting them off close to the face
of the rope socket.
11. Unwrap and install three evenly spaced inner armors in the rope socket
for torque control.
12. Pull the inner armors tight. Do NOT leave them loose.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

13. Leave two inner armors long for a ground connections. (Shown in Figure
11-4).
14. Tie cotton string or copper wire around the inner armor layer as shown in
Figure 11-3.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 11-3: Preparing the remaining inner armors for two inch cut

15. Cut the remaining armors two inches from the rope socket. (See Figure
11-4).
16. Bend out the ends of the inner armors away from the core as shown in
Figure 11-4.

Figure 11-4: Ground wire and conductor preparation

17. Screw the clamp nut (H035970) farther onto the rope socket so that it
clamps the wires.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

Table 11-1: Spider Weakpoints for cables 1-18 P/ZT, 1-20 P/ZT and 1-22 P/ZT

Cable Type 1-18 P/ZT 1-20 P/ZT 1-20 P/ZT 1-22 ZT

Armor type GIPS 12×15 GIPS 12×16 GIPS 11×15 Multiphase 11×15
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Outer Inner Nut Nut Nut Nut

Strength Strength Strength Strength
wires wires torque torque torque torque
(lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)1
Qty. Qty (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs)
3 3 600 150 640 160 1060 195 1125 195
4 3 760 180 800 190 1260 230 1335 230
5 3 900 205 960 220 1460 260 1550 260
6 3 1050 235 1120 250 1660 295 1760 295
7 3 1200 260 1280 280 1865 325 1975 325
8 3 1350 290 1440 310 2065 360 2190 360
9 3 - - - - 2265 390 2400 390
1
±15%

Table 11-2: Spider Weakpoints for cables 1-22 ZT, 1-23 / 2-23 P/ZT, and 1-25 P/ZT

Cable Type 1-22 ZT 1-23 / 2-23 P/ZT 1-23 / 2-23 ZT 1-25 P/ZT
GIPS &
Armor type Vectorloy 11×15 Multiphase HC265 12×18 GIPS 12×18
12×18
Outer Inner Nut Nut Nut Nut
Strength Strength Strength Strength
wires wires torque torque torque torque
(lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)1
Qty. Qty (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs)
3 3 970 195 995 170 975 170 1205 180
4 3 1155 230 1160 200 1135 200 1405 225
5 3 1340 260 1325 230 1300 230 1605 270
6 3 1525 295 1490 255 1460 255 1805 315
7 3 1710 325 1655 285 1625 285 2005 360
8 3 1890 360 1820 315 1785 315 2205 405
9 3 2075 390 1990 340 1950 340 2410 450
10 3 - - 2155 370 2110 370 - -
11 3 - - 2320 400 2275 400 - -
1
±15%

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 11-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 11-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Spider weakpoints

Table 11-3: Spider Weakpoints for cables 2-23 P/ZT, 1-32 / 2-32 P/ZT and 1-42 ZB/ZH

Cable Type 2-23 P/ZT 2-23 ZT 1-32 / 2-32 P/ZT 1-42 ZB / ZH

GIPS &
Armor type 12×15 Multiphase Vectorlay GIPS 12×18 Shooting bridle
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

12×19
Outer Inner Nut Nut Nut Nut
Strength Strength Strength Strength
wires wires torque torque torque torque
(lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)1 (lbs)2
Qty. Qty (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs) (in×lbs)
3 3 915 160 780 160 1720 200 2280 380
4 3 1070 190 910 190 2005 250 3000 400
5 3 1220 220 1040 220 2295 300 3550 420
6 3 1375 250 1170 250 2580 350 4060 440
7 3 1525 280 1300 280 2870 400 4600 460
8 3 1680 310 1430 310 3155 450 5100 480
9 3 1835 340 1560 340 3440 500 - -
1
±15%
2
±25%

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-i
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
12 CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension Device)
12.1 Equipment Preparation ________________________________________ 12-1
12.2 Description ____________________________________________________ 12-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

12.3 Maintenance __________________________________________________ 12-4

12.3.1 FIT checks _________________________________________________ 12-4
12.3.2 TRIM checks _______________________________________________ 12-4
12.4 Nominal Strain Axle Resistance Measurement _________________ 12-7
12.5 CMTD Calibration _____________________________________________ 12-7

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-1
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)

12 CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Device)

12.1 Equipment Preparation

Before every job, make sure that maintenance is done properly on the CMTD
and the calibration is valid for the cable type and unit that is used on the job.

Table 12-1: CMTD Specifications

CMTD-B using
strain axle CMTD-B using
Specification H441262 strain Axle CMTD-CA
(BA/BB/BC/BD) T5017803 (BD/BE)
(CMTD-DA)
Length 19 in 19 in 17.5 in
Weight 25 lbm 25 lbm 13 lbm
Operating -55 degC to 65 -55 degC to 65 degC -55 degC to 65 degC
temperatures degC
Steady state 100 % at 35 degC 100 % at 35 degC 100 % at 35 degC
humidity
Full scale 10,000 lbf 20,000 lbf 5,000 lbf
Maximum cable 200% of full scale 200% of full scale 200% of full scale
tension
Signal output1 0.810 mV/V @ 1.57 mV/V @ 20,000 0.82/V mV @ 5,000 lbf.
10,000 lbf lbf
Maximum excitation AC 15 V AC 15 V AC 15 V
voltage2
Cable Compatibility All SWS cables All SWS cables Maximum of .32 in. dia.(1-32
(Roller Assembly (Roller Assembly / 2-32); no other rollers
Options Required.) Options Required.) available
1
This value can be 10% higher/lower depending on the axle tuning resistance.
2
MCM applies 10 VDC.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-2
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)

12.2 Description
The CMTD mounts onto the logging cable at the unit. This increases wellsite
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

efficiency by decreasing rig-up time and eliminating the TD-K signal cable from
the rig floor. The CMTD is mounted with the IDW on the spooling arm by means
of a variety of mounting brackets, depending on the type of unit. The CMTD is
fully compatible with all logging carrier tension systems, including TDP-K.

Table 12-2: CMTD Types and Rollers

CMTD Part Rollers

Logging cable Strain axle
type no. Center inner Outer
CMTD-BA H441349 7-42 & 7-46 H701076 H701075 H353160 H441262/101902173
CMTD-BAE 102067241 7-42 & 7-46 H701076 H701075 H353160 101902173
CMTD-BB H441350 1-32, 2-32, & 7-39 H701076 H701075 H701077 H441262/101902173
1-18, 1-23, 2-23 &
CMTD-BC H441351 H701076 H701075 H701078 H441262/101902173
1-25
7-52, 7–53, 7-48A
CMTD-BD H441352 SUS, 7-48AI XXS, H701105 H701104 H701103 100466936
7-50KA US SSE
CMTD-BE T5017801 7-42, 7-46 & 7-48 H701076 H701075 H353160 100466936
1-18, 1-23, 2-23 ,
CMTD-CA H712060 H712054 H712054 H712054 100502061
1-25, 1-32, & 2-32
1-32, 2-32 , 1-33-
CMTD-DA 101610300 SLC, 2-34-SLC, 101103828 101103827 101103830 H441262/101902173
2-35-SLC

Note
If high pressure steam is used to clean the CMTD, be careful not to spray directly
on the strain axle connector.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-3
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 12-1: Component locations

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-4
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)

12.3 Maintenance
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

12.3.1 FIT checks

Before each job perform the following activities.
1. Clean the CMTD thoroughly after each job. If high pressure steam is used,
be careful not to spray directly on the strain axle connector or the CMTD
cable connector.
2. Inject standard automotive axle grease into all CMTD grease fittings until
grease extrudes from the roller bearings.
3. Check that all the guide rollers roll freely and that all pivot points on the
mounting bracket have close fits and move freely.
4. Check that there is no mud buildup in the grooves of the guide rollers
preventing proper contact between the cable and rollers.
5. Check that the logging carrier tension system reads close to zero with the
CMTD connected and no cable mounted.

12.3.2 TRIM checks

The TRIM checks are to be performed monthly.
1. Perform the FIT checks listed above.

Figure 12-2: Roller inspection for side play

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-5
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
2. Check that the roller bearing in the inner and outer guide rollers rotate without
resistance and do not have side play. Refer to Figure 12-2. The permissible
roller side play is given in Table 12-3.

Table 12-3: Roller Side Play

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

CMTD-B
Roller Assembly CMTD-CA
CMTD-DA
Center roller 0.015-in max 0.020-in max
Other rollers nil nil

If side play exceeds the values given in Table 12-3, it should be investigated.
3. Refer to Figure 12-3. Check that the bushings in the mounting bracket have
not moved. If they have moved, retain the unit in a soft jawed vise and punch
out the bushings with an appropriate size, that is, a punch that makes contact
only with the bushing. not the bore. Replace the removed bushings with new
bushings. Put a light coat of Loctite (B022850 or similar) on the outside
diameter of the new bushings. Press new bushings in place, using a mandrel
press or soft jaw vise.

Figure 12-3: Bracket assembly bushing inspection

4. Using a blade micrometer or deep-jaw vernier, measure the diameter of all

the CMTD rollers for wear. Replace the set of rollers when one or more of
them measure less or equal to 0.050in below the original diameter listed in
Table 12-4.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-6
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
Table 12-4: Roller Groove Diameters

Roller Groove dia.

Roller
Assembly Inches
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

H701074 H701061 3.010

H701075 H701062 2.000
H701076 H701063 3.000
H701077 H701072 3.189
H701078 H701073 3.475
H701103 H701100 2.920
H701104 H701101 2.000
H701105 H701102 3.000
H712054 H712053 2.000
H353160 H353161 3.010
101103827 100986164 2.000
101103828 100986165 3.000
101103830 100986166 3.149

5. If a roller was replaced in step 4 above, inject grease into all the grease
fittings on the CMTD until the grease extrudes from the roller bushings.
6. Check to make sure that all of the bolts holding the rollers in place are tight.
The bolts should be torqued to 100 lbf·in for the 1/4-in bolts and 200 lbf·in
for the 7/16-in bolts.
7. Check the complete instrumentation cable to be used for damage.
Check that pins and insulators at both ends of the cable are not bent, broken,
or cracked.
8. Using a Simpson VOM, check insulation and continuity of the complete
instrumentation cable to be used according to Table 12-5. Move the cable
while under test and watch for intermittent connections. Use the R1 ohm
scale for continuity and R10000 ohm scale for insulation.

Table 12-5: Signal Cable Continuity and Insulation Checks

Between Resistance
Pin A - Contact A <1 ohm
Pin B - Contact B <1 ohm
Pin C - Contact C <1 ohm
Pin D - Contact D <1 ohm
Between all Pins Infinity
All Pins and Mass Infinity

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-7
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
9. Perform a Shop Calibration using the TDC-C or -D as described in this
chapter. CMTD tension values displayed on the logging carrier tension
system must be within the tolerances given in . (Skip this step if you are
proceeding to Q-Checks.)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

12.4 Nominal Strain Axle Resistance Measurement

Table 12-6: Nominal Strain Axle Resistance Measurements For M.D. Totco Strain Axles

Connector Pins Resistance Range

A - B 285 - 295 ohms
B - C 285 - 295
C - D 285 - 295
D - A 285 - 295
A - C (excitation ckt) 390-415
B - D (signal ckt) 345-355

Table 12-7: Nominal Strain Axle Resistance Measurements For Interface Strain Axles

Connector Pins Resistance Range (ohms)

From A to B 268 - 335
From B to C 268 - 335
From C to D 268 - 335
From D to A 268 - 335
From A to C (excitation circuit) 370-510
From B to D (signal circuit) 285-295
These values are for tuning (span) resistor between 10 and 80 ohms.

12.5 CMTD Calibration

Table 12-8: CMDT Tolerance Limits

Actual tension (lbs) Negative tolerance Positive tolerance

1,000 -100 +100
2,000 -200 +200
3,000 -300 +300
4,000 -400 +400
5,000 -500 +500
6,000 -600 +600
7,000 -700 +700

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-8
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
Actual tension (lbs) Negative tolerance Positive tolerance
8,000 -800 +800
9,000 -900 +900
10,000 -1000 +1000
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

11,000 -1100 +1100

12,000 -1200 +1200
13,000 -1300 +1300
14,000 -1400 +1400
15,000 -1500 +1500
16,000 -1600 +1600
17,000 -1700 +1700
18,000 -1800 +1800
19,000 -1900 +1900
20,000 -2000 +2000

Note
The values in between two points can be from linear interpolation.

After calibration, the dial indicator should return to zero. If a temperature change
causes more than one diversion error = (160 lbf), then recalibrate. If the tension
response is out of tolerance, determine and correct the cause.

Tension Device Calibrator (H713140)

Refer to Figure 12-4. The Tension Device Calibrator (TDC-C) is used to calibrate
the CMTD. The TDC-C is an update for the tension device calibrator. A precision
load cell with a digital readout replaces the old dial indicator measure rod. The
new TDC tension measuring system has a greater accuracy, a resolution of 10
lbf, and is much easier to use.

The TDC Loadcell and Digital display should be calibrated annually.

You can either open a RAN

(https://scd.sugar-land.oilfield.slb.com/RAN/UserLogin.cfm) and return the TDC
display plus loadcell back to IPC for calibration or you can contact the Interface
Inc. representative in a nearby country. Please see solution 4032127.

Please check out the Interface Inc. website at www.interfaceforce.com for a

representative in your area. The loadcell and the display must be calibrated as a
set. The SLB part number of the set is H713129 and available in SWPS.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-9
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 12-4: TDC-C calibration setup

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-10
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 12-5: Tension device calibrator - H713140

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 12-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 12-11
document for revenue generating operations. / CMTD (Cable Mounted Tension
Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 12-6: CMTD calibration cable

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13 Heads
13.1 Specifications for heads ______________________________________ 13-1
13.2 Special tools for LEH assembly/disassembly __________________ 13-9
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

13.3 Steel boot assembly __________________________________________ 13-10

13.4 Weakpoint Adapter and Bulkhead Adapter (QC) ______________ 13-12
13.5 31-pin extender (H245349) ____________________________________ 13-13
13.6 Cable/CIS Test Assembly _____________________________________ 13-13
13.7 LEH-HT (H356846) ____________________________________________ 13-16
13.8 LEH-MT (H360190) ___________________________________________ 13-23
13.9 LEH-QC (H701916) ___________________________________________ 13-30
13.10 LEH-QT (H701460) ____________________________________________ 13-36
13.11 MH-22 (H030796) _____________________________________________ 13-42
13.12 MH-32 (H353637) _____________________________________________ 13-45
13.13 PEH-E (H108785) _____________________________________________ 13-46
13.14 PEH-EFA (101043054) ________________________________________ 13-49
13.15 PEH-KA (H339540) ___________________________________________ 13-51
13.16 PEH-KC (100070620) _________________________________________ 13-54
13.17 PEH-L (J287479) _____________________________________________ 13-57
13.18 PEK-BB (H432221) 450 degF, 20,000 perforation equipment
kit ____________________________________________________________ 13-60

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13 Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

heads

13.1 Specifications for heads

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-2

Table 13-1: Perforation Equipment Heads and Kits Specifications

Private
Name PEH-AB PEH-E PEH-EF/EFA PEH-KD PEH-L PEK-BB PEK-BC PEK-E

Perforating 1-3/8 in
Equipment perforating 1-3/8-in 1-3/8 in
1 - 11/16 Perforation Perforation Perforation
Head, 3-3/8 in equipment diameter perforating
HEPTA/COAX Equipment Equipment Kit Equipment
Description 10-conductor, head perforating equipment
CABLE Kit 1-3/8 in to 1-11/16 in to Kit 1-3/8 in to
with no with solid equipment head
HEAD 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 2-5/8 in
weakpoint head heptacable
thermometers (Obsolete)
101043054,
Part Number H222893 H108785 previously 100343360 J287479 H432221 H395941 H123293
H713120
Max OD 3-3/8-in 1-3/8-in 1-3/8-in 1-11/16-in 1-3/8-in 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 2-5/8 in
Make up
24.27 in 20.87 in 31.53 30.68 in 20.87 in 25.66 in 28.64 in 22.275 in
length
Lower Head Pin (10 Pin (1 Pin (1 Box (22 Box (8
Connection Pin (1 Socket) Pin (1 Socket) Pin (1 Socket)
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Type sockets) Socket) Socket) pins) Pins)

Pressure
20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 30 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi
Rating
Temperature

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF
Rating
Tension
130 Klbs 47 Klbs 47 Klbs 18 Klbs 28 Klbs 82 Klbs 91 Klbs 82 Klbs
Rating
Compression
91 Klbs 38 Klbs 38 Klbs 18 Klbs 28 Klbs 82 Klbs 91 Klbs 82 Klbs
Rating
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

Release
Device No ERS ERS No No N/A N/A N/A
Option
13-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-3

Name PEH-AB PEH-E PEH-EF/EFA PEH-KD PEH-L PEK-BB PEK-BC PEK-E

Private
Weakpoint
SOLID/FLEX SOLID FLEX SOLID SOLID N/A N/A N/A
Type
Fishing Neck
2.31 in 1.19 in 1.19 in 1.19 in 1.19 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in
OD
Load Cell
No No No No No No No No
Option
Thermometer
No No No No No N/A N/A N/A
carrier option
H2S
No No No No No No No No
resistant
Conversion 1-3/8 in to 1-11/16 in to 1-3/8 in to
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
OD 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 2-5/8 in
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
13-3
 13-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-2: Monocable Heads and Kits Specifications

Name MH-22 MH-32 AH-38

1-3/8 Monocable 1-11/16 Monocable Adaptor Head 1-3/8
Description
Head(Obsolete) Head in to 1-11/16 in
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Part Number H030796 H353637 H106437

Max OD 1-3/8 in 1-11/16 in 1-11/16 in
Make up length 18.9 in 12.47 in 3.36 in
Lower Head Connection
Pin (1 Socket) Pin (1 Socket) Pin (1 Socket)
Type
Pressure Rating 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi
Temperature Rating 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF
Tension Rating 24 Klbs 35 Klbs 24 Klbs
Compression Rating 12 Klbs 17 Klbs 24 Klbs
Release Device Option ERS ERS N/A
Weakpoint Type Spider Spider N/A
Fishing Neck OD 1.19 in 1.19 in N/A
Load cell option No No N/A
H2S resistant No Yes No
Conversion OD N/A N/A 1-3/8 in to 1-11/16 in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-5

Table 13-3: Logging Equipment Heads Specifications

Private
Name LEH-AA LEH-HT LEH-MT LEH-PT LEH-QC LEH-QT LEH-QE LEH-QO LEH-RC LEH-ST
SlimHot
HTHP Logging
HTHP Logging
Logging Head Head Head w/o
Logging Logging Logging Equipment 2-1/2 Dia
Head w/Tension W/Tension Tension, Head 2-3/4
Equipment Head Equipment Head, Head
Description w/Tension, and Mud 3-3/8 Dia, 3–3/8 Dia, Dia, 29-Pin,
Head, W/Tension Head 3-3/8 3-3/8-in dia. w/Tension,
3-3/8 D, 31-Pin, Box 31 Pin Box Box Down
2-1/4-in & Mud Temperature Dia, 31-Pin Oil 31-Pin
31 Pin Box Sensors, Down Down
Temp Filled
Down 3 in. Dia.,
31 pin
Part
100032194 H356846 H360190 T5013565 H701916 H701460 100055779 H360020 H713338 H351344
Number
Max OD 2-1/4 in 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 3 in 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 3-3/8 in 2-3/4 in 2-1/2 in
Make up
28.25 in 39.73 in 41.97 in 40.99 in 32.68 in 41.87 in 39.73 in 31.78 in 39.61 in
length
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Weight 19 lbm 33 lbm 42 lbm 33 lbm 28 lbm 33 lbm 33 lbm 28 lbm 27 lbm
Lower
Head Box (22 Box (31 Box (31 Box (31 Box (31 Box (31 Box (31 Box (31 Box (29 Box (31
Connection pins) pins) pins) pins) pins) pins) pins) pins) pins) pins)
Type

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

Pressure
8 Kpsi 25 Kpsi 25 Kpsi 30 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi 20 Kpsi
Rating
Temperature
194 degF 500 degF 500 degF 500 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF 400 degF
Rating
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

Tension
40 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs 50 Klbs
Rating
13-5
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-6

Name LEH-AA LEH-HT LEH-MT LEH-PT LEH-QC LEH-QT LEH-QE LEH-QO LEH-RC LEH-ST

Private
Compression
20 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs 25 Klbs
Rating
Release
Device No ECRD ECRD ECRD No ECRD ECRD No No ECRD
Option
Weakpoint
SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID SOLID
Type
Fishing
2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in 2.31 in
Neck OD
Tension
Sensor DRY (as
No DRY WET WET No DRY No No WET
(Loadcell) option)
option
Mud
Temperature
Sensor Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

(RTD)
option
Thermometer
carrier No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
option

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
13-6
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-7

Table 13-4: Downhole tension Sensor (Loadcell) specificaions

Private
Head type LEH-HT LEH-QT LEH-QT LEH-HT LEH-MT LEH-PT LEH-PT
Standard Load Optional Load Standard Load Optional Load Standard Load Standard Load Standard Load
Load Cell Option
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell
Load Cell Type Dry Dry Wet Wet
Load Cell
Assembly Part 100807928 100323783 H356841 H360047 T5013560 H351342
No.
Sensor Part No. 100669732 100353269 H356842 H701463
-1,000 to 8,000
Load Range 0- 8,000 lbf 0 - 8,000 lbf -1,000 to 8,000 lbf
lbf
Operating 14.7 psi to 20 - 14.7 psi to
14.7 psi to 30 Kpsi - 14.7 psi to 25 Kpsi
Pressure Range Kpsi 20 Kpsi
Operating
-65 degF to 400 -65 degF to 350
Temperature -65 degF to 500 degF -65 degF to 500 degF
degF degF
Range
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
13-7
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
13-8

Head type LEH-HT LEH-QT LEH-QT LEH-HT LEH-MT LEH-PT LEH-PT

Private
+/- 3.00% FS
while under any
combination of
Temperature
(-65°F to 350°F),
+/- 3% FS while under any Pressure (14.7
combination of Temperature psi to 15 Kpsi)
(-65°F to 350°F), and
Pressure (14.7 psi to 15 Kpsi) and Tensile Load (0
Tensile Load (0 lbs to 8 Klbs) lbs to 8 Klbs) ± 3% FS (full
Accuracy ± 3% FS (full scale) or 240 lbf
+/- 5.00% FS while under any +/- 5.00% FS scale) or 240 lbf
combination of Temperature while under any
(350°F to 500°F), combination of
Pressure (15 Kpsi to 30 Kpsi) and Temperature
(350°F to 400°F),
Tensile Load (0 lbs to 8 Klbs)
Pressure (15
Kpsi to 20 K
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

psi) and
Tensile Load (0
lbs to 8 Klbs)
Rated Excitation 10 VAC or VDC 10 VAC or VDC 10 VAC or VDC 10 VAC or VDC

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

Maximum
15 VAC or VDC 15 VAC or VDC 10 VAC or VDC 15 VAC or VDC
Excitation
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
13-8
 13-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-5: Mud Temperature sensor (RTD) Specifications

RTD Part No. 100088599 H360028

LEH-MT
Head type LEH-AA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

LEH-PT
-4 degF to 212degF -76 degF to 572 degF
Temperature Range
(-20 degC to 100 degC) (-60 degC to 300 degC)
Pressure Rating 10 Kpsi 30 Kpsi
± 0.3 degC at 0 degF
± 0.3 degC at 0 degF ± 0.35 degC at 100 degC
Accuracy
± 0.35 degC at 100 degC ± 0.55 degC at 200 degC
± 0.75 degC at 300 degC

13.2 Special tools for LEH assembly/disassembly

Table 13-6: SFTs for LEH-QT

Part No. Description

B033499 Pin, detent 3/4-in dia × 3-1/2-in long
B033776 Screw, Soc HD 7/16-in -20
B033777 Washer, 3/8-in plain
H350717 Oil-filling unit
H352097 TDC adapter
H701429 Socket, modified 1-3/16-in
H701457 Clevis
H701459 Socket, modified 1/2-in
H701900 Shop kit for LEH-QT
H713121 Cable, calibration 31-pin

Table 13-7: SFTs for LEH

Part No. Description

B033177 Wrench, torque 10 in-lbf 1/4-in, DRV-W/2”L, 1/4-in hex
H124244 Contact insertion and removal tool
H129804 SFT-121, Cartridge pulling tool
H230254 SFT-144, Cartridge pulling tool
H245349 3-3/8-in , 31-pin head extender
H268097 Contact insertion and removal tool
H701899 O-ring installation tool / plastic feedthrough
J957952 SFT-302, 2.5-in Cartridge pulling tool

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13.3 Steel boot assembly

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Assembly No. Cable Type Boot Part No.

H207930 7-52, 7-53
H121961 7-46 H329451
H350706 7-42 H350728
H125568 7-39 H329444
H125569 1-32 H329453
H701572 1-25 H701815
H354497 1-22, 1-23 H354299

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 13-1: Neck and rope socket options table, 100265539

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13.4 Weakpoint Adapter and Bulkhead Adapter

(QC)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13.5 31-pin extender (H245349)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

13.6 Cable/CIS Test Assembly

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Item # Brief Description U/M Qty

Parent H540035 AD ASSY, CABLE/CIS TEST/ADAPTER BOX EA

1 H540036 AC COVER, CABLE/CIS TEST/ADAPTER BOX EA 1

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H540037 AC BOX, CABLE/CIS TEST/ADAPTER EA 1

2 B021855 AA 1 STUD,SELF CLINCH 6-32 X 3/8 SST EA 1
REMOVABLE CONTACT SOCKET #16
2 E038121 AC 1 CRIMP HVY GOLD EA 13
CONNECTOR PLUG 21#16 SOC SIZE 22-21
2 E038149 AA 2 KEY-N EA 1
ADAPTER,EXTEND,1.0 LG,1 5/16-18 ID THD
2 E038167 AC 3 1 5/16-18 EXT THD EA 1
STRAIN RELIEF,QUICK-TY,45 DEG 1 5/16-18
2 E038175 AA 4 THD EA 1
2 E024381 AB 5 CABLE STRAP EA 1
2 E027629 AC 7 CABLE STRAP EA 11
2 E016031 AA 8 TERMINAL,RING 22-18AWG # 8 INSULATED EA 13
TUBING 16 AWG SHRINKABLE BLACK .093
2 E020434 AA 9 ID EXPANDED IN 12
TUBING 1 DIA ADHES. SHRNK BLK 1.000ID
2 E037159 BB 10 EXP IN 5
CABLE, 12COND.18AWG. SHIELDED PVC
2 E050839 AA 11 JACKET -20C/105C IN 110
LABEL, SELF-LAMINATING LASER, 1 IN
2 E060337 AA 14 W/3.17 IN L WHITE EA 0
2 B012191 AC 15 TAPE GLASS .007 TK X .75 W WHITE IN 0
LOCTITE 242 REMOVABLE
2 B030472 AC 16 THREADLOCKER 10ML EA 0
2 E043270 AC 18 PEN, MARKING, EXTRA FINE POINT BLACK EA 0
TOOL,INSERTION/EXTRACTION #16
2 E034926 AB 19 CONTACT PKG OF 10 EA 0
2 E033159 AC 20 TOOL CRIMPING TURRET EA 0
2 E029908 AB 21 CRIMPING TOOL,FOR 26-10GA WIRE SIZE EA 0
2 E032604 AB 22 TOOL, DANIELS AF8 HAND CRIMPING EA 0
2 E045467 AA 23 INFRARED HEATING TOOL, IR 550 MARK II EA 0
JACK,BANANA .104 ID BLACK PLASTIC 1/4
1 E025427 AA 1 SOL TERM EA 1
JACK,BANANA .104 ID RED PLASTIC 1/4
1 E036411 AA 2 MTG DIA. SOL TERM EA 8
JACK,BANANA .104 ID BLUE PLASTIC 1/4
1 E050800 AA 3 SOL TERM EA 3
1 B018949 AB 4 NUT,CLIP FLOATING 6-32 STL CD PL EA 4

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Item # Brief Description U/M Qty

1 B018534 AA 5 SCREW,BDG HD 6-32 X 1/4 SST EA 4
1 E031852 AA 6 CONNECTOR 3/4 IN MALE THD STRAIGHT EA 1
1 E013487 AA 7 LOCKNUT CONDUIT 3/4 INCH EA 1
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

NUT,HEX SML PATT 8-32 SST CHAMF TOP

1 B018629 AA 8 AND BOT EA 12
1 B017957 AA 9 WASHER, #8 LGT SPR LOCK SST 302 EA 12
1 B022298 AA 10 WASHER, #8 PLAIN SST .169 X .304 X .016 EA 12
1 B012440 AB 11 WASHER, #6 MD SPR LK, SST EA 1
1 B012441 AA 12 NUT,REG HEX 6-32 SST EA 1
FASTENING TAPE,1 INCH X 50 YARDS
1 B028564 AA 13 ADHESIVE BACK IN 6
FASTENING TAPE,1 INCH X 50 YARDS
1 B028565 AA 14 ADHESIVE BACK IN 6
1 E059174 AA 15 PLUG,BANANA .104 ID BLACK PLASTIC EA 2
1 E059175 AA 16 PLUG,BANANA .104 ID RED PLASTIC EA 10
LABEL, SELF-LAMINATING LASER, 1 IN
1 E060337 AA 17 W/3.17 IN L WHITE EA 0

13.7 LEH-HT (H356846)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-20
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-21 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-21
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-8: BOM: H356846, AF, LEH-HT, HTHP Logging Head W/Tension, 3-3/8 D, 31-Pin
Box Down

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

LEH-HT, HTHP LOGGING HEAD W/TENSION, 3-3/8
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

H356846 AF EA
D, 31 PIN BOX DOWN

1 100282386 AA CRATE, SHIPPING, LEH EA 1.0

1 100334768 AE WIRE ASSEMBLY SET, LEH-HT EA 1.0
1 100593948 AB BOOT, RETAINER, LONG, 1-11/16 UCTLH EA 10.0
FITTING, GREASE, 1/4-28 TAPERED THD.,
1 A017129 AB EA 1.0
STAINLESS STEEL
1 B012828 AG O-RING, SZ 2-230, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B013338 AH O-RING, SZ 2-015, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B013394 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 1-1/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 4.0
RETAINING RING,TRUARC,INT. FOR 1.062 ID SST
1 B013711 AB EA 1.0
BASIC SERIES
SCREW, SKT HD CAP 8-32 X 3/8 SST/A2-50 ASME
1 B016806 AC EA 0.0
B18.3
1 B017678 AE THREAD LOCKING COMPOUND .5 CC TUBE EA 0.0
GREASE, SILICONE DC-111 OR RHODORSIL V-711
1 B021698 AH EA 0.0
(1 LB CAN)
1 B029039 AA SCREW,PAN HD 6-32 X 1/8 SST EA 0.0
1 B032902 AA PIN,GROOVED,TYPE 1 1/8 D X 3/4 SST EA 1.0
1 B033000 AB PIN,GROOVED,TYPE 1 1/8 D X 1-1/4 SST EA 2.0
1 B033177 AB WRENCH, TORQUE, 10 IN/LBS 1/4" DRV, T-HANDLE EA 0.0
1 B033748 AB SCREW, SET, 8-32 X 3/16, SLOT HD, SST CUP PT EA 2.0
O-RING,SZ 2-230 2.484 ID X .139 W 80-85D
1 B033920 AC EA 0.0
CONDUCTIVE
O-RING, SZ 2-009 0.208 ID X .070 W 80-82D
1 B038860 AC EA 10.0
CHEMRAZ 605 FFKM
O-RING, SZ 2-010 0.239 ID X .070 W 80-82D
1 B038861 AC EA 0.0
CHEMRAZ 605 FFKM
O-RING, SZ 2-216 1.109 ID X .139 W 80-82D
1 B038876 AC EA 0.0
CHEMRAZ 605 FFKM
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-46" CABLE EA 0.0
1 H125568 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-39" CABLE EA 0.0
SFT-121 CARTRIDGE PULLING TOOL,3-3/8 WL
1 H129804 AC EA 0.0
TOOL
1 H207930 AC BOOT, STEEL .546 ID EA 0.0
1 H222214 AB UPPER SPRING BOOT EA 0.0
1 H222685 AK THREADED RING, 2-3/4 DIA. SPLIT EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-22 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-22
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H231884 AK FISHING BELL, 2-3/4" EA 1.0
1 H239552 AC 60 DEG-330DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
1 H239553 AC 200DEG-500DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H245012 AL WEAKPOINT HEAD WELDMENT, LEH EA 1.0

1 H245023 AF HOUSING WELDMENT EA 0.0
1 H245349 AB 3-3/8, 31 PIN HEAD EXTENDER EA 0.0
1 H245493 AE RETAINER COLLAR EA 1.0
1 H251222 AB SCREW EA 1.0
1 H251223 AB SCREW EA 2.0
1 H251929 AH THREAD PROTECTOR, MALE, 3.125-8 EA 1.0
1 H268423 AA EXTRACTOR,KALR REPLACED H245845 EA 0.0
1 H327833 AB 5" THERMOMETER, 15 DEG C TO 165 DEG C EA 0.0
1 H327834 AC 5" THERMOMETER, 90 DEG C TO 260 DEG C EA 0.0
1 H329674 AE OUTER HOUSING EA 0.0
1 H351165 AD DUMMY-LOAD CELL-SUB. EA 0.0
1 H352147 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 5400-6000 LBS EA 0.0
1 H352148 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F,6000-6700 LBS EA 0.0
1 H356841 AE LOAD CELL ASSY, LEH-HT HTHP HD W/TENSION EA 1.0
1 H356843 AF THERMOMETER HOUSING ASSEMBLY EA 3.0
BCC-CC ASSEMBLY, MALE SEAL, MALE PLUG
1 H400320 AD EA 10.0
(FLUOREL)
1 H407214 AB EXTENSION - FISHING BELL EA 0.0
1 H441049 AD GOOSENECK FOR 2-3/4 - 3-3/8 HEAD EA 0.0
1 H441737 AF WEAKPOINT ADAPTER EA 1.0
1 H701310 AF BELL HOUSING EXTENSION EA 1.0
1 H701311 AK RETAINER RING, LARGE-SPIRALOCK THDS EA 1.0
1 H701315 AM BULKHEAD, 3-3/8" 10 PIN FOR LEH-QT & LEH-HT EA 1.0
1 H701352 BA FEED-THRU, PLASTIC BODY, 3.01 L PIN EA 10.0
1 H701416 AN BULKHEAD TO HEAD ADAPTER EA 1.0
1 H701429 AC SOCKET , 1-3/16 MODIFIED EA 0.0
1 H701625 AE RING, BACK-UP SZ 216 .05 W EA 0.0
1 H701893 AE FEEDTHRU, 5-PIN LOADCELL-LHT EA 0.0
1 H701897 AC HOUSING-WELDMENT, ROPE SOCKET-LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H701899 AC O-RING INSTALLATION TOOL/PLASTIC FEEDTHRU EA 0.0
1 H701900 AD KIT, SHOP - FOR USE ON LEH-QT - B/M ONLY EA 0.0
1 H701907 AE OUTER HOUSING, LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H701908 AF EXTENSION, FISHING BELL, LEH-QC EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-23 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-23
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-52/7-53 CABLE) .56
1 H701911 AC EA 0.0
ID
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-39/1-42 CABLE) .44
1 H701914 AC EA 0.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

ID
1 H701988 AD CONTACT BLOCK, LOADCELL, LHT EA 0.0
1 H712951 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3000-3400 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712952 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3500-4200 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712953 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3900-4500 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712954 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 4800-5400 LBS EA 1.0
1 H712956 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 6700-7300 LBS EA 0.0

13.8 LEH-MT (H360190)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-24 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-24
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-25 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-25
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-26 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-26
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-27 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-27
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-9: BOM: H360190, LEH-MT, HTHP Logging Head W/Tension & Mud Temp Sensor

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

LEH-MT, HTHP LOGGING HEAD W/TENSION & MUD
H360190 AK EA
TEMP SENSOR, 3-3/8 DIA, 31 PIN
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

ECRD-E, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED RELEASE

1 100066715 AF EA 0.0
DEVICE
1 100247501 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-46 CABLE EA 1.0
1 100247503 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-42, 1-42 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247504 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-39, 7-39 LXS CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247505 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 1-32, 2-32, 7-32 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247506 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 1-25 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247507 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 2-2,1-23 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100250322 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-52,7-53 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100282386 AA CRATE, SHIPPING, LEH EA 1.0
1 100340305 AE WIRE ASSEMBLY SET, LEH-MT EA 1.0
1 100348768 AB REDRESS KIT, ECRD-E FOR LEH-MT EA 0.0
1 100593948 AB BOOT, RETAINER, LONG, 1-11/16 UCTLH EA 10.0
HMP SOLDER ROM1-RA CORE 0.71MM 296C 0.5KG
1 100714562 AB EA 0.0
SPOOL
FITTING, GREASE, 1/4-28 TAPERED THD.,
1 A017129 AB EA 1.0
STAINLESS STEEL
SCREW, SKT HD CAP 8-32 X 1/2 SST/A2-50 ASME
1 B012267 AD EA 4.0
B18.3
1 B012828 AG O-RING, SZ 2-230, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B013338 AH O-RING, SZ 2-015, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B013394 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 1-1/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 4.0
RETAINING RING,TRUARC,INT. FOR 1.062 ID SST
1 B013711 AB EA 1.0
BASIC SERIES
GREASE, SILICONE DC-111 OR RHODORSIL V-711
1 B021698 AH EA 0.0
(1 LB CAN)
O-RING,SZ 2-032 1.864 ID X.070W VITON 75D PER
1 B023670 AB EA 1.0
H400213
1 B030472 AD LOCTITE 242 REMOVABLE THREADLOCKER 10ML EA 0.0
1 B032902 AA PIN,GROOVED,TYPE 1 1/8 D X 3/4 SST EA 1.0
1 B033177 AB WRENCH, TORQUE, 10 IN/LBS 1/4" DRV, T-HANDLE EA 0.0
O-RING,SZ 2-230 2.484 ID X .139 W 80-85D
1 B033920 AC EA 1.0
CONDUCTIVE
SCREW, SKT SET 8-32 X 3/8 FULL DOG PT SST/A1-50
1 B034797 AD EA 6.0
ASME B18.3

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-28 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-28
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

RETAINING RING, INT 2.500 BORE SST 17-7 LIGHT
1 B035677 AC EA 1.0
DUTY VH SERIES
O-RING, SZ 2-009 0.208 ID X .070 W 80-82D CHEMRAZ
1 B038860 AC EA 10.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

605 FFKM
O-RING, SZ 2-010 0.239 ID X .070 W 80-82D CHEMRAZ
1 B038861 AC EA 1.0
605 FFKM
1 B039179 AA GREASE, KRYTOX GPL-206 EA 0.0
RETAINING RING, INT FOR 2.250 ID, LIGHT DUTY,
1 B039936 AA EA 1.0
SST
TUBING 20 AWG SHRINKABLE CLEAR .060 ID
1 E017992 AD IN 0.0
EXPANDED
WIRE 24AWG 600V TEFLON PTFE CLEAR MAX OD
1 E039073 AB IN 0.0
38 MILS
TUBING 3/8 DIA SHRINKABLE CLEAR .375 ID
1 E050326 AA IN 0.0
EXPANDED
SURGE ARRESTER, CERAMIC, 75VDC, 60-90VMAX,
1 E050573 AA EA 1.0
HERMETIC SEALED
CABLE 24/2AWG 600V YEL/GRN PTFE (260 DEG C)
1 E056138 AA IN 8.0
SHLD/CLR JKT
1 E056144 AA WIRE 20AWG 600V GRN PTFE (260 DEG C) IN 52.0
1 H129421 AF PLUG EA 1.0
1 H129804 AC SFT-121 CARTRIDGE PULLING TOOL,3-3/8 WL TOOL EA 0.0
1 H129818 AL RETAINER SPRING EA 1.0
1 H135994 AF GROUND LUG EA 1.0
1 H222214 AB UPPER SPRING BOOT EA 0.0
94P-20 PIN CONTACT WITH O-RING FOR #20 & #22
1 H222341 AK EA 30.0
AWG
94P-18 PIN CONTACT WITH O-RING FOR 18,20,22
1 H222450 AD EA 1.0
GAGE WIRE
1 H222685 AK THREADED RING, 2-3/4 DIA. SPLIT EA 1.0
1 H222777 BA SOCKET, 62S, FOR 20-24 AWG WIRE EA 15.0
1 H231884 AK FISHING BELL, 2-3/4" EA 1.0
1 H239552 AC 60 DEG-330DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
1 H239553 AC 200DEG-500DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
1 H245012 AL WEAKPOINT HEAD WELDMENT, LEH EA 1.0
1 H245349 AB 3-3/8, 31 PIN HEAD EXTENDER EA 0.0
1 H245493 AE RETAINER COLLAR EA 1.0
1 H251222 AB SCREW EA 1.0
1 H251223 AB SCREW EA 2.0
1 H251929 AH THREAD PROTECTOR, MALE, 3.125-8 EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-29 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-29
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H268423 AA EXTRACTOR,KALR REPLACED H245845 EA 0.0
1 H327833 AB 5" THERMOMETER, 15 DEG C TO 165 DEG C EA 0.0
1 H327834 AC 5" THERMOMETER, 90 DEG C TO 260 DEG C EA 0.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

THREADED RING, SPLIT 3.125-8 STUB ACME FIELD

1 H339565 AJ EA 1.0
JOINT
1 H352067 AC RING,RETAINER-LOADCELL 1-5/16 -12 EXT M2 THDS EA 1.0
1 H352079 AA SOCKET, MOD 15/16 HEX LEH-ST LOADCELL EA 0.0
1 H352147 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 5400-6000 LBS EA 0.0
1 H352148 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F,6000-6700 LBS EA 0.0
1 H356843 AF THERMOMETER HOUSING ASSEMBLY EA 3.0
1 H360028 AE RTD, 100 OHM, 300 DEG C EA 1.0
1 H360046 AA PLUG, RTD DUMMY EA 0.0
1 H360047 AD LOAD CELL ASSY, LEH-MT HEAD EA 1.0
INSULATOR, SOCKET (62S), 5 CONTACT, 500
1 H360048 AA EA 0.0
DEGREES F
1 H360191 AA BELL HOUSING EXTENSION EA 1.0
HOUSING, LOWER BULKHEAD, 3-3/8 DIA. 10 PIN,
1 H360192 AC EA 1.0
LEH-MT
1 H360193 AA RETAINER, RTD EA 1.0
1 H360194 AA SPACER, RTD EA 1.0
1 H360195 AA COVER PLATE, RTD EA 1.0
1 H360196 AB HOLDER, RTD EA 1.0
1 H360197 AA COVER PLATE, RTD HOLDER EA 1.0
INSULATOR, SOCKET (62S), 15 CONTACT, 500
1 H360198 AC EA 1.0
DEGREES F
1 H360199 AB ADAPTER, LOWER HEAD INSULATOR EA 1.0
1 H395892 AC PIN INSULATOR (94P), 31 CONTACT 500 DEGREES F EA 1.0
1 H395893 AB HEAD, LOWER, 31 PIN EA 1.0
BCC-CC ASSEMBLY, MALE SEAL, MALE PLUG
1 H400320 AD EA 10.0
(FLUOREL)
1 H441049 AD GOOSENECK FOR 2-3/4 - 3-3/8 HEAD EA 0.0
1 H441737 AF WEAKPOINT ADAPTER EA 1.0
1 H701354 BA FEED-THRU, PLASTIC BODY, 3.81 L PIN EA 10.0
1 H701893 AE FEEDTHRU, 5-PIN LOADCELL-LHT EA 0.0
1 H701897 AC HOUSING-WELDMENT, ROPE SOCKET-LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H701899 AC O-RING INSTALLATION TOOL/PLASTIC FEEDTHRU EA 0.0
1 H701900 AD KIT, SHOP - FOR USE ON LEH-QT - B/M ONLY EA 0.0
1 H701907 AE OUTER HOUSING, LEH-QC EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-30 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-30
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H701908 AF EXTENSION, FISHING BELL, LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H701911 AC UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-52/7-53 CABLE) .56 ID EA 0.0
1 H701914 AC UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-39/1-42 CABLE) .44 ID EA 0.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H712951 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3000-3400 LBS EA 0.0

1 H712952 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3500-4200 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712953 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3900-4500 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712954 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 4800-5400 LBS EA 1.0
1 H712956 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 6700-7300 LBS EA 0.0
1 J961554 AB STGC-BA MR04 KIT EA 0.0
1 T5011464 AA RING, (SOLID) BACK-UP, SIZE -010 EA 1.0
1 T5013524 AA 2-3/4 FISHING BELL W/O THERMOMETER SLOTS EA 0.0
EXTENSION FISHING BELL WITH TOOL CATCHER
1 T5014128 AA EA 0.0
PROFILE

13.9 LEH-QC (H701916)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-31 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-31
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-32 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-32
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-33 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-33
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 13-10: BOM: H701916, AE, LEH-QC, Logging Equipment Head 3-3/8 Dia, 31-Pin

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

H701916 AE LEH-QC, HEAD 3-3/8 DIA, 31 PIN, BOX DOWN EA

1 100334766 AF WIRE ASSEMBLY SET, LEH-QC EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-34 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-34
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 B011870 AG O-RING, SZ 2-010, VITON, 95D EA 0.0
SCREW, SKT HD CAP 8-32 X 3/8 SST/A2-50 ASME
1 B016806 AC EA 0.0
B18.3
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 B029039 AA SCREW,PAN HD 6-32 X 1/8 SST EA 0.0

1 B033177 AB WRENCH, TORQUE, 10 IN/LBS 1/4" DRV, T-HANDLE EA 0.0
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-46" CABLE EA 0.0
1 H122757 AF DOWNHOLE HOOK-UP WIRE FT 0.0
1 H125568 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-39" CABLE EA 0.0
1 H207930 AC BOOT, STEEL .546 ID EA 0.0
94P-20 PIN CONTACT WITH O-RING FOR #20 & #22
1 H222341 AK EA 0.0
AWG
1 H222777 BA SOCKET, 62S, FOR 20-24 AWG WIRE EA 0.0
1 H245032 AE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY 3-3/8 HEAD EA 0.0
1 H245765 AD BOOT LINER EA 0.0
1 H352141 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 5400-6000 LBS. EA 0.0
1 H352147 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 5400-6000 LBS EA 0.0
1 H400313 AU BOOT, FEMALE, .078 DIA EA 0.0
1 H441577 AE HEAD, LOWER, 31 CONTACT EA 0.0
1 H701640 AE PLUG, SST, 1/4-28 BACK-UP AND O-RING EA 2.0
1 H712951 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3000-3400 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712952 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3500-4200 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712953 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 3900-4500 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712954 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 4800-5400 LBS EA 0.0
1 H712956 AF WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY 500F, 6700-7300 LBS EA 0.0
1 B012828 AG O-RING, SZ 2-230, VITON, 95D EA 2.0
1 B012764 AF O-RING, SZ 2-008, VITON, 95D EA 2.0
1 B012416 AG O-RING, SZ 2-009, VITON, 95D EA 12.0
1 B013338 AH O-RING, SZ 2-015, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B013394 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 1-1/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 4.0
RETAINING RING,TRUARC,INT. FOR 1.062 ID SST
1 B013711 AB EA 1.0
BASIC SERIES
1 B032902 AA PIN,GROOVED,TYPE 1 1/8 D X 3/4 SST EA 1.0
1 H222685 AK THREADED RING, 2-3/4 DIA. SPLIT EA 1.0
1 H231884 AK FISHING BELL, 2-3/4" EA 1.0
1 H701309 AD HEAD, 3-3/8 DIA 12 PIN, 1/4-28 THD EA 1.0
1 H441738 AC WEAKPOINT SUPPORT EA 1.0
1 H701897 AC HOUSING-WELDMENT, ROPE SOCKET-LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H245012 AL WEAKPOINT HEAD WELDMENT, LEH EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-35 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-35
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H701907 AE OUTER HOUSING, LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H701908 AF EXTENSION, FISHING BELL, LEH-QC EA 1.0
1 H441737 AF WEAKPOINT ADAPTER EA 1.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H441406 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 4800-5400 LBS. EA 1.0

1 H245493 AE RETAINER COLLAR EA 1.0
1 H245662 AC THERMOMETER HOUSING ASSY EA 3.0
1 100593948 AB BOOT, RETAINER, LONG, 1-11/16 UCTLH EA 10.0
1 H701353 BA FEED-THRU, PLASTIC BODY, 2.34 L PIN EA 10.0
1 H251222 AB SCREW EA 1.0
1 H251223 AB SCREW EA 2.0
1 H251929 AH THREAD PROTECTOR, MALE, 3.125-8 EA 1.0
1 H329672 AF BULKHEAD TO HEAD ADAPTER EA 1.0
BCC-CC ASSEMBLY, MALE SEAL, MALE PLUG
1 H400320 AD EA 10.0
(FLUOREL)
1 H701881 AB RING, BACK-UP 1/4-28 PLUG EA 2.0
SFT-121 CARTRIDGE PULLING TOOL,3-3/8 WL
1 H129804 AC EA 0.0
TOOL
1 H245349 AB 3-3/8, 31 PIN HEAD EXTENDER EA 0.0
1 H268423 AA EXTRACTOR,KALR REPLACED H245845 EA 0.0
1 H701899 AC O-RING INSTALLATION TOOL/PLASTIC FEEDTHRU EA 0.0
1 H239553 AC 200DEG-500DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
1 H239554 AC 400DEG-650DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
1 H441049 AD GOOSENECK FOR 2-3/4 - 3-3/8 HEAD EA 0.0
1 H327833 AB 5" THERMOMETER, 15 DEG C TO 165 DEG C EA 0.0
1 H327834 AC 5" THERMOMETER, 90 DEG C TO 260 DEG C EA 0.0
1 H327835 AC 5" THERMOMETER, 204 DEG C TO 346 DEG C EA 0.0
GREASE, SILICONE DC-111 OR RHODORSIL V-711
1 B021698 AH EA 0.0
(1 LB CAN)
1 H441403 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 3000-3400 LBS. EA 0.0
1 H441404 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 3500-4200 LBS. EA 0.0
1 H441405 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 3900-4500 LBS. EA 0.0
1 H441408 AM WEAKPOINT ASSEMBLY, 6700-7300 LBS. EA 0.0
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-52/7-53 CABLE) .56
1 H701911 AC EA 0.0
ID
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-39/1-42 CABLE) .44
1 H701914 AC EA 0.0
ID
1 H231596 AT BOOT, BCC FEMALE, .047 DIA, KALREZ EA 0.0
1 H222637 AE BOOT LINER EA 0.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-36 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-36
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

DOWN HOLE HOOK-UP WIRE, 20 AWG, SILVER
1 H142548 AJ IN 0.0
PLATED,ROHS
1 H239552 AC 60 DEG-330DEG F HARD SHAKER THERMOMETER EA 0.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H407214 AB EXTENSION - FISHING BELL EA 0.0

1 H222214 AB UPPER SPRING BOOT EA 0.0
1 H245023 AF HOUSING WELDMENT EA 0.0
1 H329674 AE OUTER HOUSING EA 0.0

13.10 LEH-QT (H701460)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-37 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-37
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-38 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-38
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-39 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-39
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-40 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-40
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Dry Loadcell Tension

The Dry Loadcell Tension (100353269) sub (aka, DLC) was designed to replace
the oil filled Loadcell (H701463) that is used in the LEH-QT head. The Dry
Loadcell is capable of directly measuring the tensile load on the weakpoint. It
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

consists of a four-arm strain gage bridge that is mounted on the inner diameter of
the tensile stud. It has a network of resistors that compensates for the effects of
pressure and temperature. It is a welded system that is not oil compensated and
thus it is not prone to contamination.

The tension loadcell assembly previously utilized in the LEH-QT incorporated

a sputter deposit strain element, (H701463) as defined by engineering
specification, (EH701258). This element was located inside an oil-filled pressure
compensated housing assembly. There were several issues with the previous
design.
• An intensive maintenance program was required to replace sealing
components during its use in the field.
• The element was sensitive to contaminants in the oil, which can take place
while downhole.
• The reliability of this strain element had become more suspect, leading to
an overwhelming refurbishment program through the product center. We felt
that issue was partially affected by the abilities of the supplier of the previous
strain element.

The main benefits of incorporating this new style Loadcell are as follow.
• The Loadcell will be “dry” (i.e. no internal oil reservoir) which will eliminate
several of the drawbacks of the current configuration.
• There will be no sensitivity of the unit to contamination because the internal
strain element will be completely isolated from well fluid.
• This pre-assembled and calibrated unit will not require routine maintenance at
the field level. If the Loadcell assembly requires warranty work or repair, the
field location must request a RAN number and return the DLC's to IPC. This
will assure that the DLC's are being repaired and returned in a timely manner.
• Assembly time through manufacturing will be reduced because the units will
be purchased pre-assembled and calibrated.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-41 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-41
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-42 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-42
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 13-2: Model DLC Dry Load Cell Assembly

13.11 MH-22 (H030796)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44 13-43

Spirol pin Hex collar Thrust ring Spirol pin (2) Bell housing
B013813 H034903 H230460 B013392 H030798 Lower head
subassembly

Private
H122373

1-3/8 monocable
Key O-ring Set screw Lock ring Insulator head
H030772 B013113 B013811 H030474 H125979 H030464

Thread protector
(not shown)
H122375
Connector Spirol pin Sleeve O-ring
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

H701182 B015067 H036384 B011968

MH-22 (H030796) Tubing
E050913

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
13-43
 13-44 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-44
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-11: MH-22 (H030796) Bill of Material

Level Name Rev Description Qty U/M

O-RING,SZ 2-210 .734 ID X.139W VITON 95D
1 B011968 AE H239646,400214 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 B013113 AG O-RING, SZ 2-011, VITON, 95D EA

SCREW,SOC ST 1/4 -20 X 1/4 STL HALF DOG
1 B013811 AA PT EA
1 B013392 AA PIN,SPIROL 3/16 X 1 1/4 SST 2 EA
1 B013813 AB PIN,SPIROL 3/16 X 3/4 SST 1 EA
1 B015067 AB PIN,SPIROL 1/8 X 7/8 SST 1 EA
1 B015262 AB PUNCH,DRIVE PIN 3/16 X 8 0 EA
1 B015263 AA PUNCH,DRIVE PIN 1/16 X 4 0 EA
TORQUE WRENCH,100-750 IN/LB, 3/8
1 B034859 AA RATCHET,13/16 CROWFOOT 0 EA
GUN,HEAT 750-800 DEG F,120V AC,6 FT
1 E050651 AA CORD, AND ATTACHMENTS 0 EA
1 H030474 AA LOCK RING EA
1 H030772 AA KEY 1 EA
1 H030798 AL BELL HOUSING, 1-3/8 DIA 1 EA
1 H034903 AA HEX COLLAR 1 EA
1 H036384 AD SLEEVE EA
1 H036461 AB INSULATOR EA
1 H036486 AB END TERMINAL EA
1 H036971 AA HEX COLLAR TOOL 0 EA
1 H122375 AB THREAD PROTECTOR EA
1 H136159 AC .32 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET 0 EA
1 H136160 AC .22 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET 0 EA
1 H136161 AC .18 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET 0 EA
1 H701896 AA RING, CENTERING 0 EA
1 H122373 AN LOWER HEAD 1 3/8 DIA 1 EA
1 H701182 AL CONNECTOR, FLUID TO AIR, 2.25 L EA
1 H701923 AB .23 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET 0 EA
1 H701923 AB .23 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET EA
1 H701925 AC .25 OD CABLE FISHING HD & ROPE SOCKET 0 EA
1 H713330 AA 1 3/8 FISHING HEAD FOR 1-18 & 1-20 CABLES 0 EA
1 H713331 AA 1 3/8 FISHING HEAD FOR 1-32 & 2-32 CABLES 0 EA
1 3/8 FISHING HEAD FOR 1-22 & 1-23 2-23 &
1 H713332 AA 1-25 CABLES 0 EA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-45 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-45
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

13.12 MH-32 (H353637)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-46 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-46
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

13.13 PEH-E (H108785)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-47 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-47
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-48 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-48
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-12: BOM, H108785, PEH-E, Rev: BD

Level Name Rev Description Qty UM

RETAINING RING,SPIROLOX,EXT. FOR
1 B013403 AA 1.188 OD SST HEAVY DUTY 1 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 B013740 AK DI-ELECTRIC SILICONE GREASE 1 LB CAN 0 EA

1 B015067 AB PIN,SPIROL 1/8 X 7/8 SST 2 EA
RETAINING RING,INDUSTRIAL EXT.FOR
1 B017514 AA 1.188 OD SST CRESCENT 1 EA
1 H030552 AA FEMALE CONNECTOR 1 EA
1 H106462 AG SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING 1 EA
1 H106465 AC RETAINER RING 2 EA
1 H113585 AC SPLIT RING 1 EA
1 H113586 AG 4800-5400 LB WEAKPOINT 1 EA
1 H113587 AA UPPER HOUSING 1 EA
CONTACT ASSY, 62S SOCKET, FOR 20-24
1 H115576 AJ AWG WIRE 3 EA
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR 7-46 CABLE 1 EA
1 H122757 AD DOWNHOLE HOOK-UP WIRE 3 FT
STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR .185 DIA
1 H125265 AD CABLE 0 EA
1 H125568 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR 7-39 CABLE 0 EA
1 H125569 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR 1-32 CABLE 0 EA
1 H208300 AA MAKE UP FOR 3 CONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT 0 EA
1 H245765 AD BOOT LINER 3 EA
1 H106459 AA BOOT 0 EA
1 H113588 AG LOWER HOUSING 1 EA
1 H122983 AG 3000-3400 LB WEAKPOINT 0 EA
1 H441236 AA 3,650 - 4,200 LB. WEAKPOINT 0 EA
1 H251542 AB SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING 0 EA
1 H222214 AB UPPER SPRING BOOT 0 EA
1 H122373 AN LOWER HEAD 1 3/8 DIA 1 EA
1 H122375 AB THREAD PROTECTOR EA
DOWNHOLE ENVIRONMENTAL
1 H141940 AE CONNECTOR-MALE EA
1 H141944 AE BLANK FEMALE BOOT EA
1 H400313 AH BOOT, FEMALE, .078 DIA 3 EA
1 H441186 AA SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING FOR BCC-DB 0 EA
1 H701033 AD WEAKPOINT, 2000-2400 LBS 0 EA
1 H701045 AA WEAKPOINT, 7500-8500 LBS. 0 EA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-49 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-49
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev Description Qty UM

1 H701046 AA WEAKPOINT, 10000-11300 LBS. 0 EA
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-52/7-53
1 H701911 AC CABLE) .56 ID 0 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-39/1-42

1 H701914 AC CABLE) .44 ID 0 EA

13.14 PEH-EFA (101043054)

Note
PEH-EF (P/N H713120) has been changed to PEH-EFA (P/N 101043054) for the
ease of field ordering by capitalization. Both are physically identical and the only
difference is that PEH-EF (P/N H713120) is classified as M&S and PEH-EFA
(P/N 101043054) as FTE (Fixed Asset).

_X_PDF1_XX_

(following pages)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-50 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-50
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-13: BOM: 101043054, AB, PEH-EFA, 1-3/8 Head for FLEX WP

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

101043054 AB PEH-EFA, HEAD, 1-3/8 FOR FLEX WP EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 100247501 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-46 CABLE EA 1.0

1 100247503 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-42, 1-42 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247504 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-39, 7-39 LXS CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247505 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 1-32, 2-32, 7-32 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247506 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 1-25 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100247507 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 2-2,1-23 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100250322 AE FISHING NECK ASSY, 7-52,7-53 CABLE EA 0.0
1 100282392 AB CRATE, SHIPPING, AH EA 1.0
FLEXIBLE WEAKPOINT, 2350-2850 LBS, TEFZEL
1 100369189 AJ EA 0.0
COATING
FLEXIBLE WEAKPOINT, 2800-3200 LBS, TEFZEL
1 100430470 AJ EA 0.0
COATING
1 100593948 AB BOOT, RETAINER, LONG, 1-11/16 UCTLH EA 1.0
FLEXIBLE WEAKPOINT, 1800-2150 LBS, TEFZEL
1 100987137 AJ EA 0.0
COATING
RETAINING RING, EXT 1.188 SHAFT SST MED HVY
1 B013403 AC EA 1.0
DUTY WST SERIES
1 B013740 AM DI-ELECTRIC SILICONE GREASE 5.3 OZ TUBE EA 0.0
1 B015067 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 1/8 X 7/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 2.0
RETAINING RING,INDUSTRIAL EXT.FOR 1.188 OD
1 B017514 AB EA 1.0
SST CRESCENT
1 H030464 AN 1 3/8 MONOCABLE HEAD EA 0.0
1 H030552 AD FEMALE CONNECTOR EA 2.0
1 H106462 AH SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING EA 1.0
1 H106465 AC RETAINER RING EA 2.0
1 H113585 AC SPLIT RING EA 1.0
1 H113587 AA UPPER HOUSING EA 1.0
CONTACT ASSY, 62S SOCKET, FOR 20-24 AWG
1 H115576 AJ EA 4.0
WIRE
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-46" CABLE EA 0.0
1 H122373 AP LOWER HEAD 1 3/8 DIA EA 1.0
1 H122375 AC THREAD PROTECTOR FEMALE, 1 1/8 EA 0.0
1 H122757 AD DOWNHOLE HOOK-UP WIRE FT 7.0
1 H222214 AB UPPER SPRING BOOT EA 0.0
1 H245765 AD BOOT LINER EA 4.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-51 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-51
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H353198 AC LOWER HEAD, 1-11/16 MONOCABLE, MH-32 EA 0.0
1 H400313 AU BOOT, FEMALE, .078 DIA EA 4.0
BCC-CC ASSEMBLY, MALE SEAL, MALE PLUG
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H400320 AD EA 3.0
(FLUOREL)
1 H701000 AA STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR .464 DIA. CABLE EA 0.0
1 H701654 AC LOWER HOUSING, PEH-EF EA 1.0
1 H701842 AE CLAMP, BODY 1-23, 2-23, 1-25 CABLE EA 0.0
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-52/7-53 CABLE) .56
1 H701911 AC EA 0.0
ID
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 1-32/2-32 CABLE) .36
1 H701912 AC EA 0.0
ID
1 H701913 AC UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 1-25 CABLE) .29 ID EA 0.0
UPPER SPRING BOOT (FOR 7-39/1-42 CABLE) .44
1 H701914 AC EA 0.0
ID
1 H712970 AB ADAPTER, UPPER, PEH-E FLEXIBLE WEAK POINT EA 1.0
1 H712971 AB ADAPTER, LOWER, PEH-EF WEAK POINT EA 1.0
MOLDED CABLE WEAK POINT ASSY. 3500-4200
1 H713110 AD EA 0.0
LBS.
MOLDED CABLE WEAK POINT ASSY., 4400-5000
1 H713111 AC EA 1.0
LBS.
MOLDED CABLE WEAK POINT ASSY., 5450-6900
1 H713112 AC EA 0.0
LBS.

13.15 PEH-KA (H339540)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-52 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-52
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-53 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-53
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-14: BOM: H339540, AE, PEH-KA 1-11/16 Head With Solid Weakpoint For Coax CA.

Level Name Rev Description Qty UM

PEH-KA 1-11/16 HEAD WITH SOLID WEAKPOINT
H339540 AE FOR COAX CA.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 B012058 AE O-RING, SZ 2-218, VITON, 95D 1 EA

RETAINING RING,SPIROLOX,EXT. FOR 1.188 OD
1 B013403 AA SST HEAVY DUTY 1 EA
1 B015067 AB PIN,SPIROL 1/8 X 7/8 SST 1 EA
RETAINING RING,INDUSTRIAL EXT.FOR 1.188 OD
1 B017514 AA SST CRESCENT 1 EA
1 B022943 AA SCREW,SOC ST 10-32 X 1/4 SST HALF DOG PT 2 EA
1 E013524 AB WIRE 20AWG 1000V TEFLON TFE WHT 56 IN
SPLICE-CONN. PARALLEL 22-16AWG
1 E021726 AA NON-INSUL.SUPPORT 1 EA
REMOVABLE CONTACT SOCKET, 16 AWG, HVY
1 E038903 AE GOLD, CRIMP 7 EA
1 H027950 AE CONE, INTERMEDIATE, 7-46 CABLE 1 EA
1 H027951 AH OUTER CONE FOR 15/32 CABLE 1 EA
1 H028048 AH PUNCH FOR INNER CONE OF ROPE SOCKET 1 EA
PUNCH, INTERMEDIATE CONE 7-46 ROPE
1 H028049 AH SOCKET 1 EA
1 H028050 AC SPLIT JIG FOR ROPE SOCKET INSTALLATION 1 EA
1 H030474 AB LOCK RING 1 EA
1 H106465 AC RETAINER RING 2 EA
1 H113587 AA UPPER HOUSING 1 EA
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR 7-46 CABLE 1 EA
1 H125568 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR 7-39 CABLE 1 EA
DOWNHOLE ENVIRONMENTAL
1 H141940 AE CONNECTOR-MALE 7 EA
DOWNHOLE ENVIRONMENTAL
1 H141941 AF CONNECTOR-FEMALE 2 EA
1 H142548 AG DOWN HOLE HOOK-UP WIRE 2 IN
1 H245812 AZ FLUID TO AIR CONNECTOR, 3.02 L, 500 DEG F 7 EA
1 H256094 AA THREAD PROTECTOR 1 EA
1 H256138 AA REMOVAL TOOL, 1 11/16 CARTRIDGE 0 EA
1 H268097 AB CONTACT INSERTION AND REMOVAL TOOL 0 EA
1 H339171 AB MODIFICATION, LOWER HOUSING 1 EA
1 H339539 AB SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING 1 EA
1 H339554 AB SPLIT RING 1 EA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-54 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-54
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev Description Qty UM

1 H339555 AB 3000-3400 LB WEAKPOINT 1 EA
1 H339556 AB 4800-5400 LB WEAKPOINT 1 EA
1 H407041 AB HEPTA ADAPTER ASSEMBLY 1 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H407042 AA LOWER HEAD SHELL ASSEMBLY 1 EA

CONE, INNER 46 ROPE SOCKET W/ CORE
1 H712096 AB PROTECTION 1 EA

13.16 PEH-KC (100070620)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-55 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-55
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-56 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-56
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-15: BOM, 100070620, PEH-KC

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

100070620 AF PEH-KC, 1-11/16 HEPTA/COAX CABLE HEAD EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 100070623 AE HEPTA ADAPTER EA 1.0

1 100096454 AD LOWER HOUSING EA 1.0
1 100216756 AL WEAK POINT, 1500-1900 LBS EA 0.0
1 100294483 AG HEPTA ADAPTER, PEH-KD EA 1.0
1 100294484 AF LOWER HOUSING, PEH-KD EA 1.0
1 100334818 AA PIN,GROOVED,TYPE A, 1/8D X 7/8 SST EA 2.0
KIT, PEH-KD, REPLACE HEPTA ADAPTER AND
1 100335086 AB EA 0.0
LOWER HOUSING
1 B012058 AE O-RING, SZ 2-218, VITON, 95D EA 1.0
1 B012733 AF O-RING, SZ 2-007, VITON, 95D EA 7.0
RETAINING RING, EXT 1.188 SHAFT SST MED HVY
1 B013403 AC EA 1.0
DUTY WST SERIES
1 B015067 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 1/8 X 7/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
RETAINING RING,INDUSTRIAL EXT.FOR 1.188 OD
1 B017514 AB EA 1.0
SST CRESCENT
SCREW, SKT SET 10-32 X 1/4 HALF DOG PT
1 B022943 AC EA 3.0
SST/A1-50 ASME B18.3
1 E013524 AE WIRE 20AWG 1000V PTFE-TEFLON WHITE IN 72.0
REMOVABLE CONTACT SOCKET, 16 AWG, HVY
1 E038903 AE EA 7.0
GOLD, CRIMP
1 H106465 AC RETAINER RING EA 2.0
1 H113586 AL WEAK POINT, 4800-5400 LBS EA 0.0
1 H113587 AA UPPER HOUSING EA 1.0
1 H115576 AJ CONTACT ASSY, 62S SOCKET, FOR 20-24 AWG WIRE EA 14.0
1 H121961 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-46" CABLE EA 1.0
1 H122983 AL WEAK POINT, 3000 - 3400 LBS EA 1.0
1 H125568 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "7-39" CABLE EA 0.0
1 H125569 AH STEEL BOOT ASSEMBLY FOR "1-32" CABLE EA 0.0
DOWN HOLE HOOK-UP WIRE, 20 AWG, SILVER
1 H142548 AJ IN 100.0
PLATED,ROHS
1 H222637 AE BOOT LINER EA 14.0
1 H231596 AT BOOT, BCC FEMALE, .047 DIA, KALREZ EA 14.0
1 H256094 AB THREAD PROTECTOR, MALE 1 9/16-12 EA 1.0
1 H256138 AA REMOVAL TOOL, 1 11/16 CARTRIDGE EA 0.0
1 H268097 AC CONTACT INSERTION AND REMOVAL TOOL EA 0.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-57 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-57
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

1 H339529 AD SHELL HEPTA/COAX EA 0.0
1 H339539 AB SPLIT TORPEDO HOUSING EA 1.0
1 H339554 AB SPLIT RING EA 1.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 H353197 AL WEAK POINT, 2500-2900 LBS EA 0.0

1 H400312 AU BOOT, FEMALE, .047 DIA EA 0.0
BCC-CC ASSEMBLY, MALE SEAL, MALE PLUG
1 H400320 AD EA 7.0
(FLUOREL)
1 H407042 AC LOWER HEAD SHELL ASSEMBLY EA 1.0
1 H441236 AL WEAK POINT, 3650 - 4200 LBS EA 0.0
1 H701033 AL WEAKPOINT, 2000-2400 LBS EA 0.0
1 T5011961 AC FEED-THRU, PLASTIC SLIM BODY, 3.01 L EA 7.0

13.17 PEH-L (J287479)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-58 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-58
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-59 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-59
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-16: BOM: J287479, Rev. AS, PEH-L 1-3/8 Perforating Equipment Head HEPT

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

PEH-L, 1-3/8 PERFORATING EQUIPMENT HEAD
J287479 AS EA
HEPT
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 100777735 AB SPLIT HOUSING EA 1.0

SCREW, SKT HD CAP 10-24 X 1/2 SST/A2-50 ASME
2 B016564 AC EA 2.0
B18.3
SCREW, SKT SET 10-32 X 1/4 CUP PT SST/A1-50
1 B013074 AC EA 1.0
ASME B18.3
1 B013124 AF O-RING,SZ 2-006, VITON, 95D EA 14.0
RETAINING RING, EXT 1.188 SHAFT SST MED HVY
1 B013403 AC EA 1.0
DUTY WST SERIES
1 B013522 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 1/8 X 3/4 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 B015067 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 1/8 X 7/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 2.0
O-RING,SZ 2-022 .989 ID X.070W VITON 95D
1 B017161 AE EA 1.0
H239646,400214
RETAINING RING,INDUSTRIAL EXT.FOR 1.188 OD
1 B017514 AB EA 1.0
SST CRESCENT
TAPE, LACING CORD TEFLON RUBBER COATED
1 E027145 AF IN 0.0
.028 TK X .031 W
CONTACT ASSY, 62S SOCKET, FOR 20-24 AWG
1 H115576 AJ EA 15.0
WIRE
2 H115510 AH SLEEVE, RETAINER, FOR 62S SOCKET EA 1.0
2 H115555 AU CONTACT, 62S SOCKET FOR 20-24 AWG WIRE EA 1.0
1 H122757 AF DOWNHOLE HOOK-UP WIRE FT 11.5
1 H245765 AD BOOT LINER EA 15.0
1 H245814 AZ FLUID TO AIR CONNECTOR, 3.82 L, 500 DEG F EA 7.0
2 T006125 AA O RING INSTALL TOOL EA 0.0
1 H400313 AU BOOT, FEMALE, .078 DIA EA 15.0
1 J106465 AD RETAINER RING EA 2.0
1 J113585 AE SPLIT RING EA 1.0
1 J113588 AB LOWER HOUSING EQUIPPED EA 1.0
2 J173473 AG LOWER HOUSING EA 1.0
2 B017507 AA PIN, DOWEL .1876/.1878 X .375 SST EA 1.0
2 B016324 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 3/32 X 5/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 J121961 AC BOOT-STEEL ASSEMBLY FOR .464 DIA CABLE EA 1.0
2 J329445 AB SNAP RING EA 1.0
2 J329451 AB BOOT-STEEL EA 1.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-60 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-60
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

SCREW, SKT HD CAP 1/4-20 X 1/2 SST/A2-50 ASME
3 B017564 AC EA 2.0
B18.3
2 B013813 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 3/4 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 J125568 AD BOOT-STEEL ASSEMBLY FOR .395 DIA CABLE EA 0.0

2 J329444 AB BOOT-STEEL EA 1.0
3 B018129 AA SCREW,SOC HD 1/4 -20 X 1/2 SST EA 2.0
2 J329445 AB SNAP RING EA 1.0
2 B013813 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 3/4 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 J125569 AD BOOT-STEEL ASSEMBLY FOR .319 DIA CABLE EA 0.0
2 J329445 AB SNAP RING EA 1.0
2 J329453 AB BOOT-STEEL EA 1.0
3 B018129 AA SCREW,SOC HD 1/4 -20 X 1/2 SST EA 2.0
2 B013813 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 3/16 X 3/4 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 J207930 AD BOOT-STEEL ASSEMBLY FOR .520 DIA CABLE EA 0.0
2 J283233 AB BOOT-STEEL EA 1.0
SCREW, SKT HD CAP 10-32 X 1/2 SST/A2-50 ASME
3 B012800 AC EA 2.0
B18.3
2 J329445 AB SNAP RING EA 1.0
2 B015067 AC PIN, COILED SPRING 1/8 X 7/8 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 J282453 AB SEALING WASHER EA 1.0
1 J282481 AE LOWER HEAD EA 1.0
2 J282480 AD LOWER HEAD (UPPER PART) EA 1.0
1 J296681 AE UPPER HOUSING EA 1.0
1 J370169 AE PLUG EA 1.0
1 J952256 AB WEAK POINT EA 1.0

13.18 PEK-BB (H432221) 450 degF, 20,000

perforation equipment kit

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-61 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-61
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 13-3: PEK-BB, H432221, assembly

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 13-62 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 13-62
document for revenue generating operations. / Heads

Table 13-17: BOM: H432221, Rev. AE, PEK-BB 450 DegF, 20,000 PSI Perforating Equipment
Kit

Level Name Rev. Brief Description U/M Qty

PEK-BB ADAPTER 1-3/8 TO 3-3/8 MONOCABLE
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

H432221 AE EA
PERFORATION EQUIP KIT

1 100806237 AA PEK-BB, BELL HOUSING, EXTENDED EA 0.0

1 101087140 AA CRATE, SHIPPING, PEK-BB, ADAPTER EA 1.0
1 B016634 AB PIN, COILED SPRING 1/4 X 2-1/4 SST HVY DUTY EA 1.0
1 B013740 AM DI-ELECTRIC SILICONE GREASE 5.3 OZ TUBE EA 0.0
O-RING,SZ 2-327 1.725 ID X.210W VITON 95D
1 B011285 AE EA 2.0
H239646,400214
1 A013623 AC FITT.,GREASE,1/4-28 NF STR.THD EA 1.0
1 H036854 AJ RING, THREADED, FOR O-RING TYPE TOOLS EA 1.0
1 H048186 AE THREAD PROTECTOR 3 IN 5NS 2A EA 1.0
1 H122964 AE BELL HOUSING EA 1.0
1 H122965 AP HEAD, INTERMEDIATE, 3.38 HSD EA 1.0
1 H432190 AF CONNECTOR, FABRICATED EA 1.0
2 H432188 AF SLEEVE, CONN. TEFLON EA 1.0
2 H432189 AE PIN, CONNECTOR EA 1.0
RETAINING RING, EXT 0.375 SHAFT STL TRUARC
2 B002766 AB EA 1.0
BAS 5100 SERIES
2 B018938 AC ADHESIVE,ROOM CURING SILICONE,RED QT 0.0
1 H134123 AB MODIFIED SET SCREW EA 3.0

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 14-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 14-i
document for revenue generating operations. / BCC (Bridle Cable Connector)

14 BCC (Bridle Cable Connector)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 14-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 14-1
document for revenue generating operations. / BCC (Bridle Cable Connector)

14 BCC (Bridle Cable Connector)

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

BCC connectors are vital electrical link between logging cables to heads and
bridles with a series of boots, insulators, liners and electrical contacts (pins and
sockets). The connections are a vital link for the electrical integrity between the
cable head and logging cable connection.

A solid electrical connection is the goal of a BCC boot. A solid electrical

connection has three requirements:
1. It must have continuity to the proper connection.
2. It must have insulation from mass and all other conductors.
3. It must maintain good continuity and insulation properties under all downhole
conditions.

For detailed information refer to the Heads ORM/MM (Intouch Content ID:
3012542, Section 6).

For detailed information on Bridle Cable Connector, refer to the SWI InTouch
content ID 6658523.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-i
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
15 ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled Release
Device)
15.1 The Upper Head _______________________________________________ 15-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

15.2 The Lower Head _______________________________________________ 15-4

15.2.1 ECRD-E and ECRD-F Assemblies ___________________________ 15-8
15.3 ECRI Circuit __________________________________________________ 15-9
15.4 ECRD-E/F Electrical Checks _________________________________ 15-12
15.5 Logging Head Electrical Checks ______________________________ 15-13

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-1
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)

15 ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Release Device)
For detail information concerning the ERCD theory of operation, assembly /
disassembly, and maintenance procedure refer to the ECRD-E/F Operations and
Maintenance Manual (Intouch Content ID: 4324935).

Figure 15-1: Weakpoint and weakpoint adapter replaced by the ECRD

Table 15-1: ECRD Mechanical Specification Summary

Name ECRD-E ECRD-F

Rated Temperature 400 degF 500 degF
Operating Temperature -65 to 400 degF -65 to 500 degF
Operating Pressure 20,000 psi 30,000 psi
Safe Rated Pull 8,000 lbf 8,000 lbf

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-2
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-2: Major sections of the ECRD

15.1 The Upper Head

Part numbers in Figure 15-3 are for the ECRD-E only.

Figure 15-3: Building the latch (100055417)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-3
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-4: Grease the latch inside and out

Figure 15-5: Grease the actuator rod

1. Check the rod and spring for proper action by pushing down on the tip of
the rod against a piece of wood. The rod should spring back without any
interference. See Figure 15-6.
2. Lightly grease the lower tip of the rod with Lubriplate.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-4
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-6: Testing actuator rod and spring for correct operation

15.2 The Lower Head

1. Bend each feed-thru pin (inside the lower head) approximately 0.2-in
for heater feed socket (H115555) clearance using the ECRD pin tool
(100410763). See .

Note
Only put enough RTV to hold the ceramic insulator in place. Excessive
amounts of RTV coming in contact with bobbin (T5013986) will affect the
operation of the ECRD and could prevent a release.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-5
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-7: Bend feed-thru pin

2. The heater should extend through the hole in the ceramic insulator as shown
below (top). If it does not, obtain a replacement bobbin assembly. See
Figure 15-8.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-6
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-8: Heater alignment with bobbin insulator and lower head

3. Place three spots of RTV (B021931) in the lower head as shown below. This
holds the ceramic insulator in place during installation.

Figure 15-9: Location of RTV in lower head

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-7
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-10: Align bobbin insulator with heater hole

4. Install the bobbin assembly using small smooth jaw needle nose pliers
(B024649 or equivalent).

Figure 15-11: Place RTV between lower head and sockets

Note
Excess RTV can bond the bobbin and affect the operation of the ECRD or
prevent release.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-8
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)

15.2.1 ECRD-E and ECRD-F Assemblies

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-12: Parts of ECRD-E

Figure 15-13: Parts of the ECRD-F

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-9
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)

15.3 ECRI Circuit

The ECRD is designed to be used with the ECRI-E AC blocker. The ECRI-E
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

performs two functions:

1. route positive or negative power to blow the fuse and isolate line 7 from the
tool string below the ECRD
- to protect any tools connected to line7
- to send sufficient current to the ECRD during the ECRD release process in
case of an electrical short in the toolstring.
2. route negative power to release the ECRD.

The ECRD heater (connected upper head pins 8 and 9) is controlled using an
FET switch. When there is negative voltage on line 7 with respect to armor (line
10), current will enter the heater unless there is also AC power on lines 1 and
4. When power exists on lines 1 and 4, the FET is turned off, regardless of the
voltage on line 7. Operation of this circuit is different from other boards:
• ECRD Terminal board - no sensing of AC on lines 1 and 4, no blocking of
AC voltages.

Figure 15-14: ECRI-E circuit diagram

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-10
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
Table 15-2: ECRI Electronics Specification Summary

ECRI Boards

100289188
Part Number 100074705 previously H624509 100377734 J960650 100547339
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

(obsolete)

CBL I/F BRD

ECRD Terminal ECRD Terminal STGC-B ECRI-S
ECRI Circuit Board W/ECRD (Part of
Description Board Assembly Board Assembly Board Assembly
Assembly STGC-BA/BB MR4
(Logging option) (Perfo option) (STGC-BC MR5)
J961554)

Inside Inside Inside Inside STGC, HTGC, Inside STGC, HTGC,

Make Up Type 1
LEH-QT/HT/QE LEH-QT/HT/QE/ST 1 LEH-QT/HT/QE/ST1 QTGC QTGC

Maximum Operating
350 degF 350 degF 350 degF 350 degF 350 degF
Temperature

Potted No Yes Yes No No

Fuse mounted Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Perfo option No No Yes No No

AC Blocker mounted Yes No No No Yes

Compatibility with
Yes No No No Yes
A-cable
1
When LEH-QT, HT or QE is used, the bulkhead to head adapter (100082292) which contains one of the three boards (100074705 or 100289188 or
100377734) needs to be used. When the LEH-ST is used, one of two ECRD terminal boards(100289188 or 100377734) needs to be used as below:
• LEH-ST bulkhead to head adapter (100289177) contains ECRD terminal board–Logging option (100289188)

• LEH-ST bulkhead to head adapter (H624246) contains ECRD terminal board–Perfo option (100377734).

Figure 15-15: ECRD-E bulkhead to head adapter (ECRI)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-11
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-16: ECRI-E board - 100074705

Figure 15-17: ECRD terminal board - 100289188

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-12
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-18: ECRD terminal board - 100377734 (Perfo option)

Figure 15-19: ECRI-S board - 100547339

15.4 ECRD-E/F Electrical Checks

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 15-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 15-13
document for revenue generating operations. / ECRD-E (Electrically Controlled
Release Device)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 15-20: ECRD-E/F continuity test using a digital multimeter

Table 15-3: ECRD-E/F Continuity Test

Positive Lead Negative Lead Expected Measured

Pin #1 Pin #2 1,500 Ohms ±150 Ohms

Table 15-4: ECRD-E/F Insulation Resistance Test

Expected IR
Positive Lead Negative Lead Measured IR
@ 500 VDC
Pin #1 Mass >25 Mohm
Pin # 2 Mass >25 Mohm

15.5 Logging Head Electrical Checks

Perform FIT-2 (Electrical Checks) of the logging Head as described in the Heads
Maintenance Manual Intouch Content ID: 4324935.

Ensure that the ECRD-E/F feed-thru pins are connected to Line 8 and Line 9
using hook-up wires, boots, sockets and lines.

LEH-QT/HT/QE Bulkhead to Head Adapter (100082292)

Electronics tests for LEH-QT/HT/QE bulkhead to head adapter (100082292)

are described in section 8.2.3 of the ECRD-E/F ORM MM (Intouch Content
ID: 4324935).

LEH-ST Bulkhead to Head Adapter (100289177)

Electronic tests for the LEH-ST bulkhead (100289177) containing the ECRD
terminal board – Logging option (100289188) are described in section 8.2.4 of
the ECRD-E/F ORM MM (Intouch Content ID: 4324935).

LEH-ST Bulkhead to Head Adapter (H624246)

Electronic tests for the LEH-ST bulkhead (H624246) containing the ECRD
terminal board–Perfo option (100377734) are described in section 8.2.5 of the
ECRD-E/F ORM MM (Intouch Content ID: 4324935).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 16-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 16-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Addressable Switch Firing System

16 Addressable Switch Firing System

16.1 Addressable Tractor Protection Switch (ATPS) ________________ 16-1
16.2 Addressable Shot-by-Shot Gun System _______________________ 16-4
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 16-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 16-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Addressable Switch Firing System

16 Addressable Switch Firing System

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

16.1 Addressable Tractor Protection Switch (ATPS)

Figure 16-1: Addressable Tractor Protection Switch (ATPS)

White = Hot wire

Black = Ground

Blue = Connect to ASFS

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 16-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 16-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Addressable Switch Firing System
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 16-2: ATPS equipment and operational specifications

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 16-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 16-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Addressable Switch Firing System

The following diagrams show the overall wiring scheme with the ATPS and
addressable switches with Secure devices:
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 16-3: Block diagram

Figure 16-4: Wiring a multi-gun string (after head is attached and upper detonator is armed)

Figure 16-5: Wiring a setting tool (after head is attached and igniter is armed)

The black/white addressable switch wire is the negative polarity output to the
negative-polarity Secure igniter (T6005390).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 16-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 16-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Addressable Switch Firing System

16.2 Addressable Shot-by-Shot Gun System

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 16-6: ASGS

Negative Polarity Only:

Red/White = Ground wire to detonator

Black/White = Hot wire to detonator

Blue/White = Connection to second ASFS

White = Hot wire

Black = Ground

Figure 16-7: Wires accessible through lower port holes

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 17-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 17-i
document for revenue generating operations. / IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel
Spooler)
17 IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel Spooler)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 17-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 17-1
document for revenue generating operations. / IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel
Spooler)

17 IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Spooler)

Private
Figure 17-1: IDW Track Module
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 17-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 17-2
document for revenue generating operations. / IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel
Spooler)
Table 17-1: Track Module Parts

Level Item Part Number Rev Description Qty U/M

1 1 P192308 AA CYLINDER ASS'Y 1.00 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 2 P192307 AF ROLLER ASS'Y (.46) 1.00 EA

1 3 P192306 AB EQUIPPED LEVER HANDLE 1.00 EA
1 4 P192303 AC EQUIPPED ROLLER SUPPORT 1.00 EA
1 5 P192302 AB EQUIPPED SUPPORT 1.00 EA
1 6 P191974 AD STOP WASHER 2.00 EA
1 100 P191850 AA GREASING CAP 1.00 EA
1 101 P191849 AA CAP 1.00 EA
1 102 P191837 AA SHIELD 2.00 EA
1 103 P276317 AD 10 WHEEL 1.00 EA
1 104 P191845 AB SAFETY AXLE 1.00 EA
1 105 P191833 AA AXLE 1.00 EA
1 106 P191971 AD SCRAPER 2.00 EA
1 107 P191836 AA SPACER 1.00 EA
1 108 P191838 AC AXLE 1.00 EA
1 109 P191839 AD AXLE 1.00 EA
1 110 P276321 AB AXLE 1.00 EA
1 112 P189653 AF SCREW, SOC HD ¼-28 X ¾ 2.00 EA
1 113 P195457 AC SPACER 4.00 EA
1 500 A013623 AB FIT., GREASE, ¼-28 NF S TR. 1.00 EA
THREAD
1 501 B024456 AC RETAINING RING, TRUARC, EXT. 8.00 EA
FOR 219 OD SST E-RI
1 502 B024453 AC RET. RNG, TRUARC INT BAS SZ 112 4.00 EA
1 503 B024455 AB RETAINING RING, TRUARC, EXT. 1.00 EA
FOR.500 OD SST BASI
1 504 B024457 AD BRG., BALL .50 ID X 1.12 OD X 31W 2.00 EA
1SHLD SST ABEC1
1 505 B020669 AB WASHER, 1/4 PLAIN SST .257 X 2.00 EA
1 506 B074777 AC PROTECTIVE CAP FOR 1.00 EA
LUBRICATOR
Shop Supplied
1 507 B074520 AC GREASE, AVIATION QUALITY 0.00 EA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 17-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 17-3
document for revenue generating operations. / IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel
Spooler)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 17-2: IDW Measuring Wheel

Table 17-2: Measuring Wheel Parts

Level Item Part Number Rev Description Qty U/M

1 1 P272636 AF MEASURING WHEEL 30 1.00 EA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 17-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 17-4
document for revenue generating operations. / IDW (Integrated Depth Dual Wheel
Spooler)
Level Item Part Number Rev Description Qty U/M
1 2 P192722 AC CROSS TRAVERSE (PAINTING) 1.00 EA
1 3 P192716 AB PROTECTOR (PAINTING) 1.00 EA
1 4 P194528 AW ENCODER ASSEMBLY 1.00 EA
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

1 5 P297012 AC CABLE LOCK (PAINTING) 2.00 EA

1 100 P189653 AF SCREW, SOC HD ¼-28 X ¾ 12.00 EA
1 101 P191834 AA AXLE 1.00 EA
1 102 P191835 AC ROLLER 1.00 EA
1 103 P192017 AC SCRAPER 2.00 EA
1 104 P191926 AB SPACER 2.00 EA
1 105 P189654 AE NUT, REG HEX ¼-28 8.00 EA
1 106 P191846 AB PUSHING ROD 1.00 EA
1 107 P191948 AA CAP 2.00 EA
1 108 P194200 AA BELLOW 2.00 EA
1 500 B024459 AA BRG, BALL, LINEAR .75 ID X 1.25 4.00 EA
OD X 1.62 SST
1 501 B024454 AA RETAINING RING, TRUARC, IN T. 4.00 EA
FOR 1.250 ID SST BASI
1 502 B024456 AC RETAINING RING, TRUARC, EX T. 2.00 EA
FOR .219 OD SST E-RI

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

18 Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

18 Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 18-1: Gemco - Sonic Tools (SKK) - Quick Reference Guide

Dimension
Screws
(in)
Tool OD Casing OD SLL Part Arm Application
Material
(in) (in) No. ID -ring OD Length (ea) for:
D (ea) (Steel
+/- 0.04-in +/- 0.2 +/- 0.2
or SST)

1-11/16 2-7/8 J970395 1-3/4 2-1/2 18 4 SST 3 SCMT

1-11/16 3-1/2 J970396 1-3/4 3 18 4 SST 4 SCMT

1-11/16 4-1/2 J970397 1-3/4 3-7/8 18 4 SST 4 SCMT

1-11/16 5-1/2 J970398 1-3/4 4-5/8 18 4 SST 4 SCMT

1-11/16 7 J970399 1-3/4 6-1/4 18 4 SST 4 SCMT

1-11/16 9-5/8 J970876 1-3/4 8-1/2 18 4 SST 4 SCMT

1-11/16 4-1/2 J960331 2-5/8 3-7/8 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

1-11/16 5 J960332 2-5/8 4-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

1-11/16 5-1/2 J960333 2-5/8 4-5/8 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

1-11/16 7 J960334 2-5/8 6-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

1-11/16 7-5/8 J970882 2-5/8 6-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

1-11/16 8-5/8 J970883 2-5/8 7-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 SSLT-B

2-3/4 4-1/2 J970886 2-7/8 3-7/8 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

2-3/4 5-1/2 J970887 2-7/8 4-5/8 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

2-3/4 7 J970888 2-7/8 6-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

2-3/4 7-5/8 J970889 2-7/8 6-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

2-3/4 9-5/8 J970890 2-7/8 8-15/16 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

2-3/4 13-3/8 J970891 2-7/8 12-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 CBT

3 4-1/2 J970884 3-1/8 3-7/8 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3 5 J967865 3-1/8 4-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3 5-1/2 J967866 3-1/8 4-5/8 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3 7 J967868 3-1/8 6-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3 7-5/8 J967869 3-1/8 6-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3 8-5/8 J970885 3-1/8 7-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 QSLT

3-3/8 5-1/2 J970892 3-1/2 4-5/8 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

Dimension
Screws
(in)
Tool OD Casing OD SLL Part Arm Application
Material
(in) (in) No. ID -ring OD Length (ea) for:
D (ea) (Steel
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

+/- 0.04-in +/- 0.2 +/- 0.2

or SST)

3-3/8 7 J970893 3-1/2 6-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-3/8 7-5/8 J970894 3-1/2 6-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-3/8 8-5/8 J970895 3-1/2 7-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-3/8 9-5/8 J970896 3-1/2 8-15/16 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-3/8 10-3/4 J970897 3-1/2 9-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-3/8 13-3/8 J970898 3-1/2 12-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSLT

3-5/8 5-1/2 J970899 3-3/4 4-5/8 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 7 J970900 3-3/4 6-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 7-5/8 J970901 3-3/4 6-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 8-5/8 J970902 3-3/4 7-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 9-5/8 J970903 3-3/4 8-15/16 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 10-3/4 J970904 3-3/4 9-3/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

3-5/8 13-3/8 J970905 3-3/4 12-1/4 22 6 STEEL 6 DSST

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 18-1: Replaceable fin stand-off (H135982)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 18-2: Replaceable truss fin stand-off (H207844)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 18-3: Centralizer, CMW-Z (P222360) for _______ 3-3/8-in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 18-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 18-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 18-4: Centralizer, CME-ZC (J966300) for HP-DSI, 3-5/8-in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
18-7

Table 18-2: In-Line Centralizers

Private
Max. Min. Hole
Tool Make-Up Overall Upper Lower
Asset Part Tool Weight Hole Size Size No. of
Diameter Length Length Connection Connection Type
Code No. Family (lbs) Coverage Coverage arms
(in) (in) (in) # (# pins) (# pins)
(in) (in)

CMIR-AL H239232 OH Tools 3-3/8 45.5 51 65 15 3.8 31 31 6 Roller

CMIW-EB H231465 OH Tools 3-3/8 39 4 Wheel

CMIR-AA H268413 CPLT 1-11/16 47.1 51 20 12 1.7–2.47 22 22 6 Roller

Slim OH
CMIR-CA H407759 2-3/4 47.2 51.23 42 13.25 2.75 29 29 6 Roller
Tools

CMIR-CB H305150 CBT-EA 2-3/4 44.96 49 42 13.5 3.37 20 20 6 Roller

CMIR-CC H402161 ETS 2-3/4 44.96 49 42 13.5 3.37 29 29 6 Roller

CME-AY P398468 OH Tools 3-3/8 50.4 70 12.5 3-5/8 31 31 4 Bowspring

CMIR-AD H546104 POT-CA/POT-C 1-11/16 51.1 20 12 1-11/16 1 1 2 Roller

CMIR-BC H624080 CME-TR 2-1/2 39 58.43 32.86 31 31 6 Roller

CMIR-BA H670270 SSLT-BB 2-1/2 31 31 4 Roller

document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

CMIR-DA T5019020 QSLT-BB 3.0 41.5 47.86 43 8.0 3.0 31 31 6 Roller

CMIW-AE H231520 OH Tools 3-3/8 6 31 31 3 Wheel

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

LTCR-D J964550 SCMT 1 0 3 Roller

Slim OH
SCME-D J962304 2-1/2 62.8 44.4 31 31 3 Bowspring
Tools

Slim OH 31 pattern 31 pattern

CMIR-BB T5013950 2-1/2 39 58.43 41.4 6 Roller
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

Tools 10 wires 10 wires

SCME-J J967270 SCMT-BB 1 11/16 42.7 52.7 16.0 7.5 1.7 22 22 3 Roller

SCME-K J970390 SCMT 1 11/16 42.7 52.7 17 7.0 1.7 22 22 4 Roller

18-7
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
18-8

Max. Min. Hole

Tool Make-Up Overall Upper Lower
Asset Part Tool Weight Hole Size Size No. of

Private
Diameter Length Length Connection Connection Type
Code No. Family (lbs) Coverage Coverage arms
(in) (in) (in) # (# pins) (# pins)
(in) (in)

SCME-L J971940 HSCT-AA/AB 1 11/16 42.7 52.7 24.7 7.0 2.0 22 22 4 Roller

TTG-C P279326 SCMT 1 11/16 1 1 4 Bowspring

TTG-G P789511 RST 1-11/16 47.65 53.23 22 22 6 Bowspring

TTG-H P789854 RST 1-11/16 47.65 53.32 22 22 6 Bowspring

TTG-JA 100054711 HSCT-AA/AB 1 11/16 1 1 6 Bowspring

TTG-KA 100054713 HSCT-AA/AB 1 11/16 47.65 53.23 22 22 6 Bowspring

document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
18-8
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
18-9

Table 18-3: Slip-On Centralizers

Private
Max. Hole Min. Hole
Tool Dia. Length
Asset Code Part No. Tool Family Size Size No. of Arms Type
(in) (in)
Coverage Coverage

CME-AJ/AJB H245641 (prim OH) 1-11/16 31.4 13 Bowspring

SCME-E J965610 Slim OH Tools 2-1/2, 2-3/4, 3 15 4 5 Bowspring

CME-ZC J966300 OH Tools 3-5/8+ 16 4.75 6 Bowspring

LCME-BB J963850 OH Tools 3-5/8+ 42.2 17.5 10 6 Spring

CME-AQ H329446 SPPT-A (CH) 1-11/16 27.6 12 2.92 6 Roller

CME-ASC H402159 Slim OH Tools 2-3/4 Y 6 Roller

CME-Y H222251 3-3/8, 3-5/8 15 5.95 6 Roller

CME-AL H224993 EQF 3-3/8 9-5/8” csg 7” csg 10 Roller

CME-AK H224991 BST 3-3/8 9-5/8” csg 7” csg 10 Roller

document for revenue generating operations. / Centralizers

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
18-9
 19-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19 Pressure
19.1 Basic Pressure Rig-up ________________________________________ 19-1
19.2 Enviro™ Combination Stuffing Box and Line Wiper ___________ 19-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

19.3 Sample of Dual Barriers _______________________________________ 19-3

19.4 Pressure Equipment Flow Chart _______________________________ 19-5
19.5 Cable vs. Pressure Chart ______________________________________ 19-7
19.6 Bowen Connections ___________________________________________ 19-8
19.7 Otis Connections _____________________________________________ 19-10
19.8 Elmar Connections ___________________________________________ 19-12

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19 Pressure
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

19.1 Basic Pressure Rig-up

Figure 19-1: Stranded line and electric line WHE set

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.2 Enviro™ Combination Stuffing Box and Line

Wiper
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-2: Enviro™ combination stuffing box and line wiper assembly

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.3 Sample of Dual Barriers

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-3: Compact Dual Pack-off

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-4: BOP-D

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.4 Pressure Equipment Flow Chart

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-5: Required number of barriers and equipment WP selection for

electric and stranded line only. See Figure 19-6

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-6: Required number of barriers and equipment WP selection for

electric and stranded line only. See Figure 19-5

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.5 Cable vs. Pressure Chart

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 19-7: Theoretical weight vs. well pressure

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 19-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.6 Bowen Connections

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
19-9

Bowen Quick Union type connections

Private
Elmar Thread Seal Nominal Working BU-ring SLB O-ring
TPI Service O-ring BU-ring
No. size dia. I.D. pressure retainer number
B01 4.75 4 3.750 3.00 5K H2S 870470 N/A N/A B029216
B02 6.31 4 4.375 3.00 10K H2S 870520 873700 N/A B017322
B03 6.31 4 3.750 2.50 15K H2S 870470 974535 873170 B029216
B04 5.50 4x2 4.375 3.00 5K H2S 870520 N/A N/A B017322
B06 7.00 5 4.375 3.00 15K H2S 870520 974603 873260 B017322
B07 8.25 4x2 6.000 4.00 10K H2S 870690 875340 N/A B026433
B08 7.00 5 5.250 4.00 5K H2S 875560 N/A N/A B003524
B09 8.25 4x2 6.750 5.50 5K H2S 870850 N/A N/A B026438
B10 9.15 4x2 6.750 5.50 10K H2S 870850 876160 N/A B026438
B11 9.88 4x2 8.000 6.38 5K H2S 873120 N/A N/A Size 443
B12 4.75 4 3.750 3.00 10K STD 870470 873660 N/A B029216
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

B13 5.50 4x2 4.375 3.00 10K STD 870520 873700 N/A B017322
B14 4.062 4 3.000 2.00 5K H2S 870430 N/A N/A B011287
B15 10.62 4 7.500 5.63 10K H2S 870720 870021 N/A B013110

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

B16 4.50 4 3.000 2.00 10K H2S 870430 873630 N/A B011287
B17 8.88 4x2 6.500 5.00 10K STD 873280 875540 N/A Size 437
B18 13.00 4 9.500 7.06 10K H2S 874008 874009 N/A N/A
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
19-9
 19-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.7 Otis Connections

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
19-11

Otis Quick Union type connections

Private
Elmar Thread Working BU-ring SLB O-ring
TPI Seal dia. Nominal I.D. Service O-ring BU-ring
No. size pressure retainer number
001 5.00 4 3.500 3.00 5K STD 870310 N/A N/A B013116
002 5.75 4 4.000 3.00 10K H2S 870490 873680 N/A B013735
003 6.25 4 3.000 2.50 15K H2S 870490 974353 873260 B013735
004 6.50 4 4.750 4.00 10K STD 870540 873720 N/A B020336
005 6.50 4 5.188 4.00 5K STD 873140 N/A N/A B029788
006 7.50 4 5.500 3.00 15K H2S 870580 974602 876260 Size 354
007 8.25 4 6.188 5.00 5K H2S 870710 N/A N/A Size 434
008 8.38 4 5.250 4.00 10K H2S 875560 875570 N/A B003524
009 8.75 4 7.500 6.38 5K STD 870720 N/A N/A B013110
010 9.00 4 6.750 5.00 10K H2S 870850 876160 N/A B026438
011 9.50 4 6.250 4.00 15K H2S 872560 977411 871005 Size 435
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

012 9.50 4 8.000 6.38 5K H2S 873120 N/A N/A Size 443
013 11.50 4 8.250 6.38 10K H2S 876060 876070 N/A Size 444
014 12.00 4 10.312 9.00 5K H2S 872440 N/A N/A Size 448

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

015 12.25 4 7.000 5.00 15K H2S
016 5.00 4 3.500 3.00 5K H2S 870310 N/A N/A B013116
017 6.50 4 4.750 4.00 5K H2S 870540 N/A N/A B020336
018 7.50 4 5.500 4.50 10K H2S 870580 873760 N/A Size 354
This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference

019 6.50 4 4.750 3.00 10K H2S 870540 873720 N/A B020336
020 5.00 4 3.500 2.50 15K H2S 870460 976083 875640 B013026
19-11
 19-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 19-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

19.8 Elmar Connections

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44
19-13

Elmar connections
Thread Nominal Working BU-ring

Private
SLB O-ring
Elmar No. TPI Seal dia. Service O-ring BU-ring
size I.D. pressure retainer number
E01 (Peco) 5.50 4 3.500 2.50 15K H2S 870460 979800 870137 B013026
E02 (Shearwater) 19.00 4 10.825 7.06 15K (High Temp) H2 S 874013 980072 875042 N/A
E03 (Shearwater) 8.75 4 5.000 3.00 15K (High Temp) H2 S 872190 980160 870165 N/A
E04 (Slimline) 6.75 4 5.375 4.892 5K STD 870610 N/A N/A Size 356
E05 (Slimline) 9.00 4 7.500 6.765 5K STD 870660 N/A N/A Size 367
E06 (Light Weight) 4.75 4 3.750 3.00 10K H2S 870470 873660 N/A B029216
E07 (Slimline) 8.50 4 7.250 6.765 3K STD 870840 N/A N/A B000366
E08 (Hydrolex) 8.75 4 6.500 5.00 10K STD 873280 875540 N/A Size 437
E09 (Light Weight) 4.75 4x2 3.750 3.00 10K H2S 870470 873660 N/A B029216
E10 (L/W X-over) 3.75 6 3.340 3.00 10K H2S 872017 N/A N/A Size 237
document for revenue generating operations. / Pressure

Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference
19-13
 20-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20 Fishing
20.1 Causes of Sticking ____________________________________________ 20-1
20.2 What to do upon sticking ______________________________________ 20-2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

20.3 Equipment description ________________________________________ 20-3

20.4 Fishing For Radioactive Sources ______________________________ 20-9
20.5 Cut and Thread Fishing Operations __________________________ 20-11
20.6 Inserts and hanger bushings for cable clamps _______________ 20-25
20.6.1 T-Bar inserts for various cables _____________________________ 20-25
20.6.2 Cable clamp _______________________________________________ 20-26

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20 Fishing
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

fishing

20.1 Causes of Sticking

Causes of sticking in both open and cased-hole logging are described below.

Open Hole Cased Hole

Differential sticking: Differences in pressure Wedging of tools by debris: Debris in
can force the cable and wireline logging a cased well is quite common. Milling,
tools against the borehole wall. If the force cementing, perforating and drilling can all
generated is greater than the maximum safe cause debris. Sand entering from perforations
pull on the cable, a stuck situation occurs (a can cause a tool to stick.
pressure of 500 psi across a 50 ft. sand could
cause a force of 15,000 lbf on the cable).
Keyseating: Keyseating occurs when the Collapsed or damaged pipe: Casing or
wireline logging cable wears a groove in some pipe damage may result from perforating,
part of the borehole wall. This might happen squeezing, cementing or general completion
more often in deviated or doglegged wells. work.
As the tool is pulled up, the torpedo or head
cannot pass into the groove and the tool
becomes stuck.
Hole restriction / bridge / collapse: Sticking Damaged tool: Split or swollen casing guns
occurs when the borehole becomes physically may become stuck after a perforating run.
too small for the wireline logging tools to pass
through. Hole restrictions may be caused by
swelling shale, the collapse of unconsolidated
formations, wedging due to debris or the hole
bridging over.
Damaged casing: Sticking can occur in Partially set plug: A partially set plug where
damaged or collapsed casing. The casing the release stud/ring has failed to shear will
shoe is the most vulnerable part of the casing cause the setting tool to become stuck. Plugs
string and the part most liable to get damaged. can be partially set by a badly dressed setting
tool, an incorrect adapter or being faulty
manufactured.
Damaged cable: Cable that has become Entry into reduced pipe size or tool size
knotted, birdcaged or has broken armor wires exceeding limitation for casing size or
can quite easily become stuck. The main environment (packers, plugs, landing nipples,
cause of knotted or damaged cable is a lack of etc.).
tension while in the hole. If the cable is old or
in bad condition then the chance of breaking
an armor wire is good, particularly if the cable
is subjected to rough treatment.
Damaged tool: Occasionally a tool will Differential-pressure sticking opposite
get damaged in the well. A caliper arm or perforations or casing leaks.
centralizer may be broken which will cause the
tool to stick.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

Open Hole Cased Hole

Engineer negligence: Wrong centralizer for Cable damaged by upthrust of perforating
a particular tool, standoffs bigger than bit size, gun and/or head as a result of low hydrostatic
or even CMEZs with screws upside-down not pressure.
allowing it to collapse.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Knotted, bird caged or broken cable strands.

20.2 What to do upon sticking

It should first be noted that the speed at which a maneuver is performed to avoid
getting stuck is of great importance. To do this, the logging engineer should have
a workable plan to get free at the first indication of sticking and not formulate one
afterwards. Remember, this is one of the very few instances where seconds in
delaying actions could result in a Cut and Thread fishing operation.

Below is the essential information the wireline logging engineer will need.

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION
Cable type: _____________ Breaking strength: ___________
50% of cable breaking strength: ________________
75% of LWPR (Lower Weak Point Rating): _____________
Wtm (Tool Weight in Mud): __________________
Tn (Normal Tension Prior to Being Stuck): ___________
HTEN (Head Tension Prior to Being Stuck):_____________
MAXIMUM SAFEPULL = 75% LWPR + Tn - Wtm: ______________
DO NOT EXCEED 50% OF THE CABLE BREAKING STRENGTH

By using the available resources, the engineer should quickly know if the tool
or the cable is stuck.

Stuck Situation Procedure - Holding Maximum Tension

Exerting maximum tension and then maintaining it has been the choice by many
wireline logging crews for freeing stuck tools. Moreover, it may have to be held
for several hours to achieve desirable results.

Below are the instructions on how to execute this procedure correctly.

1. Once it is recognized that the tools are stuck, pull maximum tension and set
the brake. Do not exceed the safe working load (SWL) of the wireline logging
cable or 75% of the lower weak point rating at the head.
2. If the client is not aware of your situation, immediately inform the customer
and explain your plan.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

3. Continue to monitor the tension while the brake is set and close all calipers.
Be prepared to sit and monitor tension for at least an hour.
4. Once again, confirm that the fishing kit is complete. Pay close attention to
the required grapple sizes for fishing the stuck toolstring and the drillpipe
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

thread sizes of subs required for your job. Inspection is performed at the
shop or upon arrival.
5. Over a period of time (different for every situation), the tension may decrease
by 200 lbs to 300 lbs. If this occurs, pull back to maximum tension and
re-apply the brakes. Doing this several times is not uncommon during the
wait period.
6. If the tool remains stuck after the wait (usually a few hours), discuss tool
retrieval options with the client and initiate the most appropriate method.

20.3 Equipment description

Available fishing equipment:
• SFT-644 - 2-1/8-in O.D. certified fishing kit for performing “cut and thread”
operations. This standard kit includes a 2-1/8-in O.D. rope socket kit, a
4-11/16-in O.D. overshot kit and a cable hanger kit. It is rated for 20,000 lbf.
• SFT-651 - 1-3/8-in O.D. certified slim hole fishing kit for performing “cut and
thread” operations. This kit includes a 1-3/8-in O.D. rope socket kit, a 3-3/8-in
O.D. overshot kit and a cable hanger kit. It is rated for 8,000 lbf.
• SFT-709 - 1-11/16-in O.D. certified thick wall fishing kit for performing “cut
and thread” operations when heavy weight drill pipe is used. This kit includes
a 1-11/16-in O.D. rope socket kit, a 4-11/16-in O.D. overshot kit and a cable
hanger kit. It is rated for 15,000 lbf.

Figure 20-1: Spearhead overshots: 2-1/8 in, 1-11/16 in and 1-3/8 in O.D.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-2: Spearheads with plain adapters: 2-1/8 in, 1-11/16 in and 1-3/8 in O.D.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-3: Rope socket assemblies 2-1/8, 1-11/16, 1-3/8-in

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-4: Standard kit 4-11/16-in O.D.

Figure 20-5: Rope Socket Kit - 100136662

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

12’ Synthetic Fishing Sling - T5011076

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-6: Synthetic fishing sling - T5011076

The synthetic fishing sling should be utilized to hang the upper sheave and
should not be used for rigging up the lower sheave or for any other purpose.

Figure 20-7: Fiber optic cable running through the sling

The fiber optic cable will conduct light using natural, overhead or flashlight
sources. Perform the inspection by simply covering and removing a finger from
one end and watching the other end for blinking light. See Figure 20-8. This will
indicate that the sling is okay to use for another operation.

Figure 20-8: Checking the fiber optic cable for presence of light

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-9: Choker configurations

For the 50,000 lbs synthetic fishing sling, the rating is 50,000 lbs for vertical,
40,000 lbs for choker and 100,000 lbs for basket configurations.
• DOs
– Ensure that Tell-Tails extend at least ½-in the past tag area prior to
rigging up sling.
– Check that light passes through the fiber optic cable.
– Check for tears and damage to the outer cover.
– Brief the derrick man and rig crew on the correct installation procedure.
– Junk the sling if the Tell-Tails or fiber optics fail test or if the sling is
damaged.
– Use the basket configuration when hanging the sheave.

• DON'Ts
– Rig-up the sling over sharp beams (I-beams and H-beams).
– Use sling for purposes other than rigging up upper sheave.
– Use the sling without the sling saver clevis (T5011079).
– Create acute sling angles by too many wraps around the beam.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20.4 Fishing For Radioactive Sources

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Fishing for Radioactive Sources – US Briefing Document--

General

• The radioactive material used in Schlumberger’s downhole operations is sealed within a steel capsule, commonly
referred to as a “sealed source”, and will not contaminate the well or reservoir as long as the sealed source
remains intact.
• If the sealed source is ruptured, the radioactive material will be released into the well, possibly causing exposure
to individuals at the wellsite and contaminating the rig, other equipment, the well and the reservoir.
• Schlumberger holds a radioactive materials license from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”) and
various State Agencies. As a license holder, Schlumberger is required to strictly comply with the rules and
regulations as set forth by these governmental agencies. Additionally, Schlumberger’s terms and conditions of
contract with the Operator require that Operator comply with all such rules and regulations.

Preventing the Rupture of a Sealed Source

• In the event a source becomes lodged in a well, the regulations require that the following be performed:
― That Operator and Schlumberger make reasonable efforts to recover the sealed source;
― That Operator and Schlumberger take all precautions necessary to avoid rupturing or damaging the source.
Schlumberger will consult with Operator regarding the fishing operation, but Operator retains full responsibility
for the fishing operation;
― That Operator makes no attempt to recover a sealed source in a matter that, in Schlumberger’s opinion, could
result in a rupture. Schlumberger will notify the State Agency or NRC in the event Operator decides to proceed
with any fishing operations that Schlumberger believes could result in the rupture of the sealed source. In such
event, Schlumberger will request that Operator immediately cancel or stop such fishing operations. Further,
Schlumberger will request that Operator immediately notify Schlumberger if Operator elects to unilaterally
proceed.
― That Schlumberger continuously monitor the drilling mud as it is circulated during fishing operations. Should
Schlumberger detect radioactive materials in the drilling mud, it will notify Operator so that Operator can stop
circulation and clear personnel to a safe distance. In this case, all personnel and equipment must remain at
the site until it is determined that they are either not contaminated, or have been decontaminated, in which
case they may be released.
Well Abandonment Requirements

• Should fishing for the sealed source not be successful, or if the decision is made not to fish for the source:
― Operator will advise Schlumberger of its plans to abandon the sealed source; but Operator will not abandon the
sealed source until both the government agency issuing Operator’s drilling permit and the government agency
issuing Schlumberger’s radioactive materials license have approved and authorized Operator’s abandonment
plan. All laws, rules and regulations regarding abandonment must be followed.
• Note that nothing herein is intended to change or modify the terms and conditions of the Parties’ Contract.

© 2007 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 7DH019/Feb07

Figure 20-10: Fishing For Radioactive Sources - US Briefing Document

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

Fishing for Radioactive Sources – Briefing Document--

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

General

• The radioactive material used in Schlumberger’s downhole operations is sealed within a steel capsule, commonly
referred to as a “sealed source”, and will not contaminate the well or reservoir as long as the sealed source
remains intact.
• If the sealed source is ruptured, the radioactive material will be released into the well, possibly causing exposure
to individuals at the wellsite and contaminating the rig, other equipment, the well and the reservoir.
• Schlumberger holds a radioactive materials license from the governmental regulatory authority in the countries in
which we operate. As a license holder, Schlumberger is required to strictly comply with the rules and regulations
as set forth by these governmental agencies. Additionally, Schlumberger’s terms and conditions of contract with
the Operator require that Operator comply with all such rules and regulations.

Preventing the Rupture of a Sealed Source

• In the event a source becomes lodged in a well, the regulations generally require and/or best practices would
include that the following be performed:
― That Operator and Schlumberger make reasonable efforts to recover the sealed source;
― That Operator and Schlumberger take all precautions necessary to avoid rupturing or damaging the source.
Schlumberger will consult with Operator regarding the fishing operation, but the Operator retains full
responsibility for the fishing operation;
― That Operator makes no attempt to recover a sealed source in a matter that, in Schlumberger’s opinion, could
result in a rupture. Schlumberger will notify the licensing regulatory agency in the event Operator decides to
proceed with any fishing operations that Schlumberger believes could result in the rupture of the sealed
source. In such event, Schlumberger will request that Operator immediately cancel or stop such fishing
operations. Further, Schlumberger will request that Operator immediately notify Schlumberger if Operator
elects to unilaterally proceed.
― That Schlumberger continuously monitor the drilling mud as it is circulated during fishing operations. Should
Schlumberger detect radioactive materials in the drilling mud, it will notify Operator so that Operator can stop
circulation and clear personnel to a safe distance. In this case, all personnel and equipment must remain at the
site until it is determined that they are either not contaminated, or have been decontaminated, in which case
they may be released.

Well Abandonment Requirements

• Should fishing for the sealed source not be successful or if the decision is made not to fish for the source:
― Operator will advise Schlumberger of its plans to abandon the sealed source; but Operator will not abandon the
sealed source until both the government agency issuing Operator’s drilling permit and the government agency
issuing Schlumberger’s radioactive materials license have approved and authorized Operator’s abandonment
plan. All laws, rules and regulations regarding abandonment must be followed.
• Note that nothing herein is intended to change or modify the terms and conditions of the Parties’ Contract.
© 2007 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 7DH020/Feb07

Figure 20-11: Fishing For Radioactive sources - Briefing Document

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20.5 Cut and Thread Fishing Operations

1. Hang the sheave in the derrick.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Hang the upper sheave in the derrick with fishing sling at

the highest point safely possible using a structural beam
or load bearing point.
The lower sheave should be moved away from rotary to
prevent interference with rig floor operations.
Position both sheaves to provide the best cable path for
entry into drillpipe, to minimize rubbing over block & top
drive, and over sheaves or capstan.
Clear the rig floor while working overhead or hanging
sheaves.

2. Use the longest links available.

The 108-in links are standard; try to use 140-in ones or longer.

If long bails are NOT available, develop an MOC with

the client.
Inspect every 5,000’ and before going into open hole for
cable wear, damage of fishing equipment, and tightness
of fishing equipment.
If available, a roller assembly may be used on top drive
to eliminate cable rubbing; minimum of 5” diameter
is required and the assembly rating and certification
should be verified.
- Do not use the Wireline Adapter commonly known as
“Bicycle Wheels.”

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

3. Set the tension device.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Switch to TD-L if using CMTD (if available).

Compare TD-L and CMTD readings so that fishing
operation is performed under correct tension.
Do not preload lower sheave with air hoist tension.
Sheave should hang freely until weight is applied

4. Cut the cable.

Pull and hold 1,000 lbs over cable weight (not normal
weight) and secure T-Bar cable clamp to cable.
If hole is straight, cut cable 10 feet above rotary table.
If hole is deviated, cut cable 10 feet above rotary table plus
1 foot for every 1,000 feet greater than 10,000 feet.
• Use proper size cable bushing in T-Bar and tighten all
lubricated bolts (as specified) in the correct sequence.
• Mark cable to ensure there is no slippage.
• Test T-bar for slippage before cutting cable.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

5. Rig-up the spearhead overshot.

Use tapered cones from LEH-Q on top of

fishing weights. Recertification
jig
Use the wire rope sinker bar with the knuckle
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Upper knuckle
joints and swivel as provided in the standard swivel
fishing kits. Socket adapter for
wire rope sinker
bar assembly
Minimum restrictions for all drilling hardware
(jars, drill collars, and heavy weight) must
be known to determine size of spearhead
overshot guide to use.
Always use the largest spearhead overshot Flexible wire
rope sinker
guide that will fit through drilling hardware. bar assembly

Always use a guide that is 2” less than the

minimum restriction.
Never use “after-market” non-SLB rope
sockets. Socket adapter for
wire rope sinker
bar assembly
Lower knuckle
swivel
Lower crossover
Recertification
jig

6. Assembly the overshot

Assemble 4-11/16” overshot, spiral type

grapple, and no-go (preferred method)
ALWAYS VISUALLY INSPECT grapple for
Make-Up Torque
proper size for job and NEVER install a used
Bowl to Top Sub

4 11/16”
grapple
4-11/16”
3200
Bowl to Guide
4-11/16”
1300

Desirable

7. Thread the cable through the overshot

Remove hex adapter, pass well end of cable through downhole overshot and
re-install hex adapter. (Remember, 2-1/4” hex adapter will not pass through
the smaller ID no-go)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

8. Rig-up the spearhead.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

If using SFT 709 or SFT 644, always use Hexagon

Adapter when stripping over. Hexagonal adapter will stop
on top of no-go if dropped accidentially.
Use only plain adapter when drill pipe ID is too small for
Hexagon Adapter and switch back to Hexagon Adapter
as soon as drill pipe ID permits.
Never use “after-market” non-SLB rope sockets.

9. Install the drain sub.

The drain sub with a blow out disk aids in grapple cleaning
and prevents pulling wet drillpipe after disk is blown.
Install above downhole overshot assembly.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

10. Thread through.

Slowly (<2,000 fph) pull spearhead overshot

assembly to the derrick man to thread through the
bottom hole assembly.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Communication is critical at this point to prevent

pulling assembly into the sheave!! Use radios!!
Clear rig floor!!
Make sure minimum restrictions are known.
Flag line at winch after bottom of assembly
reaches the the top of pipe. This flag may need First stand of
to be adjusted in Step 13 when full stands of pipe drillpipe, collars
are used. or heavy weight
DO NOT EXCEED THIS FLAG WITHOUT 1st
STOPPING THE OPERATION, YOU WILL PULL
INTO THE SHEAVE!!!

11. Remove the T-bar.

Tightened Overshot
Assembly

Tighten the overshot to bottom of first stand of drillpipe.

Stab the spearhead overshot. Pull cable tension, check Cable Tension =
for slippage, and remove the T-bar cable clamp after 1,000 lbs + Cable weight

completing the check.

Spear Stabbed into

Overshot

T-Bar

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

12. When slips are set.

After the slips are set, floor hand should position elevators away from
spearhead assembly until elevators are clear of assembly. If not done,
elevators could catch hex adapter and cause cable to break.
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Afterwords, install C-plate, slack off cable and release overshot with special
tongs.
Use the correct C-plate for pipe size.

13. Flag the line.

After tripping in with drill collars, jars, and

heavy weights, flag the line at drum

and bottom sheave with rags, tape, paint, etc.
when spearhead overshot is positioned over
drillpipe by the derrickman.
The derrickman will thread the overshot
assembly through the drillpipe.
If flags move, stop and discuss.
Retag if necessary.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

14. Flag the line again.

Flag again at drum and bottom sheave

when spear is stabbed in spearhead overshot
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

at the rig floor.

If flags move, stop and discuss.
Reflag, if necessary.

15. Trip in slowly.

Maintain proper cable tension (1,000 lbs plus cable weight).

Pay particular attention to the top drive /block. If weights are
in danger of hanging up on the top drive, slack off slightly but
not less than 500 lbs plus cable weight.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

16. Re-thread the overshot.

Pull overshot to derrickman who will thread

through another stand of drillpipe (watch flag
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

at at drum).

17. Stab the overshot.

Note
Keep your hands in a safe position.

Position pipe over spearhead overshot and

slack off until “the other flag (red) ” on

the drum is reached.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

18. Make the overshot connection.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Make overshot connection, pull enough tension to remove

the C-plate, and adjust tension again to cable weight plus
1000 lbs.
Too low of tension will result in cable being damaged or
completely cut by the downhole overshot assembly as it
moves downward

19. Make-up the drillpipe.

Drillpipe is made-up and tightened.

Slips are pulled and the descent begins.
Do not rotate pipe in hole.
Observe tension, if it increases stop and discuss

20. Tripping in the hole.

Repeat procedure for each stand of drillpipe
until circulation depth is reached.
If deviation exceeds 50 deg or once the A B
overshot enters the OH, circulation must be
performed every 10 stands to keep the grapple
Set Slips and
clean (especially if lost circulation material is Disconnect
used). Overshot

Remember to watch your speed!!!! Going in

the hole slowly is the only way. Trip in Slowly
If crew changes, STOP. Review HARC and
Fishing procedure before proceeding.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-20
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

21. Tripping in the hole (Continued).

C D E
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Re-thread spearhead
Stab spearhead Make spearhead
overshot through
overshot overshot connection
drillpipe

Remove C-plate

Then Make- Up
Drill Pipe
C-plate

22. Install the circulating sub.

Install circulating sub one stand above fish.

Never put circulating sub in hole.

23. Circulate one stand above fish.

Quality Note
Cuttings and debris must be removed from downhole
overshot assembly by circulation of mud at a one stand
maximum, above the stuck tool string.

Never circulate too long or too fast; cable damage will occur.
Circulate for approximately 10 minutes to ensure the grapple
is clean. (Maximum pump rate = 600 gpm).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-21 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-21
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

24. Engage fish.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Maintain tension and approach fish slowly.

Observe tension and set 2,000 additional pounds on fish.
Pull two joints of drillpipe (60’) and observe the tension.
A minimum tension loss of 2,000 lbs should be observed
to confirm latch (a tension resulting in zero (0) after pulling
pipe would be a definite indication of engagement).
Repeat this engagement procedure at least twice.
If tension does not decrease, the fish in not engaged.
DO NOT ROTATE PIPE AFTER ENGAGING FISH!!!

25. Blow the drain sub disk.

Apply mud pump pressure to blow the disk in the sub.

Pump with the lowet possible flow rate of the rig - attempt
40 gpm flow rate.
Once the pressure drops (disc blown), STOP the pumps
immediately as the cable can be washed out.
Pump slug, especially for oil base mud.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-22 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-22
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

26. Reconfirm the engagement.

Repeat the engagement process at least twice to ensure the

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

tool is still in the downhole overshot.

Again, observe tension and set at least 2,000 additional
pounds on fish.
Pull at least two (2) joints of drillpipe (60 ft) and observe
tension.
A minimum tension loss of 2,000 lbs should be observed to
confirm latch (a tension resulting in zero (0) after pulling pipe
would be a definite indication of engagement).

27. Break the weakpoint.

Install the T-bar and calculate the cable stretch required to

break weakpoint.
Delta tension x Stuck depth x Stretch coefficient
Move the cable up and down within the stretch limit with the
block to work the tension to the weakpoint.
Use the block to break the weakpoint and record the tension
at which the break occurs.
Make sure the rig floor is clear and inspect the lower sheave
chain before proceeding.

28. Install the TIW valve.

Install the TIW valve before spooling cable
onto the drum.
This could aid in controlling the well if trouble
occurs.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-23 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-23
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

29. Tie the square knot.

Cut off the rope sockets on both the well end and
the unit end of the cable.
Tie a square knot in the cable, pull tight , and
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

tape ends.
Test the knot before removing the T-bar.
Don’t pull tension on a square knot above 25%
of the cable break strength. In that case use two
T-bar method to get the knot to the drum plus at
least three wraps before pulling

30. Spool the cable.

Observe the square knot as it goes over the

upper and lower sheaves.
Afterwards, reinstall the IDW to measure
cable.
Do not pull the weakpoint assembly over the
sheave!!
Clear rig floor when wireline cable nears
surface

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-24 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-24
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

31. Trip out of the hole.

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Quality Note
DO NOT ROTATE THE DRILLPIPE!!!

Do not rotate pipe while tripping out of hole.

Rotation may cause fish to disengage and fall out of
downhole overshot.
Remember to watch your speed. Tripping out of the hole
“slowly” is highly recommended.

32. At surface:

Install make-up plate at first available tool collar and remove

spearhead overshot assembly.
Remove the remaining toolstring with an air hoist.
Cover the hole, and finish breaking and cleaning tools in
rat hole.
Make sure air hoist is rated for toolstring.

33. Remove the fish.

Remove the guide and bump the tool vertically against the
rig floor to free the grapple control.
Spin the tool and grapple out of the overshot by turning in
a clockwise motion. (The tool should come free without
applying excessive force.)
If another method is used to release the tool, remove
electronics from housing in overshot to minimize damage.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-25 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-25
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20.6 Inserts and hanger bushings for cable clamps

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

20.6.1 T-Bar inserts for various cables

Figure 20-12: T-bar (T50181861) assembly, SWL=20,000 lbf

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 20-26 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 20-26
document for revenue generating operations. / Fishing

20.6.2 Cable clamp

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 20-13: Cable clamp (100546129), SWL=12,500 lbf

Table 20-1: Hanger Bushings for Body Clamp Assembly 100546129

Cable Size Insert

0.52 100545409
0.46 100547747
0.39 100547751
0.32 100547758
0.23/0.25 100547767

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

21 Downhole Tools
21.1 Tool names ____________________________________________________ 21-1
21.2 Tool Ratings __________________________________________________ 21-5
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

21.3 Tool Oils _____________________________________________________ 21-11

21.4 Tool Settings _________________________________________________ 21-13
21.5 Grease and Oil Filling Tools __________________________________ 21-14

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

21 Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

21.1 Tool names

With so many tools, Schlumberger uses abbreviations to designate various tools.
Some of them are listed below.

It can become confusing, and this is further complicated by the fact that many
tools have two names: the Engineering name and the Marketing name. When
a tool is first developed, an engineering code is assigned. Later, the Marketing
department may come up with a new name, and this becomes part of the slang
and finds common usage, but doesn't change the official Engineering name of
the tool.

Those names are not official Engineering names and are marked with an asterisk.

Table 21-1: Schlumberger Acronyms

Acronym Full name (plus Engineering name if Marketing name)

ACTS Auxiliary Compression Tension Sub
AIT Array Induction Tool
AMS Auxiliary Measurement Sonde (Compression, Tension and Mud Properties).
Replaced by ACTS and EMS.
APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde (part of IPLT)
ARI* Azimuthal Resistivity Imager (ALAT) 350 degF rated Laterolog Tool
ASI Array Seismic Imager (superseded by VSI)
BGT Borehole Geometry Tool
BHC BoreHole Compensated sonic* log (DSLT)
CAL Casing Anomaly Locator
CBL* Cement Bond Log* (DSLT)
CBT Cement Bond Tool
CCL Casing Collar Locator
CET Cement Evaluation Tool (now replaced by USIT)
CFT Continuous Flowmeter Tool
CFRT Cased Hole Resistivity Tool (CHFR)
CHDT* Cased Hole Dynamics Tester See MRCD (actual tool name)
CMR Combinable Magnetic Resonance Tool

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Acronym Full name (plus Engineering name if Marketing name)

CNT Compensated Neutron Tool (still used for jobs above 300 degF, otherwise replaced
by PEX)
CPT Casing Patch Tool
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

CPLT Combinable Production Logging Tool (now replaced by PSP)

CPST Casing Packer Setting Tool
CSI* Combinable Seismic Imager* (CSAT) — now replaced by VSI
CSU Cyber Service Unit (1970's data acquisition system — now phased out of service)
CST Chronological Sample Taker (Sidewall Cores)
CTS Cable Telemetry System (First generation digital telemetry system)
DBM Dual Bay Maxis (introduced to replace the CSU — now superseded by MCM)
DIT Dual Induction Tool (superseded by AIT)
DLT Dual Laterolog Tool (superseded by HRLA and ALAT)
DSI* Dipole Shear Imager* (DSST)
DTM Digital Telemetry Module (now replaced by WITM)
DTS Digital Telemetry System (second generation (fully) digital telemetry system)
EDTS Enhanced Digital Telemetry System
DTA Digital Telemetry Adapter (allows CTS telemetry tools to be combined with DTS
telemetry tools)
DTC Digital Telemetry Cartridge
ECS Elemental Capture Spectroscopy Sonde
Enerjet Slim perforating gun for thru tubing completion
FMI* Fullbore Micro Imager (FBST)
FMS* Formation MicroScanner* (MEST) — superseded by FMI
FPIT Free Point Indicator Tool
FSI Flow Scan Imager (combinable with PSP platform)
GPIT General Purpose Inclinometer Tool
GR* Gamma Ray* (SGT)
HEGS High Efficiency Gun System
HILT Highly Integrated Logging Tool (Also known as “Platform Express” or PEx). HILT-B
is rated to 125 degC, while HILT-H is rated to 150 degC. Both provide the same
measurements.
AIT-H Array Induction Tool (part of PEx)
HALS High Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (part of PEx)
HGNS Highly Integrated Gamma ray Neutron Sonde (part of PEx)
HRMS High Resolution Mechanical Sonde (part of PEx) — has MCFL, TLD,
and Caliper
HNGS Hostile environment Natural Gamma ray spectroscopy Sonde (part of IPLT) — easily
confused with HGNS
HRLA* High Resolution Laterolog Array tool* (HRLT) (can be run with PEx)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Acronym Full name (plus Engineering name if Marketing name)

HSD High Shot Density perforating gun
IPLT Integrated Porosity Lithology Tool (comprises of HNGS, APS, and LDS)
LDT Litho-Density Tool (1970's density tool — soon to be phased out — still used for
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

high temp jobs)

LDS Litho-Density Sonde (part of IPLT)
LEH Logging Equipment Head
LSS* Long Spacing Sonic tool* (SLS-ZA)
MBM Mono Bay Maxis (introduced after DBM, but now replaced by MCM)
MCM Modular Configuration Maxis (has replaced all CSU units + DBM and MBM)
MCMP Modular Configuration Maxis Processor (PC Computer which runs OP aquisition
software)
MCFL* Micro Cylindrically Focused Log* (part of PEx)
MDT Modular Dynamic Tester
MRPC Power supply Cartridge for MDT tool string
MRHY Hydraulic Motor section for MRPS
MRPS Single Probe — contains Quartz Pressure gauge
MRPO Pump Out module — used for low shock sampling, and to inflate packers
LFA Live Fluid Analyser module — used primarily for low shock sampling
MRPA Dual PAcker module — used for pressure meas. and sampling in low
perm formations
MRMS Multi Sample module (bottle carrier)
MPSR Sample bottle that fits in Multi Sample module
SPMC Single Phase Multi sample Chamber (Oil Phase) compatible with MRMS
MRCD Modular Reservoir Casing Driller (Cased Hole formation pressure and sampling,
combinable with MDT modules). Also referred to as CHDT.
MRX MR Scanner
MSCT Mechanical Sidewall Coring Tool
MSFL* Micro Spherically Focused Log* (SRT) (superseded by MCFL measurement of PEx)
MTS Monocable Telemetry System (used with PSP)
MSIP Sonic Scanner
NGT Natural Gamma ray spectroscopy Tool (superseded by HNGS)
NMR* Nuclear Magnetic Resonance* (there are currently two tools available — CMR Plus
and MRX)
OBDT Oil Based Dipmeter Tool (superseded by OBMI)
OBMI* Oil Based Mud Imager* (also called OBMT — Oil Based Mud imaging Tool)
PEH Perforating Equipment Head
PEX Platform Express* (HILT)
PLT* Production Logging Tool

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Acronym Full name (plus Engineering name if Marketing name)

PSP* Production Services Platform* (comprises of PBMS, PFCS, PGMC, and PILS)
PBMS Platform Basic measurements Sonde (Telemetry, CCL, GR,
pressure/temperature)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

PFCS Platform Flowmeter-Caliper Sonde

PGMC Platform GradioManometer Carrier (Fluid Density measurements)
PILS Platform In Line Spinner
DEFT Digital Entry and Fluid Imager Tool (combinable with PSP platform)
GHOST Gas Holdup Optical Sensor Tool (combinable with PSP platform)
PMIT PSP compatible Multi Finger Imaging Tool
RST Pro Reservoir Saturation Tool (combinable with PSP platform)
SCMT Slim Cement mapping Tool (combinable with PSP platform)
QAIT SlimExtrme Array Induction Tool
QCNT SlimXtreme Compensated Neutron Tool
QLDT SlimXtreme Lithodensity Tool
QSLT SlimXtreme Sonic Logging Tool
QSCS SlimXtreme Single-axis Caliper Sonde
RFT Repeat Formation Tester (now replaced by MDT in most places, except for many
USL locations)
SAIT Slim Array Induction Tool (2–1/2” diameter tool for slim hole access)
SAFE Slapper-Actuated Firing Equipment (being replaced by SECURE)
SECURE Secure Detonation System
SDT Sonic Digital Tool (now replaced by DSLT, DSI, and SSLT)
SFL* Spherically Focused Log*
SGT Scintillation Gamma Ray Tool (also known as GR)
SHDT Stratigraphic High-Resolution Dipmeter Tool (first dipmeter, superseded by FMS,
and now FMI)
SP Spontaneous Potential
SPCS Slim Powered Caliper Sonde
SLDT Slim Litho Density Tool (2–1/2” diameter tool for slim hole access)
SRFT Slim Repeat Formation Tester (3–3/8” RFT with MDT quality measurement)
SSLT Slim Sonic Logging Tool (2–1/2” diameter tool for slim hole access)
TCC Telemetry Control Cartridge (telemetry cartridge for CTS telemetry system)
TCM Telemetry Control Module (tlelemtry module for CTS telemetry system)
TCP Tubing Conveyed Perforating
TDT Thermal Neutron Decay Tool
TLC* Tough logging Conditions* (conveyance system for wireline tools on drill pipe for
horizontal wells)
TLD* Three detector Litho Density* (part of PEx)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Acronym Full name (plus Engineering name if Marketing name)

USIT UltraSonic Imaging Tool — for cement evaluation
UCI UltraSonic Corrosion Imager — casing corrosion eval. (uses same sonde as USIT,
but different transducer)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

UBI UltraSonic Borehole Imager — open hole image (uses same sonde as USIT, but
different transducer)
VDL Variable Density Log* (DSLT)
VSI Versatile Seismic Imager
WAFE Wireline Acquisition Front End (part of MCM system)
WFMD Wireline Front end Main Drawer (where Tool Modules go, and SEC/FEC)
FEC Front End Controller (part of WFMD — stores and processes all
depth/tension information)
SEC Standard services Embedded Controller (part of WFMD — sends all
data to MCMP)
WITM Wireline Integrated Tool Module (inside WFMD — this replaces TCM
and DTM modules)
WFAD Wireline Front end A/C Drawer (where Tool Power is controlled)
WFDD Wireline Front end Depth Display (laptop that displays all depth tension
information)
ZAIT RT Scanner

21.2 Tool Ratings

Table 21-2: Downhole tools strength and compression ratings

Tool Strength in Tension Strength in Compression

(lbf) (lbf)
ACTS-A 4,500 4,500
ACTS-B 22,000 22,000
AH-95/125 15,000 6,000
AH-97/210 15,000 5,000
AH-107/108/120 50,000 23,000
AH-197/198/199/200 35,000 See Note 1
AH-201 50,000 14,000
AIT-B/C 16,500 2,300
AIT-H 20,000 6,000
AMS-A 50,000 23,000
APS 50,000 23,000
ARI 3,000 2,000
BGT (BGS) 20,000 5,000

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Tool Strength in Tension Strength in Compression

(lbf) (lbf)
CET (CEM-B) 50,000 6,000
CMR 50,000 23,000
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

CNT-H/G 50,000 23,000

CNT-S 68,000 9,600
CST-G 50,000 23,000
CST-U/V 50,000 23,000
CST-Z 50,000 23,000
CTDB-AA/AB/AC/AD/AE 30,000 See Note 1
CTDB-BA/BB/BC/BD 30,000 See Note 1
CTDB-CA/CB/CC/CD/CE/CF 50,000 See Note 1
CTMH-A/B 54,20002 21,50002
CTWD-A/B 56,9002 43,50010
DIT-D/E 7,500 2,000
DLT (DLS-E) 3,000 2,000
DPT 10,000 10,000
DSI with 5,000 1,550
SMDR-AA/CA/BD/CD3
S-DSI with SMDR-BE/CE3 3,500 1,000
DTC/DTA 50,000 16,700
DTPC 50,000 23,000
DWCH-C 50,000 23,000
DWCH-SA 35,000 17,0001
ECS-A 50,000 20,000
EDAC 27,000 3,600
EMS-B4 50,000 11,000
EPT 50,000 7,600
FBST (FMI) 12,000 8,000
FSI 10,000 1,000
GPIT 50,000 16,700
HALS 20,000 2,400
HALS (Four Gemcos) 20,000 9,400
HDT (HDS-F) 10,000 10,000
HGNS 50,000 34,000
HIT-A5 25,000 3,500
HIT-A in hole size <6” 25,000 5,000
HLDT/HLDS 30,000 5,000

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Tool Strength in Tension Strength in Compression

(lbf) (lbf)
HNGS 50,000 34,000
HRMS+HRCC 50,000 4,400
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

HRMS with stiffener kit 50,000 8,000

EP782487
HRLT 30,000 1,8006
HTCS 25,000 25,000
ILES 68,000 46,000
IRT-M 7,500 2,000
LDT-D/S (DRS) 40,000 5,000
LEH-Q 50,000 23,000
LDS 40,000 5,000
MCD-D/G 36,000 9,900
MDLT 20,000 <2,4001
MDT7 50,000 7,900
MIH-W 50,000 23,000
MEST-B/C (FMS) 12,000 8,000
MLT-AA/AB 11,250 4,100
MRX 50,000 7,900
MSCT 22,900 12,500
MSIP 3,000 3,000
NGT-C/D 50,000 20,000
NGT-E 50,000 10,000
NPLC 50,000 23,000
NPLT 40,000 5,000
OBDT 12,000 12,000
OBMI 50,000 10,000
PGGH-DA 50,000 8,500
PGGH-DB 50,000 16,500
PPC 50,000 10,000
PSP8 10,000 1,000
QAIT 20,000 2,000
QCNT 100,000 14,1039
QLDT 100,000 2,7809
RFT 28,600 19,100
SAH-E 7,000 5,000
SAH-F 50,000 23,000

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Tool Strength in Tension Strength in Compression

(lbf) (lbf)
SAH-G 20,000 See Note 1
SAIT 20,000 3,300
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

SAT (WSA-A) 50,000 15,000

SBRE-A/B 50,000 10,100
SCMT-BA 5,900 150
SBRE-C 50,000 23,000
SDT 28,000 1,700
SGT-E/L 50,000 23,000
SHDT 6,000 2,000
SLDT 50,000 14,000
SLS-WA 29,700 2,870
SLS-ZA 29,700 1,650
SPA-A 48,600 23,000
SPCS 68,000 50,000
SRFT 35,000 3,900
SSLT 13,000 4,400
STCS 20,000 20,000
STGC 50,000 17,000
TCC-A/B 50,000 20,000
UBI (with UBIK-A or -B)10 40,000 11,000
USIT 40,000 4,000
XPT 50,000 22,000

1 These figures are under investigation.

2 No safety factor applied.

3Note that the SSIJ will bottom out 900 lbf tension. The limit for compression is
defined by the SMDR and is dependant on the type of sonde used.

4 The EMM should be eccentralized with TLC stand-offs at 1 in. less than bit size
to obtain full compressional resistance.

5 The HIT-A will be more prone to bending in large holes due to the small sonde
cross section. In small holes (<6 in.)the compression rating can be increased up
to 5,000 lbs.

6HRLT-B without centralizers = 1,800; with fin centralizers = 3,600; with rigid

centralizers = 7,800 lb.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

7 The compressional behavior of the MDT is very temperature and pressure

dependant. Above 3,000 psi confining (hydrostatic) pressure, the weakest
points of the MDT are the hydraulic compensator housings as found on the
MRHY and MRPO. The RPQS is rated to 50,000 lbf in tension and 22,000 lbf in
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

compression, and the crystal pressure sensor is not affected by compression or

tension acting on the housing. See Table 21-3 below.

8 These figures are calculated at 15,000 psi and 300 degF and assuming an
8–in hole. Note that this means that the estimated tensile strength of the tool is
reduced at lower confining (well) pressure.

9 Determined with a 1.5 safety factor.

10These kits are only suitable for use with the USRS-A or B, to a maximum
hole size of 9–⅝ in.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Table 21-3: Environmental effects on MDT strength

Pressure (psi) Temperature (degF) Compressional Strength

(lbf)
5,000 160 248,000
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

10,000 240 166,000

15,000 320 85,000
20,000 400 2,000

The figures in this table assume a safety factor of 1:1 and not the factor of 2
stipulated in Table 21-2 (p. 21-5).

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

21.3 Tool Oils

General remarks on hydraulic oils:
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

• Univus J26 — Use only B033556 part number. See InTouch ticket 4035944.
• Capella B oil (B015518) is the equivlent to Shell Clavus oil (B074179).
• Univus J13 and Aeroshell Fluid 4 are the equivalent oil.
• Use Univus J26 in a sonde with a hydraulic pump; J26 has a higher viscosity
than Cappella B.
• Capella B is a transformer oil and preferred to the high voltage sondes: SLS,
AIT-H, etc...
• The insulating properties of Univus J26 are lower than that of Capalla B.
See InTouch ticket 1000401.

Table 21-4: List of hydraulic and silicon oils for downhole tools

Tool Set Asset Code Type of Sonde Oil P/N

ALAT DLS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
AMS AMM EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
CSAT CSAS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
EMS EMM EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
FBST FBSS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
HLDT HLDS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
IRT IRS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
LDT/SRT DRS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
PEX HRLS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
PEX HRMS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
MDT MRFC/MRPO/MRPA EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
MDT MRHY/MRPS/MRSC EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
MDT CQG-G EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
MPBT MPSU EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
MSCT MCMU EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
VSI VSIS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
TRACTOR PSTS EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
PIVOT TTDH-BA EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
DUMPBAILER DBA EXXON UNIVIS J26 B033556
HEAD MSH-A Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Tool Set Asset Code Type of Sonde Oil P/N

DSST SMDX Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
DSST SSIJ Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Clavus)
DSST SMDR Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
SCMT SCMS/X Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
PEX HALS Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
SDT SLS Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
PEX AIT-B/C/H Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
DIT DIS Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
CMRS cradle CMR Capella B (Shell B015518 (B074179)
Clavus)
ACTS ACTS SILICON OIL 5 CST B076923
CPLT GMS SILICON OIL 100 B076121
CST
FBST FBSS/PAD SILICON OIL 100 B076121
CST
USIT USI SILICON OIL 125 B076321
CST
MDT FLOWLINE DC 200 SILICON OIL B029754
1000 CST
TLC DWCH/PWCH DI-ELECTRIC FLUID B022152
500 CST
USIT USRS Transducers SILICON OIL 125 B076321
CST
MDT CQG-C DI-ELECTRIC FLUID B031657
FLUORINERT FC 70
CPLT PRESSURE DC 200 SILICON OIL B029754
1000 CST
PSP PBMS SILICON OIL 50 CST B827115
PSP PFCS SHELL TELLUS C 5 B074282
PSP/CPLT GMS-F/G SILICON OIL 100 B076121
CST
HEAD LEH-QT DI-ELECTRIC FLUID B022152
500 CST
FPIT FPIS EXXON UNIVIS J13 B074044
USIT USIS EC 7512 B077493

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

Tool Set Asset Code Type of Sonde Oil P/N

MAST MAMS Shin-Etsu B950546
KF96–50CS Silicon
Oil
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

DEAD-WEIGHT Shell Tellus Oil

TESTER

21.4 Tool Settings

Figure 21-1: HGNS Telemetry Switch

Figure 21-2: Different USIT Subs

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools

21.5 Grease and Oil Filling Tools

WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-3: HRMS oil filling and grease points

Figure 21-4: HRMS piston, full

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-5: HRMS upper flex joint

Figure 21-6: HRMS piston grease points

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-7: HALS grease points (upper)

Figure 21-8: HALS grease points (lower)

Figure 21-9: HALS piston, full

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-10: DLS oil-filling procedure

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-11: HRLS-B oil-filling procedure

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 21-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 21-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Downhole Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 21-12: OBDS oil-filling procedure

Figure 21-13: Rotating Sub grease points

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

22 Setting Tools
22.1 Filling instructions ____________________________________________ 22-7
22.2 BST-C _________________________________________________________ 22-7
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

22.3 BST-D ________________________________________________________ 22-11

22.4 CPST-AA _____________________________________________________ 22-14
22.5 Model “H” Wireline feeler and junk catchers __________________ 22-21
22.5.1 Assembly __________________________________________________ 22-23
22.5.2 Operating instructions ______________________________________ 22-23
22.5.3 Gage rings ________________________________________________ 22-24
22.5.4 Checking of Firing Head After Run With Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher
- Extreme Temperature Only ________________________________ 22-24
22.5.5 Wear allowances for gage rings _____________________________ 22-24
22.6 Model “R” Wireline feeder and junk catcher __________________ 22-30
22.6.1 Construction _______________________________________________ 22-30
22.6.2 Operation _________________________________________________ 22-31
22.7 Model “C” Wireline jar ________________________________________ 22-33
22.7.1 Construction _______________________________________________ 22-33
22.7.2 Operation _________________________________________________ 22-34

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

22 Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-1: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 05)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-2 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-2
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-2: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 05) bleed-off

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-3 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-3
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-3: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 10)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-4 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-4
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure
Private 22-4: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 10) bleed-off
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-5 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-5
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-5: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 20)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-6 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-6
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-6: E4 Wireline Plug/Packer Setting Tool (Size 20) bleed-off

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-7 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-7
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

22.1 Filling instructions

Invert the cylinder and push the piston to the bottom, using a wooden dowel. Fill
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

the cylinder with SAE–30/40 oil to level A as shown in the chart according to
maximum well temperature expected to run.

Figure 22-7: Filling Instructions

22.2 BST-C

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-8 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-8
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-8: BST-C Size 20

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-9 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-9
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-9: Wireline pressure setting assembly, size 20

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-10 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-10
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Table 22-1: E-4 Wireline pressure setting assembly (size 20)

Item No. Description No. Req'd Commodity No.

1 Pressure chamber 1 01–36274–01
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Less bleeder valve

07–51045–01**
2 O-ring * 14 WWW-B334–H40
4 Floating piston 1 07–57072–00
5 Cylinder 2 01–20528–01 or
heavy duty
01–44131–01**
6 Cylinder connector 1 01–21362–00
8 Piston 1 01–35700–00
10 Retaining pin 1 01–33451–00
11 O-ring * 2 WW-B216–H40
12 Cylinder head 1 01–20542–00
13 Hex socket set screw 1 WW-G51D-0H0
⅜–16 X ½ lg
14 Link retaining ring 1 01–22107–00
15 Socket head cap 1 WW-G118–0D0
screw
16 Cross link 1 01–20523–00
17 Piston rod 1 01–35701–00
18 Cross link sleeve 1 01–22110–00
19 Setting mandrel 1 01–21746–00
20 Seat 1 01–55041–00
21 Retainer 1 01–36266–00
22 Stem 1 01–36841–00
23 O-ring * 1 WW-B012–H40
24 O-ring * 1 WW-B213–H40
31 Disk * 1 03–43861–00
32 Disk retainer 1 03–43597–00
33 Teflon filler plug * 1 03–43894–00
- O-ring kit * 1 03–44686–00
Consists of items
2,11,23,24,31, and 33
when ordered only
Accessory Equipment
34 Spanner wrench 1 01–20597–00
35 Wrench — manual 1 01–36844–00
bleeder valve

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-11 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-11
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Item No. Description No. Req'd Commodity No.

36 Socket screw wrench 1 WW-W00E-003
37 Piercing screw 1 03–43872–00
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

22.3 BST-D

Figure 22-10: BST-D Size 10

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-12 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-12
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-11: Wireline pressure setting assembly, size 10

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-13 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-13
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Table 22-2: E-4 Wireline pressure setting assembly (size 10)

Item No. Description No. Req'd Commodity No.

1 Pressure chamber 1 01–44898–01
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Heavy duty
07–53087–01 **
2 O-ring * 14 WWW-B327–H40
3 Manual bleeder valve 1 01–44899–01 or
connector Heavy duty
01–67618–01
4 Floating piston 1 01–23472–00
5 Upper cylinder 1 01–44900–01 or
Heavy duty
01–48579–01 **
6 Cylinder connector 1 01–47441–00
7 Lower cylinder 1 01–23473–01 or
Heavy duty
01–44130–01
8 Piston 1 01–86690–00
9 Hex socket set screw 1 WW-G518–0D6
¼-20 X ⅜ lg
10 Retaining pin 1 01–86690–00
11 O-ring * 2 WW-B211–H40
12 Cylinder head 1 01–23477–00
13 Hex socket set screw 1 WW-G51D-0D0
⅜-16 X ⅜ lg
14 Link retaining ring 1 01–23478–00
15 Socket head cap 1 WW-G51D-0D0
screw ⅜-16 X ⅜ lg
16 Cross link 1 01–23479–00
17 Piston rod 1 01–51580–00 or
Plated 02–07395–00
18 Cross link sleeve 1 01–23771–00
19 Setting mandrel 1 01–36368–00
20 Seat 1 01–55041–00
21 Retainer 1 01–36266–00
22 Stem 1 01–36841–00
23 O-ring * 1 WW-B012–H40
24 O-ring * 1 WW-B213–H40
31 Disk * 1 03–43861–00

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-14 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-14
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Item No. Description No. Req'd Commodity No.

32 Disk retainer 1 03–43597–00
33 Teflon filter plug * 1 03–43894–00
- O-ring kit * 1 03–44687–00
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Consists of items 2,
11, 23, 24, 31, and 33
when ordered only
Accessory Equipment
34 Spanner wrench 1 01–24219–00
35 Wrench — manual 1 01–36844–00
bleeder valve
36 Socket screw wrench 1 WW-W00E-001 ⅛
Hex
37 Piercing screw 1 03–43872–00

22.4 CPST-AA

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-15 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-15
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-12: CPST-AA (exploded view)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-16 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-16
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-13: CPST-AA parts list

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-17 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-17
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-14: CPST-BC (exploded view)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-18 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-18
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-15: CPST-BC parts list

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-19 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-19
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-16: CPST-CC (exploded view)

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-20 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-20
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-17: CPST-CC parts list

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-21 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-21
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-18: O-Ring and Backup Ring Installation for CPST-AA

Figure 22-19: CPST-AA firing head assembly

22.5 Model “H” Wireline feeler and junk catchers

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-22 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-22
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-20: Model H junk catcher

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-23 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-23
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

The Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher is run in the well to determine if the well
bore is large enough to permit subsequent passage of the Bridge Plug, Retainer,
Packer or other pack-off tool that is to be run. In addition, the Feeler and Junk
Catcher will serve to clean the well of junk that might otherwise foul the tool
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

and cause a premature set.

22.5.1 Assembly
Assembly of the Model “H” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher may be readily
discerned from Figure 22-21. Note that size 1BB Cement Retainer Gage Rings
are available for either size 10 or 20 Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher. Size 3AA
Cement Retainer Gage Rings are available for either size 20 or 25 Wireline
Feeler and Junk Catcher. Be sure that you have the correct Gage Ring for the
size Feeler and Junk Catcher.

22.5.2 Operating instructions

Quality Note
Once you start POOH with a junk basket, you cannot go down. If you do, you will
dump the basket and nullify the run just made. In the event you have to go down,
you will need to go all the way down, back to the starting point and POOH.

Make up the proper size Firing Head (Product Family No. H43720) with Igniter
(Product Family No. H43744) installed (extreme temperature only), onto the
electric line. Make up the assembled Wireline Feeler and “junk catcher” onto the
firing head tong-tight with the spanner wrench (part of the Wireline Pressure
Setting Assembly). Note that when running a size 10 Model “H” Wireline Feeler
and “junk catcher” on a size 20 Firing Head, the Electric Line Adapter Sub,
Material Number H01- 24458-00, must be used as a Crossover Sub. The reason
for installing the Firing Head Igniter is to check whether or not the temperature
in the well will be sufficient to set off the Igniter. Should this occur, it will be
impossible to run the Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly to the desired depth
without danger of a premature set. After checking to be sure that the proper size
Gage Ring corresponding to the size pack-off tool to be run is installed, the
Wireline Feeler and “junk catcher” is run into the well to a point slightly below the
setting depth of the pack-off tool to check the gage of the well. It is necessary
that the Feeler and “junk catcher” be run in the hole at a rate of speed in excess
of 150 feet per minute in order to hold the Body off the valve and allow the entry
of fluid and junk into the Catcher. If junk is retrieved from the well, the Feeler
and “junk catcher” should be run as many times as necessary until no more junk
is retrieved and it is felt that the well fluid is clean.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-24 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-24
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

22.5.3 Gage rings

Baker Gage Rings are currently being steel stamped with Material Number and
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

OD only. The practice of identifying them by size as well as Material Number

will therefore be discontinued as soon as practical. The Gage Ring OD, in all
cases, is slightly larger than the Packer, Bridge Plug or Retainer, ensuring
that the tool will pass through any tight spots in the casing that can be passed
by the Gage Ring. Note that in Packer sizes the same Gage Ring is used for
“odd” size packers.

22.5.4 Checking of Firing Head After Run With Wireline

Feeler and Junk Catcher - Extreme Temperature
Only
After running the Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher on the Firing Head, the
Cartridge Seat, Cartridge Seat Cap and Igniter Assembly must be removed from
the Firing Head to check for possible fluid leaks and high-temperature firing of the
Igniter. If the Igniter has been fired by high well temperature it will be impossible
to run the Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly to the setting depth without danger
of a premature set. If any fluid is found inside the Firing Head all parts must be
dried, sealing surfaces examined, and all O-rings inspected and replaced. It is
very important that all new O-rings be used when the Wireline Pressure Setting
Assembly is run, as fluid around the Pin would prevent the Firing Head from
operating. Do not reuse the Igniter! Discard and use a new Igniter.

22.5.5 Wear allowances for gage rings

The Specification and Interchangeability Guide on the following pages gives the
minimum diameters to which Gage Rings may wear and still be usable. Gage
Rings should be replaced after they have become worn below the “Minimum
Wear OD” shown in the following charts.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-25 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-25
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-21: Assembly and dimensional data

Table 22-3: Model H Wireline feeler and junk catcher dimensional data

Size
Dimension
10 20 25
A 2.750 3.375
B 2.208 2.709
C 1.750 2.250
D 2.00 2.44
E 3.87 4.19
F 6.00 7.31
G - 2.250
H - 1.750
J - 1.56
K - 18.00
L 0.875 1.25
M 7.12 6.75
N 0.750 1.602
P 1.250 3.000
Q 2.750 4.000 5.500
R 1.00 1.50
S 6.00 5.40 3.50
T 66.57 66.06 67.56

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-26 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-26
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Size
Dimension
10 20 25
U 2.250 3.250 4.625
X See Spec. charts 1 & 2
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Y See Spec. charts 1 & 2

Z 46.06 45.12 46.65
AA 2.37 4.06 5.56
BB ⅜ Std. pipe thread ¾ Std. pipe thread

Table 22-4: Model H Wireline feeler and junk catcher parts list

Item No. Description No. Req'd Size 10 Size 20 Size 25

Electric line
1 1 01–24458–00 -
adapter bar
Sinker bar
2 1 - 01–20803–00†
adapter*
Electric line
3 1 01–23785–00 01–20614–00
adapter*
4 Mandrel 1 01–33162–00 01–33163–00
5 Screen 1 - 01–20581–00 01–20611–00
WW-G118–0S WW-G11B-0M
Socket head
6 ** - 0 ¼-20 X ¾ 0 5/16–18 X
cap screw
lg (2) ⅝ (3)
7 Upper guide 1 - 01–24651–00 01–24167–00
8 Body 1 01–23524–00 01–23870–00 01–23871–00
Gage ring
9 1 See charts 1 – 5
with screw
Valve with
10 1 01–30613 01–33161–00 01–33160–00
screw

Socket head WW-G518–0M

11 Ref. item 10 01–33450–00 01–87384–00
set screw 0 ¼-20 X ⅝ lg

† Optional Sinker Bar Adapter with ¾ Sucker Rod may be used. Commodity
no. 01–20803–00

* Use 1 of either items 2 or 3.

** See Size for No. Required.

This part is used to connect the #10 Wireline and Feeler Junk Catcher to the #20
Firing Head when running number 23 or 32 packers of 1AA or 1BB Retainer or
Bridge Plug.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-27 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-27
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Table 22-5: Specifications chart 1

Tool Size Gage Ring

Size Wireline
Feeler K-1, N-1,
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Material No. Original (X) Min Wear Length (Y)

and Junk NC-1, and S
Catcher
040 H01–81714–00 3.171 3.140 2.0
10 1AA H01–81361–00 3.625 3.593 1.9
H01–49909–00 3.968 3.937 2.6
1BB
H01–81617–00 4.000 3.968 2.5
20 2AA H01–81362–00 4.343 4.312 2.1
2BB H01–44148–00 4.968 4.937 2.4
3AA H01–81363–00 5.500 5.468 1.8
3BB H01–30433–00 5.718 5.687 2.0
4AA H01–30436–00 6.343 6.312 2.6
5AA H01–81365–00 7.152 7.125 2.7
6AA H01–81366–00 8.156 8.125
25 3.1
6BB H01–83786–00 9.031 9.000
7AA H01–32069–00 9.468 9.437 5.8
8AA H01–81367–00 10.468 10.437 6.3
8BB H07–51707–00 11.625 11.593
6.7
9AA H01–81368–00 12.031 12.000

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-28 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-28
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Table 22-6: Specifications chart 2

Tool Size Gage Ring

Size Wireline
Packer
Feeler and Junk Material No. Original (X) Min Wear Length (Y)
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Size
Catcher
13 H01-36662-00 3.093 3.062
15 H01-36661-00 3.218 3.187 2.00
19 H07-56414-00 3.500 3.468
21 H01-81361-00 3.625 3.593 1.93
10
22 and 28 H01-63932-00 3.687 3.656 2.31
23 H01-83129-00 3.781 3.750 2.25
24 H01-63933-00 3.875 3.843 2.31
H01-30489-00 2.50
32 4.031 4.000
H01-29733-00 2.00
34 H01-29732-00 4.312 4.281 2.12
42 H01-44147-00 4.406 4.375
2.18
43 H01-29722-00 4.500 4.468
44 H01-29720-00 4.656 4.625
20 2.31
45 H01-44145-00 4.625 4.593
47 H01-29730-00 4.812 4.781 2.56
64 H01-29719-00 5.000 4.968 2.43
81 H01-81618-00 5.406 5.375 2.87
82 H01-29723-00 5.531 5.500 2.93

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-29 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-29
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Tool Size Gage Ring

Size Wireline
Packer
Feeler and Junk Material No. Original (X) Min Wear Length (Y)
Size
Catcher
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

83 H01-30433-00 5.718 5.687 2.00

84 H01-30441-00 5.781 5.750 2.12
85 H01-30434-00 5.937 5.906 2.06
86 H07-52252-00 6.000 5.968
2.12
87 H01-30435-00 6.062 6.031
88 and 89 H01-30436-00 6.343 6.312 2.62
89S and
H01-30443-00 6.468 6.437 3.00
92
91 H01-30437-00 6.593 6.562 2.37
30 126 H01-30445-00 7.343 7.312 2.81
128 H01-30438-00 7.656 7.625 2.87
192F and
194D and H01-30439-00 8.281 8.250
S
3.18
194F H02-07137-00 8.500 8.468
212 H01-83786-00 9.031 9.000
214 H01-32069-00 9.468 9.437 5.87
220 H01-81367-00 10.468 10.437 6.37
240 H01-81368-00 12.031 12.000 6.75

Table 22-7: Specifications chart 3

Size Packer Gage Ring

Wireline
Feeler Original Min
and Junk Size OD Material No. Width
OD Wear
Catcher
43A 3.813 H01-63933-00 3.875 3.844 2.313
10
H01-30494-00 2.625
43B 4.125 4.156 4.125
H01-29734-00 2.063
43C 4.250 H01-29732-00 4.313 4.281 2.125
45A2 4.500 H07-52248-00 4.531 4.500 2.188
20
45B 4.781 H01-29730-00 4.813 4.781 2.563
45C 5.063 H07-52250-00 5.094 5.063
2.750
45D 5.156 H01-29727-00 5.188 5.156

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-30 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-30
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Size Packer Gage Ring

Wireline
Feeler Original Min
and Junk Size OD Material No. Width
OD Wear
Catcher
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

47A4 5.813 H07-52251-00 5.844 5.813

2.125
47B2 5.969 H07-52252-00 6.000 5.969
47B4 6.078 H07-52253-00 6.109 6.078 2.188
47C2 6.266 H07-52254-00 6.297 6.266 2.625
47C4 6.453 H07-52255-00 6.484 6.453
3.000
47D4 6.672 H07-52256-00 6.671 6.640
25
49A2 7.313 H01-30445-00 7.344 7.313 2.813
49A4 7.531 H07-52258-00 7.563 7.531 2.875
49B 7.906 H01-30446-00 7.813 7.781 3.750
51A 8.281 H01-32068-00 8.313 8.281 4.938
51B2 8.438 H02-07137-00 8.500 8.469
3.188
51B4 8.609 H07-52259-00 8.641 8.609

22.6 Model “R” Wireline feeder and junk catcher

The Baker Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher is used to gage the
inside of 2-3/8", 2-7/8" and 3-1/2" tubing and clean the hole of junk prior to
running Wireline Packers, Retainers and Bridge Plugs. In those wells where
large particles or unusually high quantities of junk are present, it is recommended
that the Baker Model “C” Wireline Jar be run immediately above the Model “R”
Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher.

22.6.1 Construction
The thread on the pin up of the Size 05 Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk
Catcher mates with the box thread in the Size 05 Firing Head. An Oring is
installed on the pin below the thread, which seals in the box down on the Firing
Head and protects the Firing Head from well fluids. This arrangement eliminates
the need for special adapters. A Flapper Valve is installed in the bottom of the
Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher to permit junk and fluid to enter the Lower
Body and then to trap and hold the junk.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-31 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-31
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

22.6.2 Operation
The Size 05 Model “R” Firing Head (Product Family No. H43721) is made up
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

onto the electric line. The Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher is then made up
tong-tight to the Firing Head with the Spanner Wrench (Part of the Wireline
Pressure Setting Assembly). The complete assembly is then run into the well to
a point slightly BELOW the setting depth of the pack-off tool (to check the gage
of the well) and is then retrieved. The Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher should
be run as many times as necessary to ensure that the well is sufficiently cleaned
of all junk and debris that could foul the pack-off tool that is to be set.

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-32 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-32
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-22: Model “R” assembly and dimensional data

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-33 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-33
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Table 22-8: Model “R” Wireline feeler and junk catcher dimensional data

Size
Dim
05–23 05–27 05–28 05–33 05–35
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

A 1.660 1.900
B 1.380 1.610
C 1.761 1.968 2.235 2.597 2.800
D 3.000 3.625 4.312 4.750
E 53.50 54.12 54.81 55.25

Table 22-9: Model “R” Wireline feeler and junk catcher parts list

Item No. Size and Material No.

Desc.
No. Req. 05–23 05–27 05–28 05–33 05–35
1 O-ring 1 HWW-B214-H40
Top
2 1 H01-55446-00 H01-55447-00
sub
Hex
socket
3 2 HWW-G60B-080 (10 - 32 x 1/4 lg)
set
screw
4 Body 1 H01-52139-00 H01-52180-00
Hex
socket
5 1 — HWW-G60B-080
set
screw
Flapper
6 valve 1 H01-52142-00 H01-52523-00
ass'y
7 Guide 1 H01-52143-00 H07-51754-00 H01-52182-00 H01-55444-00 H01-55445-00

22.7 Model “C” Wireline jar

The Size 05 Model “C” Wireline Jar is designed to be run immediately above the
Baker Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher, especially in those wells
where large particles or unusually high quantities of junk are present.

22.7.1 Construction
The thread on the pin up of the Size 05 Model “C” Wireline Jar mates with the
box thread in the Size 05 Firing Head. An O-ring is installed on the pin below the
thread, which seals in the box down on the Firing Head and protects the Firing
Head from well fluids. The thread in the box down of the Wireline Jar with the

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-34 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-34
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

pin up of the Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher. This arrangement
eliminates the need for special adapters when running the Wireline Jar above
the Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher. The Model “C” Wireline Jar has almost
two feet of stroke available to facilitate retrieving the Model “R” Wireline Feeler
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

and Junk Catcher.

22.7.2 Operation
The operation is the same as for the Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher
except that the top of the Model “C” Wireline Jar is connected to the Size 05
Model “C” Firing Head, and the bottom of the Model “C” Wireline Jar is connected
to the Model “R” Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher.

Table 22-10: Model “C” Wireline jar specification guide

Wireline
Feeler
Tubing Guide
and Junk Material No.
Catcher
OD Wt in Lbs Size Size OD
2–3/8 4.6–4.7 05–23 05–23 1.781 H01-52143-00
7.9–10.7 05–27 05–27 1.968 H07-51754-00
2–7/8
6.4–6.5 05–28 05–28 2.235 H01-52182-00
10.3–13.5 05–33 05–33 2.597 H01-55444-00
3–1/2
5.75–9.3 05–35 05–35 2.800 H01-55445-00

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-35 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-35
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Figure 22-23: Model “C” assembly and dimensional data

Table 22-11: Model “C” Wireline jar dimensional data

Dim Size 05
A 1.500

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 22-36 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 22-36
document for revenue generating operations. / Setting Tools

Dim Size 05
B 1.000
C 1.660
D 1.380
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

E 5.000
F 33.44
G 38.44
G* 59.44

*In extended position

Table 22-12: Model “C” Wireline jar parts list

Size and Material No.

Item No. Description No. Req'd
Size 05
1 O-ring 1 HWW-B214-H40
2 Top sub 1 H01-52197-00
E 5.000
3 Hex socket set screw 1 HWW-G51B-080
(5/16 - 18 x 1/4 lg)
4 Mandrel 1 H01-52135-00
5 Retaining nut 1 H01-52136-00
HWW-G60B-080 (10
6 Hex socket set screw 2
- 32 x 1/4 lg)
7 Body 1 H01-52137-00
HWW-G60B-080 (10
8 Hex socket set screw 2
- 32 x 1/4 lg)
9 Bottom sub 1 H01-55454-00

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 23-i This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 23-i
document for revenue generating operations. / Metric Conversions

23 Metric Conversions
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 23-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference 23-1
document for revenue generating operations. / Metric Conversions

23 Metric Conversions
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Table 23-1: Common Metric Conversion Factors

Quantity Unit Conversion Resulting Unit

in. 2.54 cm
cm 0.3937 in.
ft 0.3048 m
Length
m 3.281 ft
miles 1.609 km
km 0.6214 miles
acres 0.4047 hectares
hectares 2.471 acres
Area
km2 100 hectares
hectares 0.01 km2
scf 0.02832 scm
Volume (gas)
scm 35.314 scf
gal 3.7854 L
Volume (fluid) BBL 0.159 m3
ft3 0.0283 m3
psi 6.8947 kPa
Pressure kPa 0.145 psi
Bar 14.5 psi
lbm 0.4536 kg
Mass kg 2.2 lbm
tonne 2205 lbm
Force lb 0.4448 daN
Density (fluid) lb/gal 119.9 kg/m3
Gradient (fluid) psi/ft 22.62 kPa/m
Power HHP 0.746 kW

Gas-Liquid scf/BBL 0.1781 m3/m3

Ratio m3/m3 5.613 scf/BBL
(°F - 32) 0.556 °C
Temperature
(°C X 1.8) (+ 32) °F

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
 Gl.-1 This document is for Training purposes only. You should not use it as a reference Gl.-1
document for revenue generating operations. /

Term Definition
WLH Training\S. Carson, S. Giles, G. Harding, C. MacKay\InTouch 4287753\1.9\Release Date:12-Oct-2017\EDMS UID: 1655220733\Produced: 12-Oct-2017 17:14:44

Private
Copyright © 2017 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.